Gymnema R.Br. and Leichhardtia R.Br. (Apocynaceae), reinstated genera for taxa previously included in Marsdenia R.Br.: a conspectus for Australia, New Guinea and the Solomon Islands Paul |. Forster Summary Forster, P.I. (2021). Gymnema R.Br. and Leichhardtia R.Br. (Apocynaceae), reinstated genera for taxa previously included in Marsdenia R.Br.: a conspectus for Australia, New Guinea and the Solomon Islands. Austrobaileya 11: 1-18. Species previously classified in a broadly circumscribed Marsdenia have been reclassified into 24 segregate genera as a result of molecular analyses. The species of Marsdenia previously recognised for Australia, New Guinea and the Solomon Islands are reallocated here to Gymnema and Leichhardtia. A conspectus of these two genera for these regions 1s provided with 72 new combinations as required, together with full synonymy and general distribution notes. Lectotypes or second step lectotypes are selected for Gymnema muelleri Benth., Marsdenia araujacea F.Muell., M. rostrata R.Br. and M. viridiflora R.Br. Key Words: Apocynaceae; Marsdenieae; Gymnema; Gymnema erectum; Gymnema graniticola; Gymnema hamatum; Gymnema_ longipedicellatum; Gymnema_ stramineum; Leichhardtia ambuntiensis; Leichhardtia arachnoidea; Leichhardtia araujacea; Leichhardtia archboldiana; Leichhardtia arfakensis; Leichhardtia argillicola; Leichhardtia belensis; Leichhardtia bilobata; Leichhardtia_ bliriensis; Leichhardtia brassti; Leichhardtia brevifolia; Leichhardtia brevis; Leichhardtia brunnea; Leichhardtii carrii; Leichhardtia connivens; Leichhardtia coronata; Leichhardtia cremea; Leichhardtia cymulosa; Leichhardtia destituta,; Leichhardtia dischidioides; Leichhardtia divisicola; Leichhardtia egregia; Leichhardtia flavescens; Leichhardtia flavida; Leichhardtia fraseri; Leichhardtia glabrata; Leichhardtia glandulifera; Leichhardtia globosa; Leichhardtia gonolobioides; Leichhardtia grandis; Leichhardtia jensenii; Leichhardtia kebarensis; Leichhardtia kempteriana; Leichhardtia lacicola; Leichhardtia liisae; Leichhardtia lloydii; Leichhardtia longiloba; Leichhardtia lorea; Leichhardtia micradenia; Leichhardtia microlepis; Leichhardtia millariae; Leichhardtia mira; Leichhardtia paludicola; Leichhardtia papillosa; Leichhardtia papuana; Leichhardtia parva; Leichhardtia poioensis; Leichhardtia praestans; Leichhardtia primulina; Leichhardtia pumila; Leichhardtia quadrata; Leichhardtia racemosa; Leichhardtia rara; Leichhardtia rostrata; Leichhardtia spathulata; Leichhardtia suaveolens; Leichhardtia subglobosa; Leichhardtia torsiva; Leichhardtia trilobata; Leichhardtia tubulosa; Leichhardtia tumida; Leichhardtia variabilis; Leichhardtia velutina; Leichhardtia venusta; Leichhardtia viridiflora; Leichhardtia viridiflora subsp. tropica; Leichhardtia viridiflora subsp. viridiflora; Leichhardtia volcanica; Marsdenia; Australia flora; New Guinea flora; Solomon Islands flora; taxonomy; new combination P.I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@des.qld. gOv.au Introduction The genus Marsdenia R.Br. has been (Forster 1995a,b) with a_ global review traditionally recognised as_ primarily — required to refine relationships in the group. pantropical in distribution with major With the advent of molecular sequencing, a centres of diversity in Africa, Asia, Malesia (especially New Guinea), Australia and South America. A very broad view of what should be classified in Marsdenia in Australia and New Guinea has been previously taken long-term project and working group led by Sigrid Liede-Schumann has now made an initial step towards resolving what to do with Marsdenia s.l. Unsurprisingly, such a large eroup of species from multiple continents Accepted for publication 2 February 2021, published online 24 March 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) 2 can be inferred from the molecular derived clades to have formed many lineages (Liede- Schumann et al. 2021). The crux of the matter has been the decision as to where the molecular derived tree of lineages should be allocated into genera, and whether these genera can be linked to morphological synapomorphies and logical geographic patterns. In contrast to some other large species eroups (e.g. Euphorbia L. s.l.), 1t was decided to recognise multiple genera for the species previously included in Marsdenia s./.; thus maximising an informative taxonomic classification that recognises distinct lineages whilst attempting to minimise nomenclatural change. As a result, Marsdenia s.s. becomes quite a small genus restricted to Asia, and a total of 23 other genera are recognised, with nearly all of them being reinstated names, thus avoiding a very large scale renaming of diverse taxa into a single hold all genus (Liede-Schumann ef al. 2021). For Australia, New Guinea and the Solomon Islands, it means that there are now no species classified in Marsdenia, and two genera, Gymnema R.Br. and Leichhardtia R.Br. are reinstated. Whilst a large number of nomenclatural transfers have been undertaken to enable the new classifications (Liede-Schumann ef al. 2021), the species from anumber of geographic regions are being dealt with by individual members of the working group. In the current paper, I am allocating the species that occur in Australia and New Guinea (Forster 1995b) to the reinstated genera Gymnema and Leichhardtia. The genus Gymnema 1s relatively widespread with species in Africa, Asia, Malesia (including New Guinea) and Australia. Leichhardtia is more restricted, with species in Malesia (including New Guinea), Australia and Melanesia (Fiji, New Caledonia, Solomon Islands). Materials and methods Taxa are arranged alphabetically within Gymnema and Leichhardtia respectively. Type collection citation information is updated where appropriately from __ that provided in Forster (1995b). Some taxa that were previously named (Forster 1995b) were Austrobaileya 11: 1-18 (2021) represented at the time by collections that were accessioned only in the source herbarium (e.g. QRS [now in CNS]), with undistributed duplicates, or were unaccessioned with undistributed duplicates (some collections subsequently deposited at A, BISH and LAE). Herbarium accession numbers for both types and the now distributed isotypes have been added where the information is now available and if data previously given could be viewed as ambiguous, i.e. there is no collector number, or a collection has been databased separately as unique specimens. Some herbaria such as L have added new barcode numbers to specimens that are quite different to the older sheet numbers. Some additional and previously unseen type material at A, K and L has come to light via online images and these have also been included as i.d.v. (imago digitalis visa). Notes on distribution are provided reflecting current knowledge. Due to some type collections having been either originally or subsequently, accessioned separately at the distributing herbaria, it is now necessary to undertake lectotypification or second step lectotypification for a number of names to ensure that Art. 8.2 and Art. 8.3 are adhered to. Example 7 of Art. 8.3 1s particularly relevant here, where holotype material can be mounted on separate sheets with separate accession numbers, as long as they are cross referenced (Turland ef al. 2018). Taxonomy Gymnema R.Br., Asclepiadeae 22 (1810). Type: Gymnema sylvestre (Retz.) R.Br. ex Schult. Bidaria (Endl.) Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 623 (1844); Gymnema_ Bidaria Endl., Gen. 595 (1838); Gymnema sect. Bidaria (Endl.) Benth., Fil. Austral. 4: 342 (1868). Type: Bidaria tingens (Roxb.) Decne. [= Gymnema inodorum (Lour.) Decne.]. Jasminanthes Blume, Mus. Bot. 1: 148 (1850). Type: Jasminanthes suaveolens Blume Liede-Schumann ef al. (2021) provide a description; however, the salient descriptors for Gymnema are as follows. Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia Corolline corona as five [ten| longitudinal ridges below the sinus of the corolla lobes, densely pubescent with trichomes. Staminal corona absent. List of taxa 1. Gymnema erectum (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Bidaria erecta F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Inst. Vic. 3: 9 (1859); Marsdenia angustata P...Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 793 (1995) [non M. erecta R.Br. (1809)]. Type: Australia. Northern Territory: on stony ridges along the Victoria River, s.dat., F. Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL 1515819). [Gymnema stenophyllum auct., non A.Gray; Bentham (1868: 344)]. Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern Territory, Western Australia). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Gymnema clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 2. Gymnema geminatum R.Br., Prodr. 462 (1810). Marsdenia geminata (R.Br.) P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 805 (1995). Type: Australia. Cook District: Islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria, December 1802, R. Brown s.n. (ecto: BM 001040551, fide Forster 1989: 128; isolecto: BRI [AQ333083], MEL 113347). [Gymnema sylvestre auct., non (Retz.) R.Br. ex Schult.; Bentham 1868: 342; Bailey 1900: 103-104]. Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia), and Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Gymnema clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 3. Gymnema _ graniticola P.I.Forst., comb. nov. (P.I.Forst.) Marsdenia_ graniticola P.\.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 37 (1995). Type: Australia. Western Australia. Hospital Valley, Shark 3 Bay, 21 August 1959, R.D. Royce 5983 (holo: PERTH 3613135; iso: BRI [AQ389864]). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Western Australia). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Gymnema clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 4. Gymnema hamatum (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia hamata P.J.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 808 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: hills adjacent to Bumayang settlement, 13 October 1990, W. Takeuchi 6962 (holo: BISH 1000887 & 626572; iso: A 00348612 i.d.v.). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. Typification: The type collection at BISH was mounted on two sheets that are separately accessioned; however, it 1s clearly indicated on BISH 1000887 that this 1s the case and Art. 8.3, Example 7 applies (Turland ef al. 2018). Note: This species is yet to be sequenced. Its placement in Gymnema is based on morphology. 5. Gymnema longipedicellatum (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia longipedicellata P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 814 (1995). Type: Australia. Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: State Forest Reserve 310 Gadgarra, Goldsborough Logging Area, 2 March 1993, B. Ayland 14662 (holo: CNS [QRS101387]; iso: A 00268156, BISH 1000888, BRI [AQ580015], CANB 591156, LAE 285117). Marsdenia sp. (Goldsborough P.I.Forster PIF13089); Forster (1994: 29). Marsdenia sp. (Goldsborough PIF 13089); Hyland ef al. (1994: 301). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Queensland). Typification: The collection that comprises the holotype and what has been distributed as isotypes were all seen by me at QRS prior to duplicate distribution. 4 Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Gymnema clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). It is worth observing that the placement of the sample for this species 1n this clade was not particularly close to the superficially similar G. stramineum. 6. Gymnema muelleri Benth., F/. Austral. 4: 343 (1868). Marsdenia muelleri (Benth.) — P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 812 (1995). Type: Australia. Northern Territory: [Tableland of the] Upper Victoria River, January 1856, F. Mueller s.n. (ecto [here designated]: K 000873008 i.d.v.; isolecto: BRI [AQ333085], K 000873009 i.d.v., MEL 1515818). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern Territory, Queensland). Typification: For the 1995 revision I only saw material from BRI and MEL. The sheet at MEL bears an ‘isotype’ label and I regarded this incorrectly as the holotype (Forster 1995b). There are two excellent sheets at K that were all seen and annotated by Bentham, unlike both the BRI and MEL sheets that are quite sparse, although fertile. The BRI sheet bears a label in S.T. Blake’s handwriting indicating that it was separated from the MEL material (undoubtedly a kleptotype, sanctioned or otherwise!). The name requires lectotypification and this is made based on the best of the two sheets at K. The specimens K 000873008 and K 000873009 (designated here as the lectotype and an isolectotype respectively) have ‘Upper Victoria River’ and “Jan 1856. Ferd Mueller’ in Mueller’s hand on a label and both have the label ‘FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS. Named by Mr. Bentham.’ and Bentham’s annotation ‘Vol IV. Page 343... Both the BRI and MEL sheets have the locality information “Tableland of the Upper Victoria River’; however, are clearly part of the type collection. Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Gymnema clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). Austrobaileya 11: 1-18 (2021) 7. Gymnema pleiadenium F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 77 (1878). Marsdenia pleiadenia (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 804 (1995). Type: East Australia, in 1848, W. Hill s.n. (holo: MEL 151481). Marsdenia rostrata var. dunnii Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 32: 736 (1906); Gymnema dunnii (Maiden & Betche) P.I.Forst., Austrobaileya 2: 401 (1987). Type: Australia. New South Wales. Acacia Creek, McPherson Range, December 1905, JL. Dunn s.n. (holo: NSW 181363; iso: BRI [AQ333081]). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Gymnema clade by Liede- Schumann ef al, (2021). 8. Gymnema rivulare Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 141 (1913). Marsdenia_ rivularis (Schltr.) — P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 813 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Minjem Tor, 7 December 1907, R. Schlechter 16972 (lecto: SING 0059486, fide Forster 1995b: 813; 1solecto: P 04256721 i.d.v.). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. Note: This species is yet to be sequenced. Its placement in Gymnema is based on morphology. 9. Gymnema_ stramineum _ (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia_ straminea P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 816 (1995). Type: Australia. Queensland. Cook District: State Forest Reserve 191, 6 November 1978, B. Gray 20062V (holo: CNS [QRS51713]; 1so: BRI [AQ474723]). Marsdenia sp. (Wongabel PIF 3990); Hyland et al. (1994: 301). Distribution: (Queensland). Endemic to Australia Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Gymnema clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 10. Gymnema_ suborbiculare K.Schum. in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtrdge FI. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 354 (1905). Marsdenia — suborbicularis | (K&.Schum.) P...Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 806 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Asinai-Bach, Minjem-Tal, 11 February 1908, R. Schlechter 17270 (neo: SING, fide Forster 1995b: 807; isoneo: P 04256718 i.d.v.). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Queensland) and Papua New Guinea and Indonesia (Papua) on the island of New Guinea. Note: This species is yet to be sequenced. Its placement in Gymnema is based on morphology. 11. Gymnema tricholepis Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 40, Beibl. 92: 17 (1908). Marsdenia_ tricholepis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 811 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. CENTRAL PROVINCE: Mt Gawada, Sogeri Region, 14 January 1886, H.O. Forbes 534 (lecto: BM 001014172, fide Forster 1995b: 811; isolecto: A 00076367, L 0360061, US 00478932 i.d.v.). [Gymnema geminatum auct. non R.Br; S.Moore, / Bot. 61, suppl. 34 (1923)]. Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Queensland) and Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Gymnema clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 12. Gymnema trinerve R.Br., Prodr. 462 (1810). Bidaria trinervis (R.Br.) Decne. In DC., Prodr. 8: 624 (1844); Marsdenia_ trinervis (R.Br.) P.L.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 794 (1995). Type: Northern Territory. Islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria, December 1802, R. Brown s.n. (lecto: BM 001040549, fide Forster 5 1995b: 794; isolecto: BRI [AQ333086], K 000873023 i.dv. K 000873021 idv., MEL 1515480, P 00645847 i.d.v., P 00645848 7.d.¥.). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern Territory, Western Australia). Note: This species 1s yet to be sequenced and the placement here once again in Gymnema is based on the sequencing result for what 1s hypothesised to be a sister species, namely G. erecta. Leichhardtia R.Br. in Sturt [Leichardtia orth. var.|, Bot. Sturt’s Exped. Australia 2 (App.): 81 (1849), (non Leichhardtia F.Muell.). Type species: Leichhardtia australis R.Br. Thozetia F. Muell. ex Benth., F7. Austral. 4: 347 (1868). Type species: Thozetia racemosa F.Muell. ex Benth. Liede-Schumann ef al. (2021) provide a generic description; however, the salient descriptors for Leichhardtia are as follows. Corolline corona {when present] as five ridges opposite the anthers, occasionally with trichomes. Staminal corona attached at the filament tube, carnose, erect, rather short. Etymology: Brown (1849) made an orthographic error when _ describing Leichhardtia by including only one ‘h’ in the generic name. On the same page he however lists Leichhardtia australis with a separate species description. Bullock (1957) repeated this incorrect generic orthography. The original publication is rare and difficult to access. At least one facsimile confounds the etymology of Leichhardtia by correctly spelling the name, perhaps indicating that the original error was quickly noted and corrected by Brown and that there may have been several printings of Sturt’s work. Ludwig Leichhardt and his disappearance remains one of the mysteries of early European exploration in Australia. His botanical collections were made under what could only be considered very difficult conditions, and it is very appropriate that this generic name will now be widely used in Australia. 6 List of taxa 1. Leichhardtia ambuntiensis (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia ambuntiensis P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 799 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. EAST SEPIK PROVINCE: Near Ambunti, 29 May 1966, R.D. Hoogland 10163 & L.A. Craven (holo: CANB 169942 & 169943; iso: L 0004355, L 0004354, LAE 143648). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. Typification: The holotype collection at CANB comprises two sheets (Forster 1995b) that are databased as separate accessions; however, these are clearly linked by labels on the specimens and in the CANB database. 2. Leichhardtia (Schitr.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. arachnoidea Marsdenia arachnoidea Schlitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 151 1913). Type citation: | Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE| ‘kleinere Liane in den Waldern oberhalb Dschischungari, im Wariagebiet’, April 1909, R. Schlechter 19845 (holo: Bt). Type: Papua New Guinea. MOoROBE PROVINCE; Lae, hill near Taraka, 25 October 2003, W. Takeuchi & D. Ama 16667 (neo: BRI, fide Forster & Takeuchi 2005: 145; iso: A 00255402, A 00255403, LAE 281182). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 3. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. araujacea = (F.Muell.) Marsdenia araujacea F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 135 (1868). Type: Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Rockinghams Bay [Stone River], [24 October 1866], [/ Dallachy s.n.| (lecto [here designated]: K 000872971 i.d.v.; 1solecto: BRI [AQ333092: with ‘Stone River J. Dallachy 26.10.1866; ex herb. Melbourne’|, MEL 113385 [with ‘Stone River 24 October 18667], MEL 113386 [with species description by Mueller], MEL 113387 [with ‘Rockingham’s Bay’ }). Vincetoxium pachylepis F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. 8: 79 (1893); Cynanchum pachylepis (F.M.Bailey) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 1085 Austrobaileya \1: 1-18 (2021) (1928). Type: Australia. Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Kamerunga, Barron River, January 1893, E. Cowley s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ333088]). Distribution: | Endemic to (Queensland) (Forster 2019). Typification: Mueller (1868) stated that his species was based on material from ‘Rockingham’s Bay. Dallachy’. This collection appears to have been fragmented and mounted as five separate accessions at MEL, BRI and K. The best of the MEL specimens (MEL 113385 with some flowers attached to a leafy stem; labelled as the holotype and with cross referencing to MEL 113386 and MEL 113387) has the location as ‘Stone River’ and a date of 24 October 1866, both written in Dallachy’s hand. MEL 113386 (labelled as an isotype) has a description by Mueller, but no locality, date or collector indicated. MEL 113387 (labelled as possibly an isotype) consisting of three separate leaves and a bit of stem has no description by Mueller, the locality ‘Rockingham’s Bay’, no date and no collector indicated. The material on these three sheets would have originally been unmounted and in folders all kept together at MEL. The sheet at BRI [AQ333092] has a label hand-written by S.T. Blake and states ‘Stone River J. Dallachy 26.10.1866; ex herb. Melbourne’; it comprises two loose leaves and a bit of stem. The sheet at Kew (K 000872971) is an excellent specimen, bearing a Botanical Museum of Melbourne label with ‘Rockinghams Bay’ in Mueller’s hand, but no collector and no date. It is annotated as being received by Bentham in 1868 and is the material he cited (Bentham 1868: 339); perhaps it was meant to be returned to MEL, but this never occurred. Australia Because the five specimens are separately accessioned, with different data and no clear cross referencing between them (apart from the three MEL specimens and this cross referencing would only have been done when the material was mounted), it is necessary to select a lectotype for this name. The specimen at K is easily the best of these, despite the lack of indication of a collector or collection date (although it does say ‘Rec. 1868’). The other four sheets are regarded as isolectotypes. Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia 4. Leichhardtia archboldiana (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia archboldiana P.\.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 776 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. MILNE BAy PROVINCE: North slopes of Mt Dayman, Maneau Range, 3 June 1953, L.J. Brass 22723 (holo: CANB 121075; 1so: A 00216547 i.d.v., LAE 13135, US 00478935 i.d.v.). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 5. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. arfakensis (P.I.Forst.) Marsdenia arfakensis P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 753 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua. Minjambau, Arfak Mountains, 22 May 1962, C’.. Versteegh BW12693 (holo: CANB 378761 & 378762; 1so: L 0004356 i.d.v.). Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua) on the island of New Guinea. Typification: The holotype collection at CANB comprises two sheets (Forster 1995b) that are databased as separate accessions; however, these are clearly linked by labels on the specimens and in the CANB database. 6. Leichhardtia (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. argillicola Marsdenia argillicola P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 756 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua. Geelvinckbaai, Agathis area Bosnik, Biak, 22 November 1959, Versteegh & Vink BW&307 (holo: L 0004358; 1so: A 00216512 i.d.v., CANB 118751, LAE 32066). Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua) on the island of New Guinea. 7. Leichhardtia australis R.Br. in Sturt, Bot. Sturt's Exped. Australia 2 (App.): 81 (1849). Marsdenia leichhardtiana F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 150 (1866), nom. illeg.; M. australis (R.Br.) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 4(Suppl. 2). 634 (1917). Type: Australia. New South Wales. common on the Murray in the interior, s.dat., [C./ Sturt s.n. (holo: BM 001040529). 7 Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland, South Australia, Victoria, Western Australia). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 8. Leichhardtia belensis (P.1.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia belensis P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 741 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua. Bele River, 18km NE of Lake Habbema, November 1938, L./ Brass 11340 (holo: L 0004359; iso: A 00216510 idv., BRI [AQ36108], CANB 159443, LAE 72671). Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua) on the island of New Guinea. 9. Leichhardtia bilobata P.I.Forst.), comb. nov. (P.I.Forst.) Marsdenia bilobata P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 747 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. CENTRAL PROVINCE: Boridi, 7 September 1935, CLE. Carr 13003 (holo: CANB 63944; iso: BM 001014159, K 000872984, L 0004360, LAE 58886, SING 0070820). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 10. Leichhardtia’ bliriensis (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia bliriensis P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 773 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: near Wantipi Village (on Bliri River), 4 August 1961, P.J/ Darbyshire & R.D. Hoogland 8382 (holo: CANB 104646; iso: A 00348610 i.dv., BRI [AQ217355]|, KO00872978 i.d.v., LAE 53377). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 11. Leichhardtia brassii (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia brassii P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 758 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. MILNE Bay PROVINCE: Sudest Island, Mt Riu, west slopes, 31 August 1956, L./. Brass 27956 (holo: A 00076484; iso: L 0004361, LAE 25961, US 00478933 i.d.v.). 8 Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 12. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. brevifolia (Benth.) Gymnema brevifolium Benth., Fl. Austral. 4: 343 (1868); Marsdenia brevifolia (Benth.) P...Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 795 (1995). Type: Australia. Queensland. PORT CURTIS DISTRICT: Princhester Creek, s.dat., [E.M./ Bowman s.n. (lecto: MEL 0113343A, fide Forster 1995b: 795; isolecto: BRI [AQ333098], MEL 113343). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Queensland). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-Schumann ef al. (2021). In the 1995 account, this species was allied to what is now Gymnema graniticola, so it can now be assumed that the shrubby habit 1s derived in both Gymnema and Leichhardtia. 13. Leichhardtia brevis (P.].Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia brevis P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 781 (1995). Type: Australia. Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Robinson Creek, 3 km NNE of Ravenshoe, November 1989, R. Lockyer s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ500633]}). Marsdenia sp. (Ravenshoe R.Lockyer AQ500633); Forster (1994: 29). Distribution: Endemic to — Australia (Queensland). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 14. lLeichhardtia brunnea_ (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia brunnea_ P.l.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 729 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. MILNE BAy PROVINCE: track between Gamwabila and Tutubea, Fergusson Island, 10 November 1976, /.R. Croft et al. LAE68738 (holo: BRI [AQ350505]; iso: LAE 233026). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. Austrobaileya \1: 1-18 (2021) 15. Leichhardtia carrii (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia carrii P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 810 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. CENTRAL PROVINCE: Boridi, November 1935, CLE. Carr 13503 (holo: CANB 62205; iso: A 00216546 i.d.v., BM 001014158, K 000872974 i.d.v., L 0004362, LAE 70202, SING 0070821, SING 0070822). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 16. Leichhardtia connivens’ (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia connivens P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 769 (1995). Type: Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Split Rock Aboriginal Art Gallery, S of Laura, 22 January 1993, PJ. Forster PIF12530 & A.R. Bean (holo: BRI [AQ580001: 1 sheet plus spirit]; 1s0: CNS [QRS110293], DNA, MEL 240081). Marsdenia annae P.\.Forst., nom. inval., nom. nud.; Brennan (1992: 8). Marsdenia sp. (Laura P.I.Forster PIF12830); Forster (1994: 29). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern Territory, Queensland). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 17. Leichhardtia coronata (Benth.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia coronata Benth., Fl. Austral. 4: 341 (1868). Type: Australia. Queensland. MOoRETON DistRIcT: Brisbane River, in 1855, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: K 000873037 i.d.v.; 1so: MEL 113390). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Queensland). Typification: In the 1995 revision it was incorrectly stated that the holotype for this name was the MEL specimen. The specimen at K is annotated by Bentham so should be regarded as the holotype. Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 18. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. cremea_ (P.I.Forst.) Marsdenia cremea P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 777 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: near Daulo camp, Asaro — Mairi Divide, 26 June 1956, R.D. Hoogland 5458 & R. Pullen (holo: BRI [AQ214339]; 1so: A 00216548 i.dv., CANB 55933, LAE 14741). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 19. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. cymulosa (Benth.) Marsdenia cymulosa Benth., Fl. Austral. 4: 338 (1868). Type: Australia. Queensland. Chin Chin Creek, s.dat., [E.M.] Bowman s.n. (holo: K 000873038; iso: BRI [AQ333100: with #319], MEL 9254 [with #319]). Marsdenia rhyncholepis F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 77-718 (1878). Type: Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Palmer River, in 1878, 7: Gulliver s.n. (holo: MEL 9255; iso: BRI [AQ333102]). Marsdenia fragrans Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 1086 (1928). Type: Australia. Queensland. Cook District: In cacumine montis Metal Mts. apud opp. Chillagoe, February 1910, K. Domin 7878 (lecto: PR, fide Forster 1995b: 770). Distribution: Endemic to — Australia (Queensland). Whilst there is a Chin Chin Creek in Goodnight Parish in the Burnett District, this species does not occur anywhere near there. The location of the Bowman type collection remains a mystery but perhaps was from somewhere on the Palmer River goldfields. Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 9 20. Leichhardtia (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. destituta Marsdenia destituta P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 803 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. EAST SEPIK PROVINCE: Eastern ridge of Sumset (Mt Hunstein), 11 August 1966, A.D. Hoogland 10930 & L.A. Craven (holo: BRI [AQ0350498]; iso: A 00961860 i.d.v., CANB 198742, K 000872975, L 0360062 i.d.v., US 00478934 i.d.v.). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 21. Leichhardtia dischidioides (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia dischidioides P.\.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 802 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua. 15 km SW of Bernhard Camp, Idenburg River, January 1939, L./. Brass 12259 (holo: BRI [AQ0361132]; iso: A 00348611 id.v., CANB 159442, LAE 72672). Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua) on the island of New Guinea. Note: When described this species was considered to be allied to Marsdenia urceolata Decne. (now Dischidanthus — urceolatus (Decne.) Tsiang; Liede-Schumann et al. 2021). Both species included in Dischidanthus by Liede-Schumann ef al. (2021) are restricted to Asia and possess staminal coronas in the flowers, whereas this species and Leichhardtia torsiva from New Guinea lack both. This species requires recollection and sequencing to test the hypothesis that its best classification 1s in Leichhardtia. 22. Leichhardtia~ divisicola (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia_ divisicola P.J.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 737 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. Eastern Highlands Province: Kassam Pass, January 1968, M. Coode & A. Dockrill NGF32666 (holo: A 00076485; iso: L 0004363, LAE 98619). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 10 23. #Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. egregia (P.I.Forst.) Marsdenia egregia P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 736 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. Morobe Province: Kauli Creek, 13 December 1962, A.N. Millar NGFI5612 (holo: BRI [AQ217377]; iso: CANB 159442, LAE 46873). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 24. Leichhardtia flavescens (A.Cunn. ex Hook.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia flavescens A.Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3289 (1833); Pergularia flavescens (A.Cunn. ex Hook.) D.Dietr., Syn. Pl. 2: 894 (1840). Type: Australia. New South Wales. Illawarra, April 1844, A. Cunningham [51]. (holo: K 000873041). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New South Wales, Queensland, Victoria). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 25. Leichhardtia flavida (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia flavida P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 738 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Top of Paga Hill, 11 miles from Kopiago, 1 November 1968, J. Vandenberg, J.S. Womersley & M. Galore NGF39960 (holo: BRI [AQ0058155]; iso: A 00106875 i.d.v., BO, CANB 197744, K, L 0004365, LAE). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 26. Leichhardtia fraseri (Benth.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia fraseri Benth., Fil. Austral. 4: 339- 340 (1868). Type: Australia. Queensland. MOoRETON DISTRICT: native of Moreton Bay, s.dat., [C.] Fraser s.n. (lecto: K 000873043, fide Forster 1995b: 766). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New South Wales, Queensland). Austrobaileya \1: 1-18 (2021) Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 27. Leichhardtia glabrata (Schitr.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia glabrata Schitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 150 (1913). Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Kani Geb., April 1908, R. Schlechter 17618 (lecto: P 00645972, fide Forster 1995b: 809). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. Note: This species is yet to be sequenced and is placed here in Leichhardtia based on morphology, albeit with some reservations. 28. Leichhardtia glandulifera (C.T.White) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia glandulifera C.T.White, Queens. Nat. 12: 54 (1943). Type: Australia. Queensland. WibE Bay DISTRICT: Fraser Island, s.dat., F-C. Epps s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ330901)). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia) . Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 29. Leichhardtia globosa (P.I.Forst.) P.[.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia globosa_ P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 742 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Mt Gahavisuka, 8 July 1992, PJ. Forster PIFI0887. & DJ. Liddle (holo: BRI [AQ580003: 2 sheets plus spirit]; iso: CNS [QRS114176], CNS [QRS100727], K 000872985, L 0821477, LAE). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia 30. Leichhardtia gonoloboides P.I.Forst., comb. nov. (Schitr.) Marsdenia gonoloboides Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 144 (1913). Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Minjem Tor., April 1907, R. Schlechter 17513 (lecto: P 00645973, fide Forster 1995b: 755; isolecto: SING 00594872). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the islands of New Britain and New Guinea. 31. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. grandis (P.I.Forst.) Marsdenia grandis P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 729 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. MoroBE PROVINCE: Otetei Village, Langimer River, 25 November 1970, H. Streimann & A. Kairo NGF44516 (holo: BRI [AQ0214245]; iso: A 00216511 idv., CANB 2326089, K 000872986, LAE 126505). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 32. lLeichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. jensenii (P.I.Forst.) Marsdenia jensenii P.1.Forst., Austrobaileya 5: 59 (1997). Type: Australia. Queensland. Cook District: State Forest Reserve 310, Gadgarra, track to Yeti Ridge, 15 February 1995, R. Jensen 105 (holo: CNS [QRS105813 & 105814]; iso: BRI [AQ0716431], CANB 590537). Marsdenia sp. (Yeti Ridge P.I.Forster +PIF17132); Forster (1997: 23). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Queensland). Typification: The type material of Marsdenia jJensenii was deposited in QRS (now CNS) subsequent to the species being described and was incorporated as two separate accessions despite being a single collection; these are however, cross-referenced in the CNS database as being both part of the holotype. 33. Leichhardtia kebarensis_ (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia kebarensis P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 760 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua. 1] Kebar Valley, c. 100 km W of Manowkar1, 30 October 1954, P. van Royen 3923 (holo: L 00043669; iso: CANB 65356). Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua) on the island of New Guinea. 34. Leichhardtia kempteriana (Schltr.) P.[.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia kempteriana Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 146 (1913). Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Kani Geb., November 1907, R. Schlechter 16751 (lecto: P 00645974, fide Forster 1995b: 742; isolecto: SING 0059483). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 35. lLeichhardtia lacicola — (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia lacicola P.\.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 749 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. NEW BRITAIN PROVINCE: Central Nakanai Plateau, in the vicinity of small lake, November 1975, N.M.U. Clunie et al. LAE63248 (holo: BRI [AQ0350531]; iso: K 000872983 i.d.v., LAE 224527). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Britain. 36. lLeichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. liisae (J.B.Williams) Marsdenia liisae J.B.Williams, Austrobaileya 3: 45 (1989). Type: Australia. New South Wales. 9 km along Deervale loop road from its western junction with Ebor—Dorrigo road, February 1988, J. Williams 88078 (holo: BRI [AQ0447374]; 1so: K 000872970, NE 52923, NSW 541705). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New South Wales). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). [2 37. Leichhardtia Hoydii (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia lloydii P.1.Forst., Austrobaileya 2: 455 (1988); M. suberosa S.T.Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 59: 167-168 (1948) [non M. suberosa (Fourn.) Malme (1900). Type: Australia. Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Mt Roberts, McPherson Range, 7 December 1946, S.7. Blake 17375 (holo: BRI [AQ333107]; iso: K 000873044 i.d.v., NSW 212076). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New South Wales, Queensland). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 38. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. longiloba (Benth.) Marsdenia longiloba Benth., Fl. Austral. 4: 340 (1868). Type: Australia. New South Wales: Hastings River, s.dat., [C.] Beckler s.n. (lecto: K 00873046 [specimen on right hand side of sheet], fide Forster 1995b: 762; isolecto: BRI [AQ216695|, MEL 113418, MEL 113419). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New South Wales, Queensland). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 39. Leichhardtia lorea (S.Moore) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia lorea S.Moore, J. Bot. 61: 34 (1923). Type: Papua New Guinea. CENTRAL PROVINCE: Sogeri region, 28 January 1886, H.O. Forbes 635 (lecto: BM 000017027, fide Forster 1995b: 728; isolecto: E 00288727 i.d.v., FI 008055 i.d.v., K 000872987 i.d.v., LAE 87224 i.d.v., MEL 578178). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 40. Leichhardtia P.L.Forst., comb. nov. micradenia (Benth.) Gymnema micradenium Benth., Fl. Austral. 4: 344 (1868); Gongronema micradenia (Benth.}) Benth. & Hook.f. ex F.Muell., Syst. Census Austrobaileya 11: 1-18 (2021) Austral. Pl. 94 (1882); Marsdenia micradenia (Benth.) P.JI.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 800 (1995). Type: Australia. Queensland. Moreton District: Ugly Creek, s.dat., C. Stuart 318 (ecto: MEL 113349, fide Forster 1995b: 800; isolecto: BRI [AQ2164539]). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Queensland). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 41. lLeichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. microlepis (Benth.) Marsdenia microlepis Benth., Fil. Austral. 4: 342 (1868). Type: Australia. PoRT CURTIS DistRicT: Rockhampton, 9 June 1863, /// Dallachy s.n. (lecto: K 000873032, left specimen on sheet, fide Forster 1995b: 785; isolecto: MEL 113430). Distribution: Endemic to — Australia (Queensland). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 42. Leichhardtia millariae (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia millariae P.J.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 759 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. EAST SEPIK PROVINCE: Amboin, 22 July 1967, A.N. Millar NGF35103 (holo: BRI [AQ217360]; iso: LAE 89657). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 43. Leichhardtia mira (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia mira P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 739 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua. Hollandia, Cycloop Mtns, path Har—Ormoe, camp site, 29 June 1961, P. van Royen & H. Sleumer 6094 (holo: L 0004367; iso: A 00076486). Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua) on the island of New Guinea. Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia 44. Leichhardtia paludicola (P.I.Forst.) P.L.Forst., comb. nov.; Marsdenia_ paludicola_ P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 734 (1995). Type: Australia. Queensland. Cook DISTRICT. Cultivated at Emerald Creek near Mareeba, (ex plant of PI. Forster 5486 from Maloney’s Springs, right branch), December 1991, D.J/. Liddle s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ561263: 1 sheet plus spirit]; iso: CNS [QRS 110290]). Marsdenia sp. (Bromley D.J.Liddle AQ561263); Forster (1994: 29). Distribution: Endemic’ to Australia (Queensland). 45. Leichhardtia papillosa (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia papillosa P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 745 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. MorROBE PROVINCE: Kuper Range along unpaved track to Biaru, 24 September 1988, W. Takeuchi 4058 (holo: BISH 1000889). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 46. Leichhardtia papuana (van Royen) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Toxocarpus papuanus van Royen, Alpine Fl. New Guinea 4: 2788 (1983); Marsdenia argentata P.I.Forst., Blumea 36: 105 (1991) [non Marsdenia papuana Schltr. (1913)]. Type: Papua New Guinea. EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: 16 July 1959, LJ Brass 30545 (holo: L 0004357; iso: BO 110490, CANB 101971, K 000872977, LAE 35993, US 00664196 7.d.v.). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 47. Leichhardtia parva (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia parva P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 760 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua. Inggebit, 29 May 1969, S. Reksodihardjo 296 (holo: L 0004368; iso: K 000872980). Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua) on the island of New Guinea. 13 48. Leichhardtia (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. poioensis Marsdenia poioensis P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 746 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Near Poio Village, middle Yaki Valley, 30 June 1960, R.D. Hoogland 6853 & R. Schodde (holo: BRI [AQ0214045]; iso: BM 000047373 2.d.v., CANB 83185, L 0004369, LAE 32095). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 49. lLeichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. praestans (Schlitr.) Marsdenia praestans Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 152 (1913). Type: Papua New Guinea. WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: Torriceli Geb., 10 September 1909, R. Schlechter 20216 (lecto: P 00645975, fide Forster 1995b: 798). Distribution: Endemic to — Indonesia (Moluccas, Papua) and Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 50. Leichhardtia primulina_ (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia primulina P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 775 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: Hindenburg Range, south of Nerenavip Village (Feramin Valley), September 1966, D. Frodin NGF32198 (holo: BRI [AQ217457]; iso: CANB 179506, LAE 91813). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 51. lLeichhardtia pumila _ (P.I.Forst.) P.[.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia pumila _ P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 780 (1995). Type: Australia. Queensland. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 78 km from Collinsville on Mt Coolon Road, 23 February 1994, PI. Forster PIF 14880 & A.R. Bean (holo: BRI [AQ520806: 2 sheets plus spirit]; iso: CNS [QRS 110288]). 14 Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Queensland). Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 52. Leichhardtia quadrata _ (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia quadrata P.|.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 772 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Near Skindewai, Wau-Salamaua road, 6 January 1956, JS. Womersley & A. Millar NGF&387 (holo: BRI [AQ214331]; 1so: A 00348614 i.d.v., BO 110453, CANB 55940, K 000872979 i.d.v., L 0004370, LAE 8823, SING 0070823). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 53. Leichhardtia racemosa (F.Muell. ex Benth.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Thozetia racemosa ¥.Muell. ex Benth., F7. Austral. 4: 347 (1868). Type: Australia. Queensland. PorRT CURTIS DISTRICT: near Rockhampton, s.dat., [A./ Thozet s.n. (holo: K 000872972 i.d.v.; iso: BRI [AQ333119: with no. S511], MEL 113557 [with no. 511], MEL 113558 [with no. 511, description by Mueller], MEL 113560 [with no. 511], MEL 560756 [with no. 511]). Marsdenia hemiptera Rchbf., Beitr. Syst. Pflanzk. 73 (1871). Type: Australia. Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Brisbane River, s.dat., A. Dietrich 2671 (lecto: MEL 113656, fide Forster 1995b: 726; isolecto: CANB [CBG 8801998], PR 7.¥.). Distribution: Leichhardtia racemosa 1s endemic to Australia (Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia). Typification: Bentham (1868) cited a single collection ‘Near Rockhampton, Thozet’ when he described Thozetia racemosa based on a manuscript description by Mueller. There is no evidence that Thozet made multiple collections of the species and his material would have been originally kept at MEL in multiple papers, until Mueller sent some to Bentham [albeit without Thozet’s collecting number 511 attached], presumably with a draft Austrobaileya 11: 1-18 (2021) description. In the 1995 revision the holotype for 7? racemosa was taken to be the MEL specimen and this has now been accessioned under four different numbers, all with cross- referencing between the sheets. However, Bentham as the describing author would not have seen this material, so the sheet at Kew should be regarded as the holotype with other sheets in BRI and MEL regarded as isotypes, despite some of the ones at MEL being better than the K sheet. Notes: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). When included in Marsdenia, this species must be called M. hemiptera due to the earlier named M. racemosa K.Schum. (1893) from the African continent. 54. Leichhardtia rara (P.].Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia rara P.|.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 782 (1995). Type: Australia. Cook DIsTRIcT: Cairns, foot of Nisbet Range, 8 November 1993, C. Lyons 149 (holo: BRI [AQ520833]). Distribution: (Queensland). 55. Leichhardtia rostrata (R.Br.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Endemic to Australia Marsdenia_ rostrata R.Br. Prodr. 461 (1810); Pergularia rostrata (R.Br.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 1: 844 (1820). Type: Australia. Queensland. PoRT CurRTIS DISTRICT: Keppel Bay, 13 August 1802, R. Brown s.n. (lecto, 2™ step [here designated]: BM 001040536 l.d.v., i1solecto: BM 001040535 id.v., BRI [AQ342530], CANB 278889; K 000872967 [specimen on left of sheet], P 00645975 [lacking ‘13 August’| idv., P 0064977 [lacking °13 August’ | i7.d.v.). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New South Wales, Queensland, Victoria). Typification: Robert Brown collected this species at several locations on his visit to Australia. In 1995 I selected his Keppel Bay collection made on 13 August 1802 as the lectotype (BM with 2 sheets) with Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia isolectotypes at BRI, CANB and K. At the time this was reliant on specimen images made by Australian Botanical Liaison Officers working at Kew, or material examined on loan. In the retrospect of online availability of specimen images, there are more specimens available than were viewed in the late 1980s. As accession numbers were not indicated for the BM specimens in the 1995 revision, it is necessary to take the lectotypification of the name to a second step, so the excellent specimen BM 00100536 is chosen as the lectotype. Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). 56. Leichhardtia spathulata (P.[.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia spathulata P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 761 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. BOUGAINVILLE PROVINCE: Crown Prince Mountains, October 1960, &./.H. Corner NGF13598 (holo: BRI [AQ217372]; 1so: LAE 31866). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of Bougainville. 57. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. suaveolens (R.Br.) Marsdenia suaveolens R.Br., Prodr. 461 (1810); Pergularia suaveolens (R.Br.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 1: 844 (1820). Type: Australia. New South Wales. Port Jackson [Sydney], 11 May 1802, R. Brown s.n. (lecto: BM 001040534, fide Forster 1995b: 790; isolecto: CANB 278890, K 000873027 [righthand specimen on sheet| i.d.v.). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New South Wales). 58. Leichhardtia subglobosa (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia_ subglobosa_ P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 744 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. NORTHERN PROVINCE: Gwiroro, 14 November 1955, N.E.G. Cruttwell 672 (holo: K). [5 Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 59. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. torsiva (P.I.Forst.) Marsdenia torsiva P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 801 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: Second bush camp on ridge below Tamanagabip on track to Busilmin, 20 May 1975, A. Vinas & J. Wiakabu LAE59549 (holo: L 0834586; 1so: LAE 223977). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 60. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. trilobata (P.I.Forst.) Marsdenia trilobata P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 748 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. WESTERN PROVINCE: Tarara, Wassi Kussa River, January 1937, L.J. Brass 8657 (holo: CANB 159675; iso: A 00348615 i.d.v., BM 001014155, BRI [AQ0361126], LAE 72165, L 0004372 i.d.v., L 0004373 i.d.v.). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 61. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia tubulosa F.Muell, Fragm. 9: 71 (1875). Type: Australia. New South Wales. Lord Howe Island, Mt Gower, in 1871, JP. Fullagar s.n. (holo: MEL 1515823A\). tubulosa (F.Muell.) Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New South Wales: Lord Howe Island). 62. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. tumida (P.I.Forst.) Marsdenia tumida P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 797 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. MILNE Bay PROVINCE: Mt Rossel, Rossel Island, 18 March 1979, P. Katik LAE70925 (holo: BRI [AQ370292]; iso: A 00348616 i.d.v., CANB 305334, K 000872976 i.d.v., L, LAE 243535). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 16 63. Leichhardtia variabilis (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia_ variabilis P.J.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 751 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Andarova, Slate Creek, Upper Watut, 10 December 1970, 4. Streimann & A. Kairo NGF44553 (holo: BRI [AQ350445]; iso: BO 110456, CANB 226210, K 000872982 i.dv., L 2725683 i.d.v., LAE 128192, SING 0070824). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 64. Leichhardtia velutina (R.Br.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia velutina R.Br., Prodr. 461 (1810); Pergularia velutina (R.Br.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 1: 844 (1820); TZylophora_ velutina (R.Br.) G.Don., Gen. Hist. 128 (1837). Type: Australia. Northern Territory. Mainland opposite Groote Eylandt, 4 January 1803, R. Brown s.n. [Bennett 2882] (lecto, 2" step: BM 001040538; isolecto: BM 001040539, CANB 278891, fide Forster 1990: 285; Liede- Schumann & Meve 2018: 173). Marsdenia papuana Schlitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 144 (1913); M. verrucosa Watb., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 13: 410 (1891) [non M. verrucosa Decne. (1844)|. Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: 1889-1891, C. Lauterbach 437 (lecto: SING, fide Forster 1995b: 765). Marsdenia klossii S.Moore, Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. 9: 112 (1916). Type: Indonesia. Papua. Utakwa River to Mt Carstensz, in 1912-1913, C.B. Kloss s.n. (holo: BM 001014157). Distribution: Widespread in_ Indonesia (Ceram, Papua, West Timor), Timor-Leste, Papua New Guinea, Philippines, the Solomon Islands and Australia (Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia). Note: This species is yet to be sequenced. While I have placed it here in Leichhardiia, it may resolve that it fits into the clade containing the type of Marsdenia. Austrobaileya \1: 1-18 (2021) 65. Leichhardtia (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. venusta Marsdenia venusta P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 740 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. GULF PROVINCE: Near Ihu, 14 January 1966, L.A. Craven 700 & R. Schodde (holo: L 0004374 & 0004376; iso: A 00348617 i.d.v., CANB 194618, CANB 194619, K, LAE 143819). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. Typification: In the 1995 revision it was stated that the holotype comprised two sheets. These were both sent on loan to BRI from L in the same specimen folder and labelled clearly as Vel [sheet in Dutch] | and Vel 2, despite the two sheets having different accession numbers (No. 226596 and 226597; these being pre barcode numbers used at the Rijksherbarium). I stated clearly on L 0004374 that the holotype comprised two sheets, so lectotypification is considered unnecessary. 66. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia viridiflora R.Br., Prodr. 461 (1810). Type: Australia. Queensland. PORT CURTIS DIstRIcT: Broad Sound, Thirsty Sound — inner entrance, 24 September 1802, R. Brown s.n. (lecto 2" step [here designated]: BM 001040531; isolecto: BM 001040533 [lacking Iter Australiense 2885], CANB 278893, K 000873030 [lacking date]). Bidaria leptophylla F.Muell., Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict. 3: 60 (1859). Type citation: “At the sources of the Burdeken River.” Type: Australia. Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY District: Upper Burdekin, s.dat., F. Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL 9253: specimen B). Marsdenia leptophylla F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 4: 340 (1868); Leichardtia leptophylla (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Bullock, Kew Bull. 1957: 287 (1957). Type: Australia. Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: very rare at the sources of the Burdekin [River], s.dat., F- Mueller s.n. (holo: K 000873031). viridiflora (R.Br.) Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia Typification: In the 1995 revision the type for Marsdenia viridiflora R.Br. was given as “Broad Sound, Thirsty Sound-inner entrance, R. Brown s.n., 24 Sep. 1802 (iter Australiense 2885) (with the words ‘Marsdenia viridiflora R. Br. Prod. xx’ in Brown’s hand along the bottom of the sheet)”. There are two sheets of this collection at BM that are available as online images: BM 001040533 does not have the Bennett number 2885, whereas BM 001040531 does. It is possible that the words written in Brown’s hand that I quoted in 1995 are on the reverse side of the white piece of paper that 1s currently mounted above the modern BM barcode label. The name requires a second step lectotypification due to the presence of two separate accessions at BM, with my original choice being reaffirmed. In the 1995 revision the type for Bidaria leptophylla F.Muell. was given as “Burdekin River, F! Mueller s.n., specimen D (undated) (holo: MEL 9253)”. This is incorrect as specimens C and D on MEL 9253 (that comprises four separate specimens) are Leichhardtia australis. also clearly indicated on the sheet in October 1988 that the specimen B is the type for this name as reflected above. Specimen A on MEL 9253 1s also this species and has been annotated as a possible isotype by an unknown person. Specimen A is labelled as being from the Suttor River, so cannot be considered an isotype. Note: This species was sequenced and included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede- Schumann ef al. (2021). Two subspecies are recognised. 66a. Leichhardtia viridiflora — subsp. viridifiora, Marsdenia_ viridiflora subsp. viridiflora, P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 787 (1995). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Queensland). 66b. Leichhardtia viridiflora subsp. tropica (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Marsdenia viridiflora subsp. tropica P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 788 (1995). Type: Australia. Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: 17 Lakefield National Park, 33 km from Laura on road to New Laura Homestead, 23 January 1993, PL. Forster PIF12876 & A.R. Bean (holo: BRI [AQ58002: 2 sheets plus spirit]; iso: CNS [QRS 110291], DNA, MEL 0240082A). Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern Territory, Queensland, Western Australia) and to Papua New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. 67. Leichhardtia P.I.Forst., comb. nov. volcanica (P.I.Forst.) Marsdenia volcanica P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 750 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea. BOUGAINVILLE PROVINCE: Maide_ River Gorge, lower south slopes of Lake Loloru crate, c. 15 miles N of Buin, 17 August 1964, L.A. Craven 280 & R. Schodde (holo: CANB 146783 & 146784; iso: LAE 81986). Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea on the island of Bougainville. Typification: The holotype collection at CANB comprises two sheets (Forster 1995b) that are databased as separate accessions; however, these are clearly linked by labels on the specimens and in the CANB database. Excluded names Marsdenia brachystephanus Schltr. = Sarcolobus _brachystephanus = (Schitr.) P.1.Forst. Marsdenia secamonoides (Schlitr.) Omlor = Sarcolobus secamonoides (Schltr.) P.I.Forst. Marsdenia_ urniflora P.1.Forst. = Hoya uniflora (P.I.Forst.) Simonsson & Rodda Acknowledgements Peter Bostock, Gordon Guymer and Sigrid Liede-Schumann reviewed this paper. Sigrid especially helped with finding additional type material and resolving typification of some names. Anna Monro investigated extant copies of Brown (1849) and helped to resolve once and for all just what was published in the original version. Brendan Lepschi provided images of some holotypes at CANB and checked the CANB database for cross referencing between specimen accessions. 18 References Bailey, F.M. (1900). Asclepiadeae. In The Queensland Flora 3: 995-1015. H.J. Diddams: Brisbane. Bentham, G. (1868). Asclepiadeae. In Flora Australiensis 4: 324-348. L. Reeve & Co.: London. Brennan, K. (1992). Checklist of Vascular Plants of the Alligator Rivers Region, Northern Territory. 2™ edition. Office of the Supervising Scientist, Alligator Rivers Region Research Institute. Brown, R. (1849). Botanical Appendix. In C. Sturt, Narrative of an Expedition into Central Australia 2: 66-92. T. & W. Boone: London. Bullock, A.A. (1957). The genus Leichardtia R.Br. Kew Bulletin 11: 287-288. Forster, PI. (1987). Studies on the Australian Asclepiadaceae. II. A new combination in Gymnema R.Br. Austrobaileya 2: 401—404. — (1989). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 1. Austrobaileya 3: 109-133. — (1990). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2. Austrobaileya 3: 273-289. — (1994). Asclepiadaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Vascular Plants: Names and Distribution, pp. 27-30. Queensland Herbarium, Queensland Department of Environment and Heritage: Herbarium: Indooroopilly. — (1995a). New names and combinations in Marsdenia_ (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) from Asia and Malesia (excluding Papuasia). Australian Systematic Botany 8: 691-701. — (1995b). Circumscription of Marsdenia (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), with a revision of the genus in Australia and Papuasia. Australian Systematic Botany 8: 703—933. — (1997). Asclepiadaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution, pp. 22—24. Queensland Herbarium, Queensland Government Department of Environment: Indooroopilly. — (2019). Rediscovery of the previously Extinct Marsdenia araujacea F.Muell. (Apocynaceae). Austrobaileya 10: 539-540. Forster, P.I. & Takeuchi, W. (2005). Rediscovery and neotypification of Marsdenia arachnoidea Schltr. (Apocynaceae: Asclepiadoideae — Marsdenieae), an endangered species from Papua New Guinea. Austrobaileya 7: 145—150. Hyland, B.P.M., Gray, B. & Elick, R.W. (1994). In W.E. Cooper & W.T. Cooper, Fruits of the Rain Forest, Appendix |: Provisional Species List: 301. Geo: Sydney. Austrobaileya 11: 1-18 (2021) Liede-Schumann, S. & Meve, U. (2018). Vincetoxicum (Apocynaceae—Asclepiadoideae) expanded to include Tylophora and allies. Phytotaxa 369: 129-184. Liede-Schumann, S., Reuss, S., Meve, U., Gateblé, G., Livshultz, T., Forster, P.I., Wanntorp, L. & Rodda, M. (2021). Phylogeny of Marsdenieae (Apocynaceae, Asclepiadoideae) based on chloroplast and nuclear loci, and a conspectus of the genera. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society in press. Mueller, F.M. (1868). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 6: 135. Government Printer: Melbourne. Turland, N.J., Wiersema, J.H., Barrie, F.R., Greuter, W., Hawksworth, D.L., Herendeen, P.S., Knapp, S., Kusber, W.-H., Li, D.-Z., Marhold, K., May, T.W., McNeill, J., Monro, A.M., Prado, J., Price, M.J. & Smith, G.F. (eds.) 2018: /nternational Code of Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants (Shenzhen Code) adopted by the Nineteenth International Botanical Congress Shenzhen, China, July 2017. Regnum Vegetabile 159. Koeltz Botanical Books: Glashiitten. DOI https://doi.org/10.12705/Code.2018 Lomandra phillipsiorum Jian Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland Jian Wang Summary Wang, J. (2021). Lomandra phillipsiorum Jian Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae), a new species from south- eastern Queensland. Austrobaileya 11: 19-25. Lomandra phillipsiorum Jian Wang ter is described, illustrated and compared to putatively related species such as L. filiformis (Thunb.) Britten. The new Species 1s known only from the Mt Glorious — Mt Nebo area, north-west of Brisbane. Notes on its distribution (including a map), habitat, phenology and affinities are provided. A conservation status of Least Concern is recommended. Key Words: Laxmanniaceae; Lomandra; Lomandra phillipsiorum; Australia flora; Queensland flora; taxonomy; new species Jian Wang, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: jian.wang@des.qld.gov. au Introduction Lomandra Labill. 1s a genus of four sections currently with 56 species in Australia, with two species extending to New Guinea and one species in New Caledonia (Lee & Macfarlane 1986; CHAH 2006; Wang & Bean 2017; Wang 2018, 2019). The genus was revised for New South Wales by Lee (1966) and for Australia by Lee & Macfarlane (1986). Currently, there are 16 recognised species in Queensland (Wang 2019). Lomandra has had various family placements over the past decades, such as Xanthorrhoeaceae (Lee 1966; Lee & Macfarlane 1986), Dasypogonaceae (Briggs 1986; Chase et al. 1995) and Laxmanniaceae (Chase & Stevens 1998). The genus has most recently been placed in a _ broadly circumscribed Asparagaceae in subfamily Lomandroideae based on_ corroborating morphological and phylogenetic evidence (Barrett 2018; Govaerts et al. 2020; Gunn ef al, 2020). The new species described here was brought to my attention by Susan and Brian Phillips. It brings to thirteen, the number of Lomandra species found in the South East Queensland Bioregion, and is the first to be considered endemic to basalt substrates. Materials and methods This study is based on morphological examination of Lomandra material at the Queensland Herbarium (BRI). All measurements are based on fresh and dried material, except the dimensions of florets, which are based on material reconstituted with boiling water. Dimensions of measurements are inclusive, 1.e. 1.0—1.7 is given as I—1.7. Common abbreviations in the specimen citations are Mt (Mountain, except where part of a National Park or State Forest name) and NP (National Park). Taxonomy Lomandra phillipsiorum Jian Wang ter sp. nov., resembling L. filiformis (Thunb.) Britten but differing in the 3-toothed leaf tips, the inflorescences of simple and _ significantly shorter racemes, violet to purple flowers, shorter fruiting styles and transverse wrinkled capsules with yellow-coloured stripes. Typus: Australia. Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: D’Aguilar National Park (Boombana), c. 100 m along Thylogale Track from Boombana car park towards Jollys Lookout, D’Aguilar Range, 8 October 2016, S.P. Phillips 2722B & B.A. Phillips (holo: BRI [AQ857607]). Accepted for publication 19 January 2021, published online 24 March 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) 20 Plants forming tussocks from condensed ascending rhizomes. Each tussock comprising 1 to 4 tufts. Each tuft up to 1 cm in diameter at the base with leaves arranged irregularly or often distichously. Leaves tough and upright. Leaf sheath margins at first membranous or cartilaginous, fraying into strips or fibres up to 5 cm long, purplish to dark brown. Leaf blades glaucous, scabrid, flat adaxially, slightly to strongly convex abaxially, with 6—16 parallel veins on both sides; the margins mostly minutely denticulate; leaf apex usually with 3 sharp teeth with the middle one usually the longest, to 2.5 mm long (Fig. 1). Leaves of male plants are 30—60 cm long, 1.4—2.4 mm wide. Leaves of female plants are 38—67 cm long, 1.4—2.7 mm wide. Male and female inflorescences similar in appearance, 1-6 per tuft, 1/20-1/8 as long as leaves. Male inflorescence comprising simple racemes, subtending bracts at the base up to 8, deltoid, up to 8 mm long and 1.5 mm wide at the base that is usually the widest point; inner bracts (up to 6) membranous, outer 2 bracts with 3 veins each (Fig. 2); scape flattened, verrucate, 2—5 cm long, 0.4—0.6 mm broad, light brown near the base, violet to purple towards apex; the rachis slightly flat, irregularly angled or channelled, 2—4 cm long, violet to purple, verrucate; flowers 4—15, solitary, alternate or rarely appearing paired or whorled. Flowers similar ages within each raceme (Fig. 2); bracts 1, cucullate, 1.8—3.4 mm long and 0.8— 1.5 mm wide, membranous except the major mid-vein, usually completely encircling the pedicel; pedicels terete, erect, 1.3-—3.5(—5) mm long, 0.3—0.5 mm wide, pale purplish to brown; buds globular, becoming ovoid at anthesis, violet to purple; perianth segments 6 with distinct outer and inner whorls; outer tepals (sepals) 3, elliptical, free except on the very base, uniform in size, thick with slightly thin whitish margins in texture, 1.4—-1.5 mm long, 1.1-1.3 mm wide, violet to purple; inner tepals (petals) 3, broadly elliptical, free except on the base 1/3—1/2, uniform in size, thick with slightly thin whitish margins, 1.1-1.3 mm long, 1.6—1.8 mm wide, violet to purple except for whitish margins and inner surface. Stamens 6, all adnate basally to a swollen centre surrounded by the inner tepals, Austrobaileya 11: 19-25 (2021) 3 slightly higher, alternating with inner tepals and 3 slightly lower, alternating with outer tepals; the filament not obvious, 0.1—0.2 mm long, 0.2—0.25 mm diameter; anthers all similar, versatile, c. 0.4 mm long and 0.3 mm wide, bright yellow to occasionally creamy yellow (Fig. 2); pistillode in the swollen centre very rarely developed, mostly purple; stigma and style not formed. Female inflorescence comprising simple racemes (Fig. 3) or rarely as a single branch bearing one flower; scape flattened, smooth to slightly verrucate, 1.5—5 cm long, 0.8—1.5 mm broad, creamy to pale brown; the rachis flat or rarely irregularly angled or channelled, smooth or rarely verrucate, 0.5-—2.5 cm long; flowers 2-8, alternate, single or rarely appearing paired or whorled; subtending bracts 4—8, deltoid, up to 15 mm long and 3 mm wide at the base, that is usually the widest point, inner bracts (up to 6) membranous, outer pair with 3—5 veins. Flowers usually similar ages within each inflorescence; bracts 1, cucullate, 1.5—2.2 mm long and 0.8-1.2 mm wide, creamy to pale brown, 4/5—3/4 encircling the pedicel; pedicels 0.8—2 mm long, 0.3—0.5 mm wide, terete or irregularly angled and channelled, purple or creamy to pale brown; buds globular, becoming cup-shaped with age, violet to purple or yellowish brown; perianth segments 6 with distinct outer and inner whorls, violet to purple or sometimes yellowish brown with purple tinges; outer 3 tepals (Sepals) ovate, 1.4-1.6 mm long, 1.1-1.3 wide, connate at the base; inner 3 tepals (petals) broadly ovate, 1.8-2 mm long, 1.7-1.9 mm wide, connate near base. Staminodes inconspicuous or sometimes absent, when present lacking filaments and bearing vestigial anthers, 3 inserted on the middle part of inner tepals, 3 alternating with them on the middle of lower part of each inner tepal; pistil conspicuous, styles very short and fused with 3 stigmatic lobes; ovary sessile, nearly globular, 1.3-1.5 mm long, 1.3—1.4 mm diameter, with 3 locules; ovules | per loculus. Fruiting pedicels 1.8—6 mm long, single (occasionally appears in groups of 2). Immature fruiting styles 0.2—0.5 mm long, disappearing with age. Capsules obvoid, 6—8 mm long, 5—7 mm diameter, dark brown with B 10 mm es Wang, Lomandra phillipsiorum 21 C Fig. 1. Leaf tips of Lomandra phillipsiorum. A. young male leaf tip. B. mature male leaf tips. C. mature female leaf tips. Scales as indicated. A from Phillips 2722B & Phillips (BRI); B from Phillips 2719 & Phillips (BRI); C from Phillips 2718 & Phillips (BR1). Photos: B. Phillips Fig. 2. Male plants of Lomandra phillipsiorum. A. inflorescences. B. flowers. A & B from Phillips 2629 & Phillips (BRI). Photos: B. Phillips. 22 Austrobaileya 11: 19-25 (2021) Fig. 3. Female plants of Lomandra phillipsiorum. A. habit. B. buds. C. young fruits. D & E. mature fruits. A from Phillips 2718 & Phillips (BR1); B from Phillips 2634 & Phillips (BRI); C from Phillips 3053 & Phillips (BRI); D & E from Phillips 2722B & Phillips (BRI). Photos: B. Phillips. 2—5 transverse yellow stripes when fresh (Fig. 3D & E), 1—4 transverse wrinkles near each carpel base, especially after opening; carpel orange-yellowish brown inside; the carpel margins slightly ridged; fruiting perianths, usually 6, leathery, persistent, each 1.8—2.8 mm long, 1.5—2.7 mm wide, bracts leathery, occasionally persistent. Seeds 1 per locule, narrowly ovoid to ovoid, 4.6—5.1 mm long, 2.5—3 mm wide, usually 2-angled on inner face, rounded on outer face, rough or slightly wrinkled, translucent in appearance, light orange to brown. Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Moreton District: Track to Mt D’Aguilar from Lepidozamia Road, c. | km along from Tenison Woods Mountain, D’Aguilar Range, Dec 2015, Phillips 2629 & Phillips (BRI); Old logging track heading N from Tenison Woods Mountain to Mt D’Aguilar walking track, D’Aguilar Range, Apr 2016, Phillips 2634 & Phillips (BRI); Walking track from Tenison Woods Mountain to Mt D’Aguilar, N facing spur off this track, Oct 2016, Phillips 2718 & Phillips (BRI); ibid, Oct 2016, Phillips 2719 & Phillips (BRI); D’Aguilar NP (Boombana), c. 100 m along Thylogale Track from Boombana car park towards Jollys Lookout, D’Aguilar Range, Oct 2016, Phillips 2722A & Phillips (BRI); Morelia walking track to Mt Nebo Lookout from Manorina, D’Aguilar NP, Apr 2018, Phillips 2935 & Phillips (BRI); Pitta Circuit, D’Aguilar NP (Boombana), c. 30 m from picnic area (going in clockwise direction), Feb 2020, Phillips 3025 & Phillips (BRI); Pitta Circuit, D’Aguilar NP (Boombana), c. 80 m from picnic area (going in clockwise direction), Feb 2020, Phillips 3026 & Phillips (BRI); Morelia walking track to Mt Nebo Lookout from Manorina parking area, D’Aguilar NP, Feb 2020, Phillips 3027 & Phillips (BRI); ibid, Feb 2020, Phillips 3028 & Phillips (BRI); Redmans Break, W of Tenison Woods Mountain, D’Aguilar NP, (c. 0.4 km from Northbrook Parkway), Mar 2020, Phillips 3037 & Phillips (BRI); Redmans Break, W of Tenison Woods Mountain, D’Aguilar NP, c. 0.7 km from Northbrook Parkway, Mar 2020, Phillips 3038 & Phillips (BRI); 0.7 km along Redmans Break from Northbrook Parkway, W of Tenison Woods, D’Aguilar Range, May 2020, Phillips 3053 & Phillips (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Lomandra phillipsiorum 1s endemic to south-eastern Queensland, with a restricted distribution within D’Aguilar NP in ac. 20 km area west of Tenison Woods Mountain and south of Mt Nebo (Map 1). The altitude range is from 440 Wang, Lomandra phillipsiorum m to 730 m. The habitat in D’Aguilar NP varies from subtropical rainforest with eucalypt emergents to wet sclerophyll forest with a low rainforest understorey on red-brown krasnozem soils derived from basalt. Some sites have been disturbed by past clearing and receive more light. The tree species usually include Callitris macleayana’ (¥F.Muell.) F.Muell., Cinnamomum oliveri F.M.Bailey, Cyclophyllum longipetalum S.T.Reynolds & R.J.FHend., Eucalyptus saligna Sm., E. microcorys F.Muell., Guioa semiglauca (F.Muell.) Radlk., Lophostemon confertus (R.Br.) Peter G.Wilson & J.T.Waterh., Olea paniculata R.Br., Pittosporum undulatum Vent., Polyscias elegans (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Harms, Rhodosphaerarhodanthema (F.Muell.) Engl., Synoum glandulosum (Sm.) Juss. subsp. glandulosum and Trochocarpa laurina (R.Br. ex Rudge) R.Br. The shrub and eround layers consist of Ajuga australis R.Br., Alpinia caerulea (R.Br.) Benth., Arthropodium milleflorum (DC.) J.F.Macbr., Billardiera scandens Sm., Breynia oblongifolia (Muell. Arg.) Muell.Arg., Gymnostachys anceps R.Br., Lepidozamia peroffskyana Regel, Lomandra longifolia Labill., Poa labillardieri Steud. var. labillardieri, Psychotria_ loniceroides Sieber ex DC., Themeda triandra Forssk. plus sedges and ferns. Lomandra phillipsiorum grows in tufts anchored by very strong roots. Individual tufts often stick out at an angle from the base. The tussocks are usually surrounded and buried in dense leaf litter making the visibility of flowers and fruits difficult. Plants occur in restricted areas in quite dense patches (up to 10 tussocks per square metre) or can be more scattered. Phenology: Male flowering was _ recorded from February to March. However, it is also recorded in October and December. Female flowering was recorded in March, April, October and December. Mature fruits were collected in April, May and October. Affinities: —Lomandra_ phillipsiorum 1s putatively closely related to L. filiformis, from which it differs most obviously 1n the 3-toothed 23 leaf tips (1-3-toothed for L. filiformis), significantly shorter inflorescences (1/20-1/8 as long as leaves for L. phillipsiorum, while 1/4-1/3 as long as leaves for L. filiformis) that are basally cryptic for each fertile rosette, the inflorescences of simple racemes (inflorescences usually well—branched for L. filiformis), violet to purple flowers (brown or yellowish brown flowers for L. filiformis), and the transverse wrinkled capsules with yellow- coloured stripes (usually uniformly brown- coloured capsules for L. filiformis). Notes: Lomandra phillipsiorum 1s endemic to a small area at Mt Glorious — Mt Nebo where it 1s parapatric with L. filiformis; the latter species has a wide distributional range in eastern Australia from the tip of Cape York to the southern coast of Victoria. In Queensland L. filiformis 1s usually a common species mostly from open forests and woodlands in lowlands and/or coastal areas. However, it is not known to occur from the Mt Glorious — Mt Nebo area. Conservation status: Currently there are only four locations known within a narrow geographic range for Lomandra phillipsiorum; however, it can be a very common species where it occurs. It is recorded from D’Aguilar NP and is not known to be at risk 1n the wild. Therefore, the species is not considered to be threatened and a Least Concern conservation status is recommended using the [UCN (2012) criteria. Etymology: This species is named for Susan and Brian Phillips. After gaining a science degree at the University of Queensland, Susan worked in plant nematology and entomology, where part of her work involved the illustration of scientific publications. In 1996 she and her husband Brian worked with a team of entomologists in north Queensland in the papaya fruit fly eradication programme. In 1997 Susan joined the Queensland Herbarium, where her work involved the preparation and data-basing of specimens. Since her retirement in 2012 she has been working as a volunteer at the herbarium, mounting specimens and collecting plants for incorporation into the herbarium collection. Brian has a background in engineering 24 drafting and has pursued his hobby of photography for many years. They both have a keen interest in nature, bushwalking and camping. Together they have collected more than 3,000 plant specimens for the Queensland Herbarium. Acknowledgements I am grateful to the following staff at the Queensland Herbarium who helped in the preparation of this manuscript: Mr Tony Bean for reading a late draft and preparation of the distribution map; Dr Gordon Guymer for his support and Dr Paul Forster for constructive comments. I also wish to thank Dr Mats Hjertson, Curator (vascular plants), Uppsala University, Sweden for the type specimen photos of Lomandra filiformis at UPS and Mr Brian Phillips for photographs of L. phillipsiorum. Sincere thanks to the Directors of DNA, MEL, NSW and NT for providing loan specimens. References BARRETT, M.D. (2018). Three new species of Asparagales from the Kimberley region of Western Australia. Telopea 21: 25-37. BricGs, B. (1986). Chromosome numbers in Lomandra (Dasypogonaceae). Telopea 2: 741-744. CHASE, M.W. & STEVENS, P.F. (1998). An _ ordinal classification for the families of flowering plants. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 85: 531-553. CHASE, M., DuvAL, M.H., HILits, H.G., CONRAN, J.G., Cox, A.V., EGUIARTE, L.E., HARTWELL, J., FAY, M.F., CApDpiIck, L., CAMERON, K. & Hoot, S. (1995). Molecular phylogenetics of Lilianae. In P.J. Rudall et al. (eds.), Monocotyledons: Systematics and Evolution, pp. 109-137. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: London. CHAH (2006). Australian Plant Census. IBIS database. http://chah.gov.au/chah/apc/,, accessed 28 September 2020. GOVAERTS, R., ZONNEVELD, B.J.M. & ZONA, S.A. (2020). World Checklist of Asparagaceae. Facilitated by the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. http:// wcsp.science.kew.org/, accessed 1 August 2020. GUNN, B.F., MURPHY, D.J., WALSH, N.G., CONRAN, J.G., Pires, J.C., MACFARLANE, T.D. & Bircu, J.L. (2020). Evolution of Lomandroideae: Multiple origins of polyploidy and biome occupancy in Australia. Molecular Phylogenetics and Austrobaileya 11: 19-25 (2021) Evolution 149: 106836. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. ympev.2020.106836 Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria: Version 3.1. 2nd edition. Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK: IUCN. iv + 32pp. Leg, A.T. (1966). Xanthorrhoeaceae. Contributions from the New South Wales National Herbarium, Flora Series 34: 16—42. Lee, A.T. & MACFARLANE, T.D. (1986). Lomandra. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 46: 100-141. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. WANG, J. (2018). Lomandra ramosissima Jian Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae), a new species from southern central Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 266— Dan — (2019). Laxmanniaceae. In G.K. Brown & P.D. Bostock (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora 2019. Queensland Department of Environment and Science: Brisbane. https://www.data.qld. gov.au/dataset/census-of-the-queensland- flora-2019, accessed 5 August 2020. WANG, J. & BEAN, A.R. (2017). Lomandra decomposita (R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & #£A.R.Bean (Laxmanniaceae), a new _— species for Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 59-63. Wang, Lomandra phillipsiorum 25 r Da boro © Dayboro_ * Samford — ( 4 \ a Ct | cei oN: \ ° ’ + ! ’ Nai de ‘, : Zé * ‘ , } _f£, ,BRISBANE _ ar, i . “ Le oe i Ps \ rs a = e Se a a Sa RR Z 2 pn SOS ’ 1 ON * + 5 f heal pes — a - cc i ir i cal NM ! ey __—_—— : | 4 La | A i kilometers \ eet : a = é ——__—- a i ay 4 [ \ <I ee a a oe a ee \ | he if ‘| oe — 7 | ra | i } | —~_ “ ~ = f an . ; Map 1. Distribution of Lomandra phillipsiorum in south-eastern Queensland based on BRI records. The shaded area indicates D’Aguilar National Park. Introduction Reinstatement of Pigea Ging., an earlier generic name for the spade flowers previously included in Afrohybanthus Flicker (Violaceae) Paul I. Forster Summary Forster, P.I. (2021). Reinstatement of Pigea Ging., an earlier generic name for the spade flowers previously included in Afrohybanthus Flicker (Violaceae). Austrobaileya 11: 26—33. Pigea Ging. is a validly published, earlier generic name for the species assigned to Afrohybanthus Flicker. New combinations or changes in status into Pigea are made for 28 species (P. adpressa (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst., P. aurantiaca (F.Muell. ex Benth.) P.I.Forst., P. bennettiae (R.L.Barrett) P.J.Forst., P. buxifolia (Vent.) P.I.Forst., P. caffra (Sond.) P.I.Forst., P. curvifolia (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst., P. cvmulosa (C.A.Gardner) P.I.Forst., P. danguyana (H.Perrier) P.I.Forst., P. debilissima (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst., P. decaryana (H.Perrier) P.I.Forst., P. densifolia (Engl.) P.I.Forst., P. enneasperma (L.) P.I.Forst., P. epacroides (C.A.Gardner) P.I.Forst., P. fasciculata (Grey-Wilson) P.I.Forst., P. indica (S.K.Kamble & Patil) P.I.Forst., P. latifolia (De Wild.) P.I.Forst., P. nyvassensis (Engl.) P.I.Forst., P. pseudodanguyana (Grey-Wilson) P.I.Forst., P. puberula (M.G.Gilbert) P.I.Forst., P. ramosissima (Thwaites) P.I.Forst., P. serrata (Engl.) P.I.Forst., P. stellarioides (Domin) P.I.Forst., P. travancorica (Bedd.) P.I.Forst., P. tsavoensis (Grey-Wilson) P.I.Forst., P. vatsavayae (C.S.Reddy) P.I.Forst., P. verbi-divini (Everaarts) P.I.Forst., P. vernonii (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst., P. volubilis (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst.) and one subspecies (P. vernonii subsp. scabra (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst.) and a complete species nomenclator is provided for the reinstated genus that encompasses 31 species. Key Words: Violaceae; Afrohybanthus; Clelandia; Hybanthus; Pigea; Pigea adpressa; Pigea aurantiaca; Pigea bennettiae; Pigea buxifolia; Pigea caffra; Pigea calycina; Pigea curvifolia; Pigea cymulosa; Pigea danguyana; Pigea debilissima; Pigea decaryana; Pigea densifolia; Pigea enneasperma; Pigea epacroides; Pigea fasciculata; Pigea floribunda; Pigea indica; Pigea latifolia; Pigea monopetala; Pigea nyassensis; Pigea pseudodanguyana; Pigea puberula; Pigea ramosissima; Pigea serrata; Pigea stellarioides; Pigea travancorica; Pigea tsavoensis,; Pigea vatsavayae; Pigea vernonii; Pigea vernonii subsp. vernonii; Pigea vernonii subsp. scabra; Pigea volubilis; Vlamingia; Africa flora; Australia flora; India flora; Madagascar flora; Malesia flora; New Guinea flora; taxonomy; new combination P.I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@des.qld. gOv.au (Africa, Australian species of Violaceous Asia (Indian subcontinent) and Australia). The new generic grouping has ‘spade flower’ that were formerly included in Hybanthus Jacq. (Bennett 1972; George 1982; Forster 1993) were reclassified into a new genus Afrohybanthus Flicker based on molecular analyses (Wahlert ef al. 2014) with A. enneaspermus (L.) Flicker as the type species (Flicker & Ballard 2015). Afrohybanthus was somewhat an unfortunate choice of generic name, given that the species included in it occur on three continents been widely accepted and several additional species have been described or combined into it (Kamble et al. 2016; Deshmukh 2017; Messina 2020) since the initial transfer of names (Flicker & Ballard 2015). One Queensland species, Hybanthus monopetalus (Schult.) Domin did not have a combination in Afrohybanthus, there being no mention of it in the molecular analyses of the group (Wahlert et al. 2014) or in Flicker Accepted for publication 3 February 2021, published online 24 March 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) Forster, Pigea & Ballard (2015). In preparing to make such a combination, a check was made of earlier names for this species; however, this revealed three older validly published generic names, the oldest of which 1s Pigea Ging. Gingins de la Sarraz (1823) named and defined Pigea in his ‘Violacearum Generum Conspectus’ as “Stamina distincta. Nectarotheca antice (nec postice) producta. Lobis antherarum apice in setas productis” with that in bold pertaining only to Pigea. This is effectively valid publication of the generic name Pigea based on Art. 38.2 (especially Example 5) of the J/nternational Code of Nomenclature... (ICN) (Turland eft al. 2018). His ¢. 2, fig. 4 shows a flowering shoot tip and floral dissection and relates to the caption (Gingin 1823: 27), viz. “Developpement du genre Pigea (analyse, d’apres nature sur le sec, du Pigea filiformis — de Vherb. De C.)’. As only P. filiformis is mentioned it 1s automatically the type species of the genus. The species P. filiformis can be considered as validly published by Gingins de la Sarraz (1823) even though there is no accompanying description, as the genus at the time was monotypic (Art. 38.5 of the ICN), the genus name is validly published with a diagnosis and there 1s an accompanying analysis, in this instance a detailed illustration (Art. 38.8 & Art. 38.9, the latter being the most pertinent here, as Art. 38.8 may not strictly apply as the caption given above is hardly an explanation). This account of Pigea was expanded by De Candolle (1824) with four species listed (P. banksiana Ging. mss., P. calycina DC. mss., P. filiformis DC. mss., P. monopetala Ging. mss.; these equating to P. banksiana Ging. ex DC., P. calycina DC., P. filiformis Ging. and P. monopetala (Schult.) Ging. ex DC. respectively); although no type species as such was listed. Bennett (1972) gave “Type: P. filiformis Ging. in DC.” and George (1982) “Type: P. filiformis DC.”. The account in the Prodromus [A.P. de Candolle] gives the impression that authorship is solely by A.P. de Candolle with Gingins de la Sarraz acknowledged in a footnote at the start and then at the bottom of p. 316. It may have been Zi. the case that De Candolle based much of the account from an unpublished manuscript of Gingins de la Sarraz; however, we will probably never know for sure. The name Pigea filiformis Ging. 1s a taxonomic synonym of P. monopetala (Schult.) Ging. ex DC. (Aybanthus monopetalus (Schult.) Domin) (Bennett 1972; George 1982). The name Pigea banksiana Ging. ex DC. is a taxonomic synonym of Afrohybanthus enneaspermus (L.) Flicker (=Hybanthus enneaspermus (L.) F.Muell.; Viola enneasperma L.) (Bennett 1972; George 1982), the type of the recently described genus Afrohybanthus. Pigea calycina (as Hybanthus calycinus (DC.) F.Muell.) and P. monopetala (as Hybanthus monopetalus) are both recognised species (George 1982), but neither was mentioned by Flicker & Ballard (2015). Pigea is an earlier name for what has been described as Afrohybanthus, as are Clelandia J.M.Black and Vlamingia de Vriese. The use of Pigea was recommended by Wahlert ef al. (2014) for c. 10 species in Australia, New Caledonia and other parts [not defined] of the South Pacific; however, this was ignored by Flicker & Ballard (2015). The required new combinations of names are provided below for the reinstated genus that covers species in Africa, the Indian subcontinent, Malesia and Australia. I have not included the three species named in Hybanthus from New Caledonia (4. austrocaledonicus (Viell.) Melch. |= lonidium austrocaledonicum Viell.|, H. caledonicus (Turcez.) Cretz. [= Alsodeia caledonica Turcz.| and AH. micranthus Guillaumin) as these are woody shrubs and require sequencing to infer their generic placement. Type information has been omitted from this account as it is primarily covered in Bennett (1972), George (1982), Grey- Wilson (1986), Flicker & Ballard (2015) or in subsequent cited publications. There remains considerable research and decision making in typification of some names and current global conditions preclude easy searching of European herbaria for possible types that are not currently imaged and available via JSTOR 28 Global Plants. Typification of some Australian taxa will be dealt with in a subsequent paper. The status quo in terms of recognised species is largely maintained (cf. George 1982; Flicker & Ballard 2015), with a handful of subsequent additions. Taxonomy Pigea Ging., Mem. Soc. Phys. Geneve 2(1): 27-28, t. 2, fig. 4 (1823). Type: Pigea (filiformis Ging. [=Pigea monopetala (Schult.) Ging. ex DC. ] Vlamingia de Vriese, Pl. Preiss. [J.G.C.Lehmann] 1: 398 (1845), syn. nov. Type: Vlamingia australasica de Vriese |= Pigea calycina DC.] Clelandia J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austral. 56: 46 (1932), syn. nov. Type: Clelandia convallis |= Pigea floribunda Lindl.]. Afrohybanthus Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 43—44 (2015), syn. nov. Type: Viola enneasperma L. [=Pigea enneasperma (L.) P.I.Forst.] Flicker & Ballard (2015) can be referred to for a generic description. The generic descriptions for Hybanthus of both Bennett (1972) and George (1982) are also adequate for the Australian species included below. Etymology: The word pigea is thought to be based on the Greek pygia meaning buttocks. This naming was perhaps an illusion by Gingins de la Sarraz to the form of the stamens in P. monopetala; however, this cannot be corroborated. An alternative explanation 1s that the word pigea is based upon the French word piger and 1s the third person singular form of that word. The word piger is derived from pigeo (annoyance, reluctance); however, any obvious relationship to its possible use for the generic name remains obscure. 1. Pigea adpressa (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst., comb. et stat. nov. Hybanthus floribundus subsp. E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 233 (1972). adpressus Distribution: Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 26—33 (2021) Note: This taxon is elevated to species rank based on the distinct character states outlined by Bennett (1972) in her key to subspecies when classified under Hybanthus floribundus. Bennett (1972) did not indicate the presence of populations that were intermediate between her three subspecies. This hypothesis that the three previously recognised subspecies of H. floribundus are deserved of species rank should be tested with modern population genetics analyses. 2. Pigea aurantiaca (F.Muell. ex Benth.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. lIonidium aurantiacum F.Muell. ex Benth., F7/. Austral. 1: 102 (1863); Hybanthus aurantiacus (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell., Pl NW. Australia 5 (1881); Hybanthus enneaspermus var. aurantiacus (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F-Muell., Pl. Indig. Shark Bay 6 (1883). Hybanthus miniatus F.Muell. & Tate, nom. inval., pro syn., Trans. & Proc. Royal Soc. S. Australia 19: 83 (1895). Hybanthus elegans Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 430, t. 30 (1928). Distribution: Australia. 3. Pigea bennettiae (R.L.Barrett) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Hybanthus bennettiae R.L.Barrett, Nuytsia 26: 81 (2015); Afrohybanthus bennettiae (R.L.Barrett) Messina, Muelleria 39: 15 (2020). Distribution: Australia. 4. Pigea buxifolia (Vent.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Ionidium buxifolium Vent., Jard. Malmaison: sub pl. 27 (1803); Viola buxifolia (Vent.) Juss., in Poir., Encycl. [J. Lamarck & al.] 8: 646 (1808); Aybanthus buxifolius (Vent.) Baill., Bull., Soc. Linn. 1: 584 (1886); Afrohybanthus buxifolius (Vent.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 44 (2015). Distribution: Madagascar. Forster, Pigea 5. Pigea caffra (Sond.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. lonidium caffrum Sond., Linnaea 23: 13 (1850); Hybanthus caffra (Sond.) Engl., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 55: 400 (1919); Hybanthus enneaspermus var. caffra (Sond.) Robson, Bol. Soc. Brot. Ser. 2a, 32: 169 (1958); Afrohybanthus caffra (Sond.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 44 (2015). Distribution: African continent. 6. Pigea calycina DC., Prodr. [A.P. de Candolle] 1: 307 (1824). Solea calycina (DC.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. Edn. 16 [Sprengel] 1: 804 (1824); Hybanthus calycinus (DC.) F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 81 (1876); lonidium calycinum (DC.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel/, ed. 2, 1: 813 (1840); Calceolaria calycina (DC.) Benth., Prodr. [A.P. de Candolle] 10: 211 (1846); Calceolaria calycina (DC.) Kuntze, nom. illeg., nom. superfi., Revis. Gen. PI. 1: 41 (1891). Pigea glauca Endl., Enum. Pl. [Endlicher] 5 (1837); lonidium glaucum (End.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2, 1: 813 (1840). Vlamingia australasiaca de Vriese, PI. Preiss. [J.G.C. Lehmann] \(3): 399 (1845). Distribution: Australia. 7. Pigea curvifolia (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst., comb. et stat. nov. Hybanthus floribundus subsp. curvifolius E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 234 (1972). Distribution: Australia. Note: This taxon is elevated to species rank based on the distinct character states outlined by Bennett (1972) in her key to subspecies when classified under Hybanthus floribundus. Bennett (1972) did not indicate the presence of populations that were intermediate between her three subspecies. 8. Pigea cymulosa (C.A.Gardner) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Hybanthus cymulosus C.A.Gardner, J. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 22: 125 (1936). Distribution: Australia. 29 9, Pigea danguyana (H.Perrier) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Hybanthus danguyanus H.Perrier, Mem. Inst. Sci. Madagascar, Sér. B. Biol. Veg. 2: 313 (1949); Afrohybanthus danguyanus (H.Perrier) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 45 (2015). Distribution: Madagascar. 10. Pigea debilissima (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Hybanthus debilissimus F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 4 (1878); lonidium debilissimum F.Muell., nom. inval., pro syn., Fragm. 11: 4 (1878); Calceolaria debilissima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 1: 41 (1891). Distribution: Australia. 11. Pigea decaryana (H.Perrier) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Hybanthus decaryanus H.Perrier, Mem. Inst. Sci. Madagascar, Ser. B. Biol. Veg. 2: 313 (1949); Afrohybanthus decaryanus (H.Perrier) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 46 (2015). Distribution: Madagascar. 12. Pigea densifolia (Engl.) P.J.Forst., comb. nov. Hybanthus densifolius Eng]\., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 55: 398 (1919); Afrohybanthus densifolius (Engl.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 47 (2015). Distribution: African continent (Namibia). 13. Pigea enneasperma (L.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Viola enneasperma L., Sp. Pl. 2: 927 (1753); Ionidium enneaspermum (1L.) Vent., Jard. Malmaison \(5): sub. pl. 27 (1803); Hybanthus enneaspermus (L.) F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 81 (1876); Hybanthus enneaspermus var. enneaspermus, F.Muell., Pl. Indig. Shark Bay 6 (1883); Calceolaria enneasperma (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 1: 41 (1891); Hybanthus enneaspermus {. enneaspermus, Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429 (1928); Hybanthus enneaspermus subsp. enneaspermus, E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 228 (1972); Afrohybanthus enneaspermus (L.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 47 (2015). 30 "Viola suffruticosa L., Sp. Pl. 937 (1753); Ionidium suffruticosum (L.) Schult., Syst. Veg., Edn. 15 bis [Roemer & Schultes] 5: 394 (1819). "Viola linifolia Juss., in Poir., Encyc. [J. Lamarck & al.] 8: 647 (1808); lonidium linifolium (Juss.) Schult., Syst. Veg., Edn. 15 bis [Roemer & Schultes] 55: 392 (1819). "Viola thesiifolia Juss., in Poir., Encycl. [J. Lamarck & al.] 8: 649 (1808); Jonidium thesiifolium (Juss.) Schult., Syst. Veg., Edn. 15 bis [Roemer & Schultes] 5: 398 (1819). Pigea banksiana Ging. ex DC., Prodr. [A.P. de Candolle] 1: 307 (1824); lonidium banksianum (Ging. ex DC.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2, 1(7): 813 (1840); Hybanthus enneaspermus var. banksianus (Ging. ex DC.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429 (1928). "Ionidium hexaspermum Dalz., Hooker’s J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4: 342 (1852). "Ionidium aethiopicum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 27(2): 339 (1854). "Ionidium hirtum Klotsch, Naturw. Reise Mossambique [Peters] 6(Bot. 1): 148 (1861); Ionidium enneaspermum var. — hirtum (Klotzsch) Oliv., Fl. Trop. Afr. 1: 106 (1868); Hybanthus hirtus (Klotsch) Engl., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 55: 399 (1919). Hybanthus enneaspermus f. angustifolius Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429 (1928). Distribution: African continent, Australia, Malesia (New Guinea, Philippines), Indian subcontinent (India, Sri Lanka). Notes: As_ presently circumscribed, this widespread ‘species’ 1s highly variable. Grey-Wilson (1981, 1986) recognised eight varieties in tropical East Africa, although five of them were recognised at species rank by Flicker & Ballard (2015) and this 1s followed here. A very extensive species Synonymy was given by Tennant (1963) under Hybanthus enneaspermus but was not followed by Grey- Wilson (1981, 1986) in her account of the genus in the Flora of Tropical East Africa (FTEA). None of these synonymous names (from areas outside of the FTEA geographic Austrobaileya 11: 26—33 (2021) scope) were listed in synonymy of Grey- Wilson’s varieties, and none were referred to by Flicker & Ballard (2015), so it 1s as yet unclear whether some may be synonymous with the five taxa they raised to species rank. Some names given in synonymy by Flicker & Ballard (2015) are referred with caution (indicated ” above) as I have not examined the types. A number of bibliographic errors in relation to the synonymy given by Flicker & Ballard (2015) have been omitted above. Names published by Baillon (1886: 584) appear to be based on the same epithet, but not published by the same author (e.g. Hybanthus linifolius (DC.) Baill. based on Jonidium linifolium DC., rather than /. linifolium (Juss.) Schult). These errors appear to be based on not referring to the original publications and merely lining up identical epithets that are not necessarily based on the same types. This remains very much a mess in terms of how the names are listed in IPNI and 1s beyond the scope of the current paper. In the Australian circumscription, this species has been referred to previously as Pigea banksiana (De Candolle 1824), Hybanthus enneaspermus (Mueller 1876; Domin 1928; Bennett 1972; George 1982) and lonidium suffruticosum (Bentham 1863; Bailey 1899, 1913). 14. Pigea epacroides (C.A.Gardner) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Ionidium epacroides C.A.Gardner, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 9: 35 (1923); Hybanthus epacroides (C.A.Gardner) Melch., Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2 [Engler & Prantl] 21: 360 (1925). Hybanthus bilobus C.A.Gardner, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 9: 86 (1923). Hybanthus floribundus var. minutifolius F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 82 (1876). Distribution: Australia. Note: Hybanthus bilobus was reduced to the synonymy of H. epacroides by George (1982) and this is followed here. Forster, Pigea 15. Pigea fasciculata (Grey-Wilson) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Hybanthus _fasciculatus Grey-Wilson, Kew Bull. 36: 110 (1981); Afrohybanthus fasciculatus (Grey-Wilson) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 48 (2015). Distribution: African continent. 16. Pigea floribunda Lindl., in T.Mitch., Three Exped. Australia [Mitchell] 2: 164 (1838). Ionidium floribundum (Lindl.) Walp.., Repert. Bot. Syst. 2: 767 (1843); Hybanthus floribundus (Lindl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 81 (1876); Calceolaria floribunda (Lindl.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 1:41 (1891), nom. illeg., non Kunth (1818); AHybanthus floribundus subsp. floribundus, E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 233 (1972). Ionidium australasiae Behr, Linnaea 20: 629 (1847). Tonidium multiflorum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 27: 340 (1854). Ionidium brevilabre Benth., F7. Austral. 1: 102 (1863); Aybanthus brevlabris (Benth.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Sci. Boheme 192]—22, No. 2: 74 (1923). Clelandia convallis J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austral. 56: 46 (1932). Distribution: Australia. 17. Pigea indica (S.K.Kamble & Patil) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Afrohybanthus indicus S.K.Kamble & Patil, Phytotaxa 252: 69—71 (2016). Distribution: Indian subcontinent (India). 18. Pigea latifolia (De Wild.) P.I.Forst., comb. et stat. nov. Ionidium enneaspermum var. latifolium De Wild., Pl. Thonn. Congol. 2: 238 (1911); Hybanthus enneaspermus vat. latifolius (De Wild.) Engl., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 55: 398 (1919); Hybanthus latifolius (De Wild.) A.Chev., Fl. Afrique Occ. Franc. 1: 228 (1938); Afrohybanthus latifolius (De Wild.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 48 (2015). 3] Distribution: African continent. 19, Pigea monopetala (Schult.) Ging. ex DC., Prodr. [A.P. de Candolle] 1: 307 (1824). Ionidium monopetalum Schult., Syst. Veg., Edn. 15 bis [Roemer & Schultes] 5: 400 (1819); Solea monopetala (Schult.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. Edn. 16 [Sprengel] |: 804 (1824); Calceolaria monopetala (Schult.) Hochr. ex Britten, Bot. Cook Voy. 7 (1900), nom. inval., nom. nud.; Hybanthus monopetalus (Schult.) Domain, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 430 (1928); Hybanthus monopetalus var. normalis Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 431 (1928), nom. inval. Pigea filiformis Ging., Meém. Soc. Phys. Geneve 2(1): 27-28, t. 2, fig. 4 (1823); lonidium filiforme (Ging.) F.Muell., Pl. Vict. 1: 66 (1862); Hybanthus filiformis (Ging.) F.Muell., Fragm., 10: 81 (1876); Calceolaria filiformis (Ging.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 1: 41 (1891). Ionidium linearioides C.Presl, Bot. Bemerk. 12 (1845). Hybanthus tatei F.Muell. ex Tate, Fi. Extratrop. S. Australia 19 (1890); Hybanthus tatei F.Muell., nom. inval., nom. nud., Trans. Proc. & Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 4: 102 (1882); F-Muell., Second Syst. Cens. Austral. Pl. 11 (1889); Calceolaria tatei (F.Muell. ex Tate) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. 1: 41 (1891). Hybanthus monopetalus’ var. abbreviatus Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 431 (1928). Distribution: Australia. 20. Pigea nyassensis (Eng!].) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Ionidium nyassense Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost- Afr. C 277 (1895); Hybanthus nyassensis (Engl.) Engl., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 55: 400 (1919); Hybanthus enneaspermus var. nyassensis (Engl.) N.Robson, Bol. Soc. Brot. Ser. 2A 32: 168 (1958). Distribution: African continent. 21. Pigea pseudodanguyana (Grey-Wilson) P.I.Forst., comb. et stat. nov. Hybanthus enneaspermus vat. pseudodanguyanus Grey-Wilson, Kew Bull. 39: 771 (1984); Afrohybanthus 32 pseudodanguyanus (Grey-Wilson) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 48 (2015). Distribution: African continent. 22. Pigea puberula (M.G.Gilbert) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Hybanthus puberulus M.G.Gilbert, Nordic J. Bot. 12: 691 (1992); Afrohybanthus puberulus (M.G.Gilbert) U.B.Deshmukh, NeBio 8: 260 (2017). Distribution: African continent. 23. Pigea ramosissima (Thwaites) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Ionidium ramosissimum Thwaites, Enum. Pl. Zeyl. [Thwaites] 21 (1858); Hybanthus ramosissimus (Thwaites) Melch., Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2 [Engler & Prantl] 21: 360 (1925); Afrohybanthus ramosissimus (Thwaites) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 48 (2015). Distribution: Indian subcontinent (Sri Lanka). 24. Pigea serrata (Engl.) P.I.Forst., comb. et Stat. nov. Hybanthus enneaspermus vat. serratus Engl., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 55: 398 (1919); Afrohybanthus serratus (Engl.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 49 (2015). Distribution: African continent. 25. Pigea stellarioides (Domin) P.I.Forst., comb. et stat. nov. Hybanthus enneaspermus var. stellarioides Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429 (1928); Hybanthus enneaspermus subsp. stellarioides (Domin) E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 229 (1972); Hybanthus stellarioides (Domin) P.I.Forst., Muelleria 8: 18 (1993); Afrohybanthus stellarioides (Domin) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 50 (2015) [in error as (P.Forster) Flicker]. Hybanthus enneaspermus f. flavus Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429 (1928). Hybanthus enneaspermus {f. pubescens Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429 (1928). Distribution: Australia, Malesia (New Guinea). Austrobaileya 11: 26—33 (2021) 26. Pigea travancorica (Bedd.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Ionidium travancoricum Bedd., [con. Pl. Ind. Or. [Beddome] 55 (1874); Afrohybanthus travancoricus (Bedd.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 50 (2015). Distribution: Indian subcontinent (India). 27. Pigea tsavoensis (Grey-Wilson) P.I.Forst., comb. et stat. nov. Hybanthus enneaspermus var. tsavoensis Grey-Wilson, Kew Bull. 36: 106 (1981); Afrohybanthus tsavoensis (Grey-Wilson) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 51 (2015). Distribution: African subcontinent. 28. Pigea vatsavayae (C.S.Reddy) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Hybanthus vatsavayae C.S.Reddy, J. Econ. Taxon. Bot. 25: 219 (2001); Afrohybanthus vatsavayae (as “vastavayii’’) (C.S.Reddy) U.B.Desmukh, NeBIO 8: 260 (2017); A. vatsavayae (C.S.Reddy) Kottaim, /nt. J. Curr. Res. Biosci. Pl. Biol. 6(10): 41 (2019), nom. superfi. Distribution: Indian subcontinent (India). 29. Pigea verbi-divini (Everaarts) P.I.Forst., comb. et stat. nov. Hybanthus enneaspermus var. verbi-divini Everaarts, Fl. Malesiana 7: 831 (1971); Afrohybanthus — verbi-divini _ (Everaarts) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 52 (2015). Distribution: Malesia (Indonesia). 30. Pigea vernonii (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Ionidium vernonii F.Muell., Pl. Victoria 1: 223 (1862); Hybanthus vernonii (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 81 (1876); Calceolaria vernonii (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 1: 41 (1891); Hybanthus enneaspermus vat. vernonii (F.Muell.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 428 (1928); AHybanthus vernonii subsp. vernonii, E.LM.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 238 (1972). Distribution: Australia. Forster, Pigea Note: | have retained for now the two subspecies recognised by Bennett (1972) as the character states outlined are relatively minor and pertain to indumentum cover and leaf shape. More intensive research 1s required to determine if these two subspecies are worthy of specific rank. 30a. Pigea vernonii subsp. vernonii 30b. Pigea vernonii — subsp. (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. scabra Hybanthus vernonii subsp. scaber E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 240 (1972). 31. Pigea volubilis (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov. Hybanthus volubilis E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 236 (1972). Distribution: Australia. Acknowledgements I am grateful for comments on the manuscript by Tony Bean, Peter Bostock and Gordon Guymer (all BRI). References BAILEY, F.M. (1899). lonidium. In The Queensland Flora 1: 63-64. H.J. Diddams & Co.: Brisbane. — (1913). lonidium. In Comprehensive Catalogue of the Queensland Flora. A.J. Cumming: Brisbane. BAILLON, M.H. (1886). Liste des plantes de Madagascar. Violaceae. Bulletin Mensuel de la Société Linnéenne de Paris \(73): 582-585. BENNETT, E.M. (1972). A revision of the Australian species of Hybanthus Jacquin (Violaceae). Nuytsia 1: 218-241. BENTHAM G. (1863). lonidium. In Flora Australiensis |: 101-104. L. Reeve & Co.: London. De CANDOLLE, A.P. (1824). Violarieae. Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis 1: 287- 316. Paris: Treuttel et Wiirtz: Paris. DESHMUKH, U.B. (2017). Two new combinations in the genus Afrohybanthus (Violaceae) in India. NeBlO 8(4): 260. 33 Domi, K. (1928). Hybanthus. In Beitrdge zur flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 982-985. E. Schweizerbart: Stuttgart. FLICKER, B.J. & BALLARD, H.E. (2015). Afrohybanthus (Violaceae), a new genus for a distinctive and widely distributed Old World hybanthoid lineage. Phytotaxa 230: 39-53. Forster, PJ. (1993). Hybanthus stellarioides new combination (Violaceae), a widespread species from eastern Australia and Papua New Guinea. Muelleria 8: 17-19. GEORGE, A.S. (1982). Hybanthus. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 8: 100-109. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. GINGINS DE LA SARRAZ, F.C.J. (1823). Mémoire sur la famille des Violacees. Mémoires de la Sociéte de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Genéve 2(1): 1-28. GREY-WILSON, C. (1981). Notes on African Violaceae. Kew Bulletin 36: 103-126. — (1986). Violaceae. In R.M. Polhill (ed.), Flora of Tropical East Africa. A.A. Balkema: Rotterdam/Boston. KAMBLE, S.K., FORSTER, P.J. & PATIL, B.J. (2016). Afrohybanthus indicus (Violaceae): a new species from Maharashtra, India. Phytotaxa 252: 69-72. Messina, A. (2020). Afrohybanthus — bennettiae (Violaceae) a new combination for a rare violet from the Kimberley region. Muelleria 39: 15. MUELLER, F.M. (1876). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 10(85): 81. Government Printer: Melbourne. TENNANT, J.R. (1963). Notes on Tropical African Violaceae. Kew Bulletin 16: 409—435. TURLAND, N.J., WIERSEMA, J.H., BARRIE, F.R., GREUTER, W., HAWKSworRTH, D.L., HERENDEEN, P.S., KNAPP, S., KUSBER, W.-H., L1, D.-Z., MARHOLD, K., May, T.W., McNEILL, J.. Monro, A.M., PRADO, J., PRicE, M.J. & SMITH, G.F. (eds.) (2018). International Code of Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants (Shenzhen Code) adopted by the Nineteenth International Botanical Congress Shenzhen, China, July 2017. Regnum Vegetabile 159. Koeltz Botanical Books: Glashiitten. WAHLERT, G.A., MARCUSSEN, T., DE PAULA-SOUZA, J., FENG, M. & BALLARD, H.E. (2014). A phylogeny of the Violaceae (Malpighiales) inferred from plastid DNA sequences: implications for generic diversity and = intrafamilial classification. Systematic Botany 39: 239-252. Ehretia dissita A.R.Bean (Ehretiaceae), a new species from tropical rainforest in Queensland, Australia A.R. Bean Summary Bean, A.R. (2021). Ehretia dissita A.R.Bean (Ehretiaceae), a new species from tropical rainforest in Queensland, Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 34—40. Ehretia dissita is described as new and compared to its putative closest relative EL. membranifolia. A key to the Australian species of Ehretia, and images of domatia, leaf venation and flower types are provided. Notes are given on floral dimorphism, conservation status, habitat and phenology. The new species is known from three subpopulation centres in the Wet Tropics and Central Queensland Coast bioregions. Key Words: Ehretiaceae; Ehretia; Ehretia dissita; Queensland flora; new species; taxonomy; identification key A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov. au Introduction The genus Ehretia P.Browne has between 33 and 40 species (Retief & Van Wyk 2001; Gottschling et al. 2016), distributed in the tropics of both the Old and New World. It has sometimes been included in the family Boraginaceae, but phylogenetic studies advocate its placement in the separate family Ehretiaceae (Weigend ef a/. 2014; Gottschling et al. 2016; Luebert et al. 2016). Mainland Australia has five named species (CHAH 2020; Thompson 2020): E. acuminata R.Br., E. grahamii Randell, E. membranifolia R.Br. (Sometimes referred to as EF. saligna var. membranifolia (R.Br.) Randell), £. microphylla Lam. and E. saligna R.Br. In addition to these, an unnamed species has been recognised for many years from the high-rainfall areas of tropical Queensland with the phrase name Ehretia sp. (Whitfield Range R.Jago 17) (Holland 1997; Halford 2002; Thompson 2007, 2010, 2020). The latter is named here as Ehretia dissita A.R.Bean, with a distribution map, images of domatia, leaf venation and flower types, and notes on conservation status, habitat and phenology. A key to the Australian species of Ehreftia 1s provided. Materials and methods This paper is based on an examination of specimens at BRI. Descriptions of flowers and fruits are based on material preserved in 70% alcohol and glycerol, while other plant structures were described or measured from dried specimens. Abbreviations used in the specimen citations include NP/NPR (National Park/ National Park Reserve), SFR (State Forest Reserve), Mt (Mountain) and TR (Timber Reserve). Measurements are inclusive (1.e. 1.0—2.7 is given as |—2.7). Taxonomy Ehretia dissita A.R.Bean sp. nov. with affinity to E. membranifolia but differing by the much sparser indumentum on the calyx, the raised tertiary venation on the underside of the leaves, the ‘pocket’-type domatia and the shorter petioles. Typus: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: “Painted Forest”, near Cedar Park rainforest resort, off Clohesy River road, 22 April 2002, A. Ford AF 3349 & J. Holmes (holo: BRI [AQ559157: 1 sheet + spirit]; iso: CNS; A, AD, CANB, K, MEL, NSW, distribuendi). Accepted for publication 3 February 2021, published online 24 March 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) Bean, Ehretia dissita Ehretia sp. (Whitfield Range R.Jago 17); Holland (1997: 35); Halford (2002: 35); Thompson (2007: 34, 2010: 29, 2020). Ehretia sp. (Whitfield Range); Cooper & Cooper (2004: 94). Ehretia sp. Whitfield Range (R.Jago 17) Qld Herbarium; CHAH (2006). Shrub or small tree 3—7 m high, all vegetative parts glabrous except domatia. Leaves simple, alternate. Lamina elliptic to ovate, 78—125 x 29-47 mm, 2.3-3.2 times longer than wide, discolorous, penninerved, with the secondary veins looping inside the margin and not forming a distinct intramarginal vein, tertiary veins reticulate, prominent and raised on the lower surface (in dried material); domatia sometimes absent, but often present (“pockets” at vein angles, with a few hairs at the opening of the pocket); apex acute to attenuate, base cuneate, margins entire; glands and nectaries absent. Petioles 6—13 mm long, 6—14% length of lamina. Inflorescence a terminal or lateral paniculate cyme, 20—50 mm long. Inflorescence axis and pedicels not noticeably flattened or ribbed, very sparsely hairy with simple hairs < 0.1 mm long. Flowers dimorphic (short-styled or long-styled), calyx 5-merous, gamosepalous, pedicels 1—2.8 mm long. Calyx tube hemispherical, 0.5—0.8 mm long, with sparse simple hairs < 0.1 mm long on outer surface; calyx lobes deltate, 0.5—1 mim long, all + equal, with sparse simple hairs < 0.1 mm long on outer surface, apex obtuse. Corolla 5-merous, gamopetalous, corolla tube cylindrical, glabrous; corolla lobes spreading, obtuse, 1.9—2.4 mm long, glabrous apart from a few marginal cilia. Stamens 5, all fertile, exserted, antesepalous; basal part of filaments adnate to the corolla tube for c. 0.8 mm, free part of filaments glabrous; anthers versatile, 0.6-1 mm long, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary superior, syncarpous, 2-locular; style glabrous, deeply bifid, stigmas 2. Short- styled flowers with corolla tube 1.9—2.3 mm long, free part of staminal filaments 2—2.3 mim long, style 0.7—0.9 mm long. Long-styled flowers with corolla tube I—1.3 mm long, free part of staminal filaments 0.8—1 mm long, style 1.7-2.2 mm long. Fruit indehiscent, drupaceous, globose to slightly oblate, 5.5—6.5 3D mm long, 6.5—8 mm diameter, glabrous, red (Lyons 106) or white (Jago 5222) at maturity; calyx persistent at base of fruit, not expanded or lengthened compared to the flowering stage; the drupe separating at maturity into 4 pyrenes, each containing | seed. Figs. 1-4. Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Turtle Creek, Macalister Range, 3 km NW of Wangetti, Dec 2000, Ford AF 2552 & Holmes (BRI); Hill behind Cairns campus of James Cook University, Sep 1998, Jago 4994 & Gadek (BRI); Hills behind JCU, Smithfield, Apr 1998, Jago 5222 (BRI); Bottom of the Kuranda Range, Oct 1987, Sankowsky 651 & Sankowsky (BRI); c. 2 km W of the Kennedy Highway between Kuranda & Mareeba, Jun 1999, Jago 5292 & Wannan (BRI); Cairns, between Palm Cove & Clifton Beach, Dec 1992, Lyons 127 (BRI); Fitzroy Island, Feb 2002, Jago 6182 & Gandini (BRI); Cairns, S end of Nisbet Range, Sep 1992, Lyons 122 (BRI); Brown Creek, beside Yarrabah road, E of Cairns, Nov 1994, Lyons 154 (BRI); Cairns, 1.5 km N of Mt Yarrabah, Brown Creek, Dec 1991, Lyons 106 (BRI); Whitfield Range near Cairns, Dec 1977, Jago /I7 (BRI); Barron River gorge, near footbridge, Jan 2000, Ford 2322 (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY District: Jourama NP, 20 km S of Ingham, Feb 1992, Bean 3968 (BRI; MEL, distribuendi); SER 268, Seaview Range, Waterview Creek, 400 m N W of Peak “772”, Dec 2002, Ford 3739 & Holmes (BRI); NPR 629, Paluma Range, Rollingstone Creek (east branch), May 2003, Ford AF3900 (BRI). SoUTH KENNEDY DiIstTRIcT: Black Mt area, c. 7 km NW of Koumala, Sep 1993, Champion 871 (BRI); Black Mt, WNW of Koumala township, Mar 1996, Champion 1344 & Canning (BRI; CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW, distribuendi); TR 179, Kalvin, 6 km W of Koumala, Apr 1991, Forster PIFS&043 & McDonald (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Ehretia dissita is known from three broad areas; Cairns and hinterland, the Paluma Range NW of Townsville, and the Connors Range to the west of Koumala (Map 1). It grows in simple or complex notophyll rainforest or at the boundary between rainforest and open forest. Souls are shallow over a variety of substrates at altitudes ranging from 10 to 740 metres. Phenology: Flowers have been collected in most months of the year, but mainly November to March; fruits have been collected in April, September and December. Affinities: Ehretia dissita is morphologically similar to £. membranifolia. The flowers of these two species are about the same size, shape and colour, and in both species are either short-styled or long-styled. Mature fruits of E. dissita are apparently either red or white; 36 Austrobaileya 11: 34—40 (2021) QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI) = Hriehane Australia i. : = Queensland: Cook District. AQ 927000 16° 53’ Ss, 145° 50" &, Alt. 100 m. C. Lyons 154 1 November 1994 Queensland Herbarium (BRI) . T ' 4 K TLE Pod Brown Creek, beside Yarrabah road, 5 E. of Cairns. . ie Border between rainforest and dense oF : sclerophyll forest. ' Alluvium from granite. | on PAASOAS Date -| Shrub to 6 m.. Underside of leaf pale green becoming pale bluish grey green with age; new leaves maroon. Flowers dioecious, (female) with slightly pungent, musty aroma; calyx green; corolla greenish white to white, lobes reflexed, revolute; style white, i 9g =a 6 pevieses jUBUAdOS 8 et Flowering times erratic. OL Plus flowers in F.A.A.. nt, 3 (U3 Sar § Fig. 1. Representative specimen of Ehretia dissita (Lyons 154, BRI). Bean, Ehretia dissita 37 Fig. 2. Pocket-type domatia and raised tertiary venation on the underside of a leaf of Ehretia dissita (Sankowsky 651 & Sankowsky, BRI). Fig. 3. Short-styled flowers of Ehretia dissita (Lyons 122, BRI). 38 Austrobaileya 11: 34-40 (2021) Ae, 4 e Fig. 4. Long-styled flowers of Ehretia dissita (Lyons 154, BRI). mature fruits of E. membranifolia are often described as red, but several collectors give the mature colour as black. Ehretia dissita differs from E£. membranifolia by the raised tertiary venation on the lower leaf surface (Fig. 2), the much sparser indumentum on the calyx, and the petioles 6—14% of the lamina length (19—45% of lamina length for E. membranifolia). Both species can have domatia on the lower leaf surface, but those of E. dissita are the ‘pocket’ type (Fig. 2), while E. membranifolia has ‘pit’ domatia. Notes: All the flowers on a given herbarium specimen of Ehretia dissita are either short- styled (Fig. 3) with reduced style and long staminal filaments, or long-styled (Fig. 4) with short staminal filaments and style exceeding anthers. It 1s not known whether this pattern of dimorphism can be extrapolated to the whole plant, nor whether the short-styled flowers are functionally male. According to the label of Lyons 106 (BRI), the mature fruits are Juicy and sweet to taste. Conservation status: Least concern (IUCN 2012). There are an estimated 14 known subpopulations of this species, all in rainforest habitat, several of which are within National Park land tenure. There are no apparent significant threats. Etymology: From the Latin dissitus meaning ‘removed’. This is a reference to the species being geographically and_ ecologically separated from all other Australian Ehretia species except £. acuminata. Bean, Ehretia dissita 39 Key to the Australian species of Ehretia 1 Leaves and branchlets sparsely to densely hairy. ..........0...0.. 0.20084 2 1. Leaves and branchlets glabrous (except for hairy domatia) ................. 5 2 Leaves 120-180 x 55-100 mm; inflorescences 130-170 mm long. ...... E. acuminata 2. Leaves 15—45 x 5-32 mm; inflorescences 7-15 mm long .................. 3 3 Leaves strongly lobed in upper half; sepals longer than fruits. ....... E. microphylla 3. Leaves entire, or appearing + denticulate throughout due to tuberculate hairs on mareins: sepals shorter than TfultS =. + a cee ow we BO RR ek wee 4 4 Tuberculate hairs frequent on upper leaf surface. ................ E. grahami 4. Tuberculate hairs absent or =infrequent on upper leaf SUPEACEL ypc et) ee vale ae tae eed he ona UES Oa Lo ope eet one E. grahamii X E. membranifolia S. LearanarcinstOO tied sec wep bd age 04 6 pees Be 2, xa uo ¢ SE Mew oy SE ve hes E. acuminata Do, ICAL MAnCINS CNUTe <5 eS la ws ee hos es pe Mlle we pea ee wr oA Here ot ant See tgs ey ele 6 6 Leaves 9—23 times longer than wide, tertiary venation invisible or obscure. . . . E. saligna 6. Leaves 1.5—7 times longer than wide, tertiary venation readily visible ........... 7 7 ‘Tertiary venation raised on lower surface; petioles 8-14% length of lamina ... E. dissita 7. ‘Tertiary venation flush with lower surface; petioles 19-45% lengthof ............ PATI Se screed mere ole week ES Oho, aly als mene alegre ri Eoe fmt a meene nisl wd, es E. membranifolia Acknowledgements HOLLAND, A.E. (1997). Boraginaceae. In R.J. I am grateful to Lorna Ngugi (BRI) for the photographs of the various plant parts, and Frank Zich (CNS) for helpful comments on the manuscript. References CHAH (2006). Australian Plant Census. Council of Heads of Australian Herbaria. https://id.biodiversity. org.au/instance/apni/616175, accessed 18 January 2021. —— (2020). Australian Plant Census. Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. https://biodiversity. org.au/nsl/services/APC, accessed 19 October 2020. CoOopPER, W.T. & COOPER, W. (2004). Fruits of the Australian Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis Editions: Melbourne. GOTTSCHLING, M., WEIGEND, M. & HILGER, H.H. (2016). Ehretiaceae. In J.W. Kadereit & B. Volker (eds.), The families and genera of Vascular Plants 14: 165-178. Springer International Publishing: Switzerland. HALForRD, D. (2002). Boraginaceae. In R.J. Henderson (ed.), Names and distribution of Queensland Plants, Algae and Lichens, p. 35. Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Plants: names and distribution, p. 35. Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment: Brisbane. Iucn (2012). International Union for the Conservation of Nature. IUCN Red List categories and Criteria: Version 3.1, 2" edition. https://www.iucnredlist. org/resources/categories-and-criteria, accessed 20 October 2020. LUEBERT, F. et al. (2016) [= Boraginales Working Group. | Familial classification of the Boraginales. Taxon 65: 502-522. RETIEF E. & VAN Wyk, A.E. (2001). The genus Ehretia (Boraginaceae: Ehretioideae) in southern Africa. Bothalia 31: 923. THOMPSON E.J. (2007). Boraginaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora, p. 34. Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane. — (2010). Boraginaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora, p. 29. Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Resource Management: Brisbane. 40 Austrobaileya 11: 34-40 (2021) —— (2020). Boraginaceae. In G.K. Brown & P.D. WEIGEND, M., LUEBERT, F., GOTTSCHLING, M., Bostock (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora 2020. Queensland Department of Environment and Science, Queensland Government. https:// www.data.qld.gov.au/dataset/census-of-the- queensland-flora-2020, accessed 24 December 2020. EY 146 E 149 E 7 : | ; a Cairns f (, and £18S_}. COUVREUR, I.L.P., HILGER, H.H. & MILLER, J.S. (2014), From capsules to nutlets—phylogenetic relationships in the Boraginales. Cladistics 30: 508-518. | e es —— rs Map 1. Distribution of Ehretia dissita in three subpopulation centres. Austrobaileya 11: 41-44 (2021) 41 SHORT COMMUNICATION Cymbopogon procerus (R.Br.) Domin, the correct name for Schizachyrium mitchelliana B.K.Simon (Poacaeae: Andropogoneae), and lectotypification of Andropogon exaltatus R.Br. E.J. Thompson & Paul I. Forster Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: john.thompson@des.qld.gov.au; paul. forster@des.qld.gov.au During research by the first author on cleistogamy (self-fertilisation within a flower that never opens) in Australian grasses it was observed that herbarium specimens of most Australian species of Schizachyrium Nees at BRI have cleistogamous spikelets and few specimens have chasmogamous spikelets. Examination of the only specimen, the type collection, of S. mitchelliana B.K.Simon on loan from PERTH revealed the spikelets to be chasmogamous arousing some curiosity about the identification of the specimen. The relatively large fasciculate inflorescences at first impression seemed inconsistent with the other seven Australian species of Schizachyrium and more consistent with some species of Cymbopogon Spreng. (Blake 1974). Although the specimen of S. mitchelliana has some deficiencies, as pointed out by Simon (1989), it was possible to obtain enough information to make a clear decision about its identification (Table 1). Various botanical keys 1n the literature use a range of characters to separate Cymbopogon and Schizachyrium including racemes paired or single, leaves aromatic or not, spikelets not secund or secund, slender rachillas or stout and thickened upwards, respectively (Tothill & Hacker 1983; Macfarlane 1992; Simon & Alfonso 2011). Several of these characters were observed on the specimen of S. mitchelliana and they are readily visible on the image on JSTOR Global Plants (http:// plants.jstor.org/, accessed March 2020) which led to the redetermination of the specimen as Cymbopogon (Table 1). Following examination of herbarium specimens of Schizachyrium and Cymbopogon at BRI and from PERTH, and information from the literature including keys to species and diagnoses, the specimen of S. mitchelliana was determined as Cymbopogon procerus (R.Br.) Domin (Blake 1968, 1974; Soenarko 1977; Tothill & Hacker 1983; Macfarlane 1992; Watson & Dallwitz 1992; Barkworth 2003; Wipfl 2003; Simon & Alfonso 2011). Further examination of specimens of C. procerus held at BRI unexpectedly revealed some inflorescences bearing both chasmogamous and cleistogamous spikelets, the anthers of equal size in both morphs. Examination of the _ typification of Andropogon procerus R.Br. (the basionym for C. procerus) and the synonymous name 4A. exaltatus R.Br. has also revealed some issues, these being dealt with below. Taxonomy Cymbopogon procerus (R.Br.) Domain, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 273 (1915); Andropogon procerus R.Br., Prodr. 202 (1810); Sorghum procerum (R.Br.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 7792 (1891); Andropogon procerus var. genuinus Hack., Monogr. Phan. [A.DC. & C.DC']. Accepted for publication 2 February 2021, published online 24 March 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) 42 Austrobaileya 11: 41-44 (2021) Table 1: Comparison of morphological features for Schizachyrium mitchelliana, Schizachyrium sensu (Blake 1974) and Cymbopogon procerus Character Schizachyrium Schizachyrium Cymbopogon mitchelliana sensu (Blake 1974) | procerus Life cycle base of plant annual or perennial | mostly absent from perennial specimen Ligule length (mm) 2.8 <2 2./-] type membrane usually a fringed membrane membrane paired racemes; spikelets not secund Inflorescence paired racemes; racemes mostly spikelet single; spikelets arrangement secund indeterminate Peduncle slender, clavate mostly broadly slender clavate clavate Rachilla slender clavate; mostly broadly slender clavate; apex oblique, clavate; apex apex oblique, erose oblique, undulate to | erose flanged, hollow Sessile spikelet Presence of a proximal beak no yes no Lower glume apex ech si see Upper lemma apex lobes appressed deeply lobed, > lobes appressed to awn /2 lemma, lobes to awn, usually usually divergent < 4 lemma length Upper lemma awn arising from the sinus arising from the arising dorsally at sinus the sinus Pedicillate spikelet Disarticulation retained Lower glume awnless awned or awnless awnless and attenuate Floret neuter reduced, neuter or male or neuter male Caryopsis Outline not seen mostly narrow ovate | elliptical shallowly biconvex | plano-convex X-section 43 6: 594 (1889), nom. inval.; Cymbopogon procerus. var. genuinus (Hack.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 273 (1915), nom. inval.; C. nardus subvar. procerus (R.Br.) Roberty, Boissera 9: 176, 179 (1960). Type: | Northern Territory]. Groote Eyland|t], 15 January 1803, R. Brown s.n. [Bennett no. 6172]. ecto: BM 000991814'” i.d.v. fide Blake 1974: 35; isolecto: K 00974926 [lacking date and locality, with the locality added in 1964] i.d.v.). Andropogon exaltatus R.Br., Prodr. 202 (1810); Andropogon exaltatus var. genuinus Hack., Monogr. Phan. [A.DC. & C.DC\/ 6: 596 (1889), nom. inval.; Cymbopogon exaltatus (R.Br.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 273 (1915); C. exaltatus var. genuinus (Hack.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 273 (1915), nom. inval.; C. nardus subvar. exaltatus (R.Br.) Roberty, Boissiera 9: 174, 180 (1960). Type: [Northern Territory]. North Coast, Island a, 1 March 1803, Rk. Brown s.n. [Bennett no. 6173]. (lecto [designated here]: BM 000991815* i.d.v., photo BRI; iso: CANB 378507 [with ‘North Coast’ and given to be Mallison’s Island, Arnhem Bay; no date or Bennett number] i.d.v., E 00393616 [with ‘N. Aust. no date] idv. K 000974929° [right hand specimen on sheet, with ‘North C’ and no date or Bennett number, although it indicates being communicated by Bennett] i.dv., K 000974927 [with no location and no date], W 28822? [with ‘N. Coast N. Holland’ and no date] i.d.v.). Schizachyrium mitchelliana B.K.Simon, Austrobaileya 3: 90 (1989), syn. nov. Type: Western Australia. Mitchell River Station, Admiralty Gulf, November/December 1973, T’ Kubicki 53 (holo: PERTH 564249). Distribution: Australia (Western Australia, Northern Territory, Queensland), East Timor, Papua New Guinea. Typification: Brown (1810) in describing Andropogon exaltatus and A. procerus only mentioned “(T.) v.v.’ in the protologues for Austrobaileya 11: 41-44 (2021) each. Both A. exaltatus and A. procerus were recognised by Bentham (1878) who listed several collections for each species, including “Islands of the North Coast, R. Brown’ and “Groote Island, Rk. Brown” respectively for each name. Domin (1915) combined both names under Cymbopogon; however, he did not mention type material. It does appear that Brown made only the one collection for each species he described and that these can be considered as type material. This view was certainly followed by Blake (1968) when he synonymised A. exaltatus with A. procerus and stated that “A. procerus (C. procerus (R.Br.) Domin) was described from specimens from Groote Eylandt; A. exaltatus (C. exaltatus (R.Br.) Domin) was described from specimens from Mallinson I. at the entrance to Arnhem Bay”. Blake also annotated material at BM and K as type and isotype respectively for the two names. (1) Andropogon procerus R.Br. Blake (1974) stated “Type: Northern Territory, Groote Eylant, R. Brown [6172] (BM, holo; E, K)’ and Soenarko (1977) gave “Type: Australia, Groote Eylandt, R. Brown 6172 (BM holo!- K, iso!)”. The number 6172 1s the Bennett distribution number, not Brown’s collecting number. According to Vallance (1990), the Groote Eylandt collections on the 15 January 1802 were made “vicinity of the bluff head of Groote Eylandt E of Finch Island and on the plain to SE”. The Brown collection 1s known to be represented in two herbaria BM and K (online images on JSTOR Global Plants), and Blake indicated a further specimen in E. There do not appear to be multiple sheets at BM, so the designation of the BM specimen as type by Blake (1974) is now considered effective lectotypification (Art. 7.11 and 9.10) (Turland ef al. 2018). ‘L.a.v. (imago digitalis visa); "annotated as ‘type’ by S.T.Blake; *annotated as isotype as S.T.Blake; “annotated as ‘type’ by B.K.Simon; ’annotated as ‘isotype’ by B.K.Simon 44 (2) Andropogon exaltatus R.Br. Brown (1810) published Andropogon exaltatus on the same page as A. procerus; however, this has been included in the synonymy of A. procerus by Blake (1974) and Soenarko (1977), with this synonymy upheld here. Blake (1974) stated “Type: Northern Territory, Mallinson’s [., R. Brown |6173]| (BM, holo, photo BRI; E, K, W)’ and Soenarko (1977) stated “Type: Australia, Mallinson’s Isl., R. Brown 6173 (BM holo!; K, 1so!)”. According to Vallance (1990), Brown collected only “on S side of Mallison Island” on | March 1803. The Brown collection of Andropogon exaltatus 1s spread through multiple herbaria with the specimens having (or lacking) the critical data that identify them as type material. When Brown collected the material, his locality did not have a known name and he merely referred to it as ‘North Coast, Island a’. To clearly establish typification of this name, we have selected BM 000991815 as lectotype. A further specimen (BM 000991816) that is not considered to clearly have a linking piece of original evidence to the type collection, merely has ‘Nova Hollandia Ora Septentrionalis Mr. Brown’ on the label. Given that Brown seems to have only collected it once, it is most likely that BM 000991816 represents a second accession at BM; however, this cannot be proven. Acknowledgement Thanks to the Curator of the PERTH herbarium for the loan of material. References BARKworTH, M.E. (2003). 26.16 Cymbopogon Spreng. In M.E. Barkworth et al. (eds.), Flora of North America. 25 Magnoliophyta: Commelinidae (in part): Poaceae, part 2: 664-666. Oxford University Press: New York. BENTHAM, G. (1868). 29. Andropogon, Linn. In Flora Australiensis 7: 527-535. L. Reeve & Co.:: London. Austrobaileya |1: 41-44 (2021) BLAKE, S.T. (1968). Taxonomic and nomenclatural studies in the Gramineae, No. 1. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 80: 55—84. — (1974). Revision of the genera Cymbopogon and Schizachyrium (Gramineae) in Australia. Contributions from the Queensland Herbarium 17: 1-70. DomIn, K. (1915). Cymbopogon. In Beitrdge zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca Botanica 85, 1(2): 273-276. E. Schweizerbart: Stuttgart. MACFARLANE, T.D. (1992). Family 166 Poaceae (Gramineae) Classification. In J.R. Wheeler (ed.), Flora of the Kimberley Region, pp. l111- 1117. Western Australian Herbarium, Dept. of Conservation and Land Management: Como. SIMON B.K. (1989). Studies in Australian grasses: 4 Taxonomic and nomenclatural studies in Australia Andropogoneae. Austrobaileya 3: 79-99, SIMON, B.K. & ALFONSO, Y. (2011). Ausgrass2. http:// ausgrass2.myspecies.info./, accessed 24 September 2019. SOENARKO, S. (1977). The genus Reinwaradtia 9: 225-375. TOTHILL, J.C. & HAcKER, J.B. (1983). The Grasses of Southern Queensland. University of Queensland Press: St Lucia. Cymbopogon. TURLAND, N.J., WIERSEMA, J.H., BARRIE, F.R., GREUTER, W., HAWKSWoRTH, D.L., HERENDEEN, P.S., KNAPP, S., KUSBER, W.-H., L1, D.-Z., MARHOLD, K., May, T.W., McNEILL, J.. Monro, A.M., PRADO, J., PRiczE, M.J. & SMITH, G.F. (eds.) (2018). International Code of Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants (Shenzhen Code) adopted by the Nineteenth International Botanical Congress Shenzhen, China, July 2017. Regnum Vegetabile 159. Koeltz Botanical Books: Glashiitten. VALLANCE, T.G. (1990). Jupiter Botanicus in the Bush: Robert Brown’s Australian Field-work, 1801— 05. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 112: 49-86. WATSON, L. & DALLWITz, M.J. (1992). The Grass Genera of the World. University Press: Cambridge. WIPFF, J.K. (2003). 26.17 Schizachyrium Nees. In M.E. Barkworth et al. (eds.), Flora of North America. 25 Magnoliophyta: Commelinidae (in part): Poaceae, part 2: 666-677. Oxford University Press: New York. Eulalia simont R.M.Butler & Trudgen (Poaceae: Andropogoneae), a new species from the Pilbara and Gascoyne bioregions of Western Australia R.M. Butler & M.E. Trudgen Summary Butler, R.M. & Trudgen, M.E. (2021). Eulalia simonii R.M.Butler & Trudgen (Poaceae: Andropogoneae), a new species from the Pilbara and Gascoyne bioregions of Western Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 45—55. Eulalia simonii R.M.Butler & Trudgen is described. It differs from all other Australian Eu/alia Kunth species in having elongated rhizomes, and from Australian material of the widespread E. aurea (Bory) Kunth in its larger and paler spikelets, broader lamina, and usually very small awns which are rarely visible past the glumes. A distribution map, photographs, drawings of floral parts, and a key to Eulalia taxa currently recognised for Australia are provided. Key Words: Poaceae; Eulalia; Eulalia simonii; Australia flora; Western Australia flora; new species; taxonomy; identification key R.M. Butler, P.O. Box 148 Wembley, Western Australia 6913, Australia. Email: rachelmbutler@ gmail.com M.E. Trudgen, M.E. Trudgen & Associates, P.O. Box 365, Burswood, Western Australia 6100, Australia. Email: metrubot@hotmail.com Introduction Eulalia Kunth (Poaceae tribe Andropogoneae Dumort.) has some 35 described species worldwide (Clayton et al. 2006), of which four described species (£. annua B.K.Simon, E. aurea (Bory) Kunth, £. mackinlayi (F.Muell.) Kuntze, and £. trispicata (Schult.) Henrard), and one phrased-named species (£. sp. Sabai Island (J.R.Clarkson 7801) (Simon ef. al. 2007) have been accepted by the Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2018) as occurring in Australia. Two other phrase-named species, Eulalia sp. (Three Rivers Station, B.Forsyth AQ789133) (the species described here), and E. sp. (Jindy, JMR-MM 140) are recognised on the website ‘AusGrass2’ (Simon & Alfonso 2011) as also occurring in Australia. The type for the genus, Eulalia aurea, was described from Réunion Island and is_ currently considered to also occur in Australia, Africa, and Asia. Eulalia annua and E. mackinlayi are only known from northern Australia. Eulalia trispicata 18 known from eastern Australia (Queensland), Asia, and India. The new species described here as Eulalia simonii was first recognised as an undescribed species in 2008 by Dr Ken Tinley. He sent material from Three Rivers Station (190 km north of Meekatharra, Western Australia, in the Gascoyne bioregion) to Bryan Simon (1943-2015). Simon confirmed it as a new species in the genus Eulalia, and included E. simonii as E. sp. (Three Rivers Station, B.Forsyth AQ789133) on the website ‘AusGrass2’ (Simon & Alfonso 2011). Some years later, specimens of Eulalia were collected during vegetation surveys undertaken by Biota Environmental Sciences (Biota) in the Pilbara bioregion (DoEE 2012); these were sent to Simon who identified them as E. sp. (Three Rivers Station, B.Forsyth AQ789133). Additional collections from later surveys provided further material for the delimitation and formal description of the species. These additional collections, together with re-examination of material held from Accepted for publication 10 February 2021, published online 24 March 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) 46 previous field surveys, suggest that the taxon is not uncommon in the Pilbara bioregion, occurring in parts of the Hamersley Range and on the Chichester Plateau. Materials and methods The description here of Eulalia simonii 1s based on examination of dried and pressed material collected by Biota and_ other consultancies, as well as observations made in the field of habit and habitat preferences. All measurements were taken from dried material. Muicrophotographs were taken using an Olympus UCS50 camera mounted on an Olympus SZX10 microscope fitted with a 1.5 objective lens. The images were compiled in Helicon Focus (Version 6). The key to species 1s based on the ‘AusGrass2’ (Simon & Alfonso 2011) key and information from descriptions of the Eulalia species available on ‘GrassBase’ (Clayton ef. al. 2006). The distribution map was produced using MapInfo Professional Version 12.0.1. Taxonomy Eulalia simonii Butler & Trudgen, sp. nov. with affinity to EL. aurea but differing in the elongated rhizomes (versus short), the longer spikelets (5—7 mm versus 3.5-l5 mm) and the linear-lanceolate leaf lamina (versus linear). Typus: Western Australia. PILBARA BIOREGION: 44.7 km W of Mulga Downs Homestead, 69.2 km NNE of Tom Price and 89.9 km ESE of Kanjenjie Homestead, 7 April 2013, FE. Ridley BES 00767 (holo: PERTH 9257098; 1so: BRI, CANB, K, NSW distribuendi). Eulalia sp. (Three Rivers Station, B.Forsyth AQ789133); (Simon & Alfonso 2011). Rhizomatous clonal perennial, rhizomes buried c. 10 cm _ below surface. Culms numerous, closely packed, ascending to erect, unbranched, neither robust nor slender, firm, 25-100 cm long; cataphylls 0.5-—3.5 cm long, lanceolate, shortly sericeous for lower 1/5—1/4; hairs white. Ligule membranous, shallowly curved, c. 0.6 mm long, upper half divided ciliolate. Leaves differentiated into sheath and blade. Leaf blade base constricted into a short false petiole; false petiole bone Austrobaileya 11: 45—55 (2021) coloured, thinly hairy. Lamina (mid-culm) linear-lanceolate, 4-28 cm long, 3-9 mm wide, fairly firm, tip long-acuminate; densely veined above and below, the veins rounded, midrib distinctly widened, flattened and whitish on the adaxial surface near the orifice, tapering along the blade, narrower and rounded on the abaxial surface; adaxial and abaxial surface sparsely hairy, the hairs long, fine, simple, with bulbous bases. Leaf sheath sparsely to moderately hairy, the hairs long, fine, simple, with bulbous bases; margins more densely hairy, hairs the same as on the sheath. Inflorescence digitate; a terminal cluster of 2—4 erect racemes. Racemes 4—9.5 cm long; densely hairy except the upper part of the glumes and where the spikelets are appressed to the rachis. Rachis flexuose, fragile, disarticulating at the nodes with age, 3-sided, sides flat, that opposite a sessile floret glabrous, shiny, the other two flat or slightly rounded, pubescent, dull, sometimes with a slight central ridge, margins densely hairy; hairs 1—6.5 mm long, very pale brown. Rachis scar shallowly to steeply angled, broad ovate in outline, punctate. Spikelets in pairs, one sessile and one pedicelled, both fertile, similar. Pedicels linear, densely hairy; hairs 2-6 mm long (hairs longer toward pedicel apex). Spikelets narrow-elliptic in outline, dorsally compressed, 5—7 mm long, falling entire, deciduous from the base. Spikelet callus scar steeply angled, ovate in outline. Lower glume chartaceous, dorsally compressed, 2-keeled, narrow-elliptic in outline with a truncate tip, 5—6.5 mm long, c. 1.2 mm wide, medium brown in the lower half, paler in the upper half; densely long hairy in the lower half, upper half glabrous or sparsely short hairy except for a fringe of short hairs on the tip that extends a short distance down the margins; 7—13 distinct veins. Upper glume chartaceous, laterally compressed with narrow in-rolled margins, 1-keeled, narrow- elliptic in outline with a truncate tip, 5—6.4 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, medium brown in the lower half, paler in the upper half; densely long hairy along the midrib and in the lower third, sparsely hairy in the middle and glabrous or sparsely short hairy in the upper half except for a fringe of short hairs Butler & Trudgen, Eulalia simonii on the tip that extends a short distance down the margins; 3—5 distinct veins. Fertile lemma reduced to a hyaline structure, narrow- oblong; 1-3 mm long; without keels; l1-veined (3-veined rarely); margins ciliate, apex lobed; muticous, or l|-awned; awn from a sinus, very fine, not geniculate, 1—9 mm long (usually not exerted from floret), with simple hairs. Palea present, shape variable but usually lanceolate, c. 1.3 mm long, hyaline. Lodicules 2, cuneate, c. 0.3 mm long, hyaline, apex lunate. Anthers 3, 3-3.9 mm long. Caryopsis not seen. Figs. 1-6. Additional selected specimens examined: Western Australia. c. 87.2 km WSW of Mungaroona Range Nature Reserve, 81.1 km NNW of Tom Price & 196 km WNW of Marillana Homestead, May 2012, Butler BES 00305 (NSW, PERTH); 50.9 km W of Mulga Downs Homestead, 74 km NNE of Tom Price & 81.1 km ESE of Kanjenjie Homestead, Apr 2013, Adam BES 00766 (PERTH); 27 km N of Mt Sheila, 32 km SW of Mt Florence & 48 km SE of Kanjenjie Outstation, May 2012, Butler BES 00768 (PERTH) (Fig. 3); NE of Mt Brockman, s.dat., de Kock PLDK03-04 (BRI); NW of Hamersley, May 2011, de Kock SERNO56:1 (BRI); Three Rivers Station, headwaters of Gascoyne River, Jan 2010, Forsyth s.n. (BRI: AQ789133 & AQ789134); 44.7 km W of Mulga Downs Homestead, 69.2 km NNE of Tom Price & 89.9 km ESE of Kanjenjie Homestead, Mar 2012, Maier et al. BES 00302 (MEL, PERTH); 24.3 km WSW of Mulga Downs Homestead, 75.1 km NE of Tom Price & 111.4 km ESE of Kanjenjie Homestead, Mar 2012, Venkatasamy & Colwill BES 00303 (PERTH) (Fig. 1); c. 21 km SW of Mulga Downs Station, 45 km NW of Auski Roadhouse & 71 km E of Mt Sheila, Mar 2012, Butler BES 00765 (PERTH); 49.9 km WNW of Marillana Homestead, 64.7 km SE of Mulga Downs Homestead & 122.6 km E of Tom Price, Mar 2012, Flaherty & Glover BES 00304 (K, PERTH); c. 39 km SE of Auski Roadhouse, 52 km W of Marillana Homestead & 47 km ESE of Mt Bruce, May 2011, de Kock BES 00763 (PERTH); 44.7 km ESE of Mount Bruce Homestead, 102.4 km WSW of Warrie Homestead & 112.6 km NW of Newman, May 2012, Butler & Flaherty BES 00772 (PERTH); c. 67 km SE of Auski Roadhouse, 87 km NW of Newman & 141 km E of Tom Price, Jun 2007, Morgan BES 00764 (PERTH); 41.3 km SSW of Marillana Homestead, 69.4 km NW of Newman & 74.3 km E of Juna Downs Homestead, Mar 2011, de Kock & Colwill BES 00760 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat: Eulalia simonii 1s known from over 60 records in the Chichester and Hamersley subregions of the Pilbara bioregion of Western Australia and one record from the Augustus subregion of the Gascoyne bioregion (Map 1). As it has been confused in the past with the widespread £. aurea, 47 the new species may be somewhat more widespread than current records indicate. The predominance of collections in the Pilbara bioregion compared to the Gascoyne bioregion probably reflects the much larger amount of survey work for environmental impact assessment in the former region in the last 20 years. Known collections of Eulalia simonii are from valley floors (Fig. 7) and drainage areas, ranging from minor drainages to large ephemeral rivers. Most specimens were recorded as coming from reddish-brown clay loam, but sometimes red-brown clay or loam. Collections have been recorded from three broad vegetation types: Eucalyptus xerothermica L.A.S.JJohnson & K.D.Hill and/or Corymbia hamersleyana (D.J.Carr & S.G.M.Carr) K.D.Hull & L.A.S.Johnson) low open woodland; EF. victrix L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill, Acacia citrinoviridis Tindale & Maslin open woodland; and mixed Acacia spp. tall shrubland. Common _ understory species recorded in the shrub stratum of these vegetation types were A. pyrifolia DC. var. pyrifolia, A. tumida var. pilbarensis M.W.McDonald, Androcalva _ luteiflora (E.Pritz.) C.F Wilkins & Whitlock, Dodonaea lanceolata F.Muell. and Gossypium robinsonii F.Muell. In the low shrub/herb stratum, common species were Alternanthera nana R.Br., Boerhavia coccinea MiAll., Arivela viscosa (L.) Rat. Afrohybanthus aurantiacus (Benth.) Flicker and Pluchea rubellifiora (F.Muell.) B.L.Rob. while in the erass stratum, Chrysopogon fallax S.T.Blake, Eragrostis tenellula (Kunth) Steud., Eulalia aurea, Paraneurachne muelleri (Hack.) S.T.Blake, Themeda triandra Forssk. and Triodia epactia S.W.L.Jacobs were commonly present. Phenology: Fertile specimens of Eulalia simonii have been collected from March to May. Timing of rainfall 1s variable where E. simonii 1s known to occur and therefore flowering times are likely to be similarly variable and extend outside this part of the year. Butler & Trudgen, Eulalia simonii Fig. 2. Eulalia simonii. Ligule and adaxial leaf surface (Ridley BES 00767, PERTH). Fig. 4. Eulalia simonii. Part of inflorescence (Ridley BES 00767, PERTH). 2 mm 49 50 Austrobaileya 11: 45—55 (2021) Fig. 5. Eulalia simonit. Pedicellate spikelet (Ridley BES 00767, PERTH). Affinities: Eulalia simonii has a_ quite different form to Australian material referred to as E. aurea. It forms clonal patches to more than 3 m across of small tussocks joined by long underground rhizomes (Fig. 8). The individual tussocks are fewer culmed and shorter than those of &. aurea, which in the Pilbara usually occurs as single tussocks, not in patches. The broader leaves of E. simonii that become prominently curled on maturity easily distinguish it from other Pilbara Eulalia material, as do the paler, more robust and more densely hairy inflorescences with shorter or no visible awns. Notes: The veins on both the upper and lower glumes of Eulalia simonii vary significantly in number and degree of development. The width of the lamina varies significantly but is consistently wider than in Pilbara material referred to as E. aurea. The original collection given the geographic name Eulalia sp. (Three Rivers Station, B.Forsyth AQ789133) by Bryan Simon is on the PERTH database, but could not be found in the collections in 2014; however, there is a duplicate at BRI. Its location is shown near the Three Rivers Station Homestead (Map 1). Eulalia simonii keys to the genus Eulalia in the key to grass genera in Clayton & Renvoize (1986) (spikelets paired; spikelets bisexual; rachis internodes slender, lemmas awned; pedicellate and _ sessile spikelets similar and both fertile; inflorescence of single or subdigitate racemes (not panicle); inflorescence terminal (not axillary); spikelets paired (not in groups of three); lower glumes convex, spikelets conspicuously hairy; raceme rachis fragile, only one spikelet pedicellate; lower glume as long as the upper, villous; callus short, spikelets dorsally compressed). In Watson & Dallwitz (1992), Eulalia simonii fits the description for Eulalia except that in E. simonii, the leaves are linear-lanceolate, not ‘linear’. In the latter publication, the lemma awn is described as ‘much longer than the body of the lemma’; in the new species SAQA to, ——=——_————————— " a ——_ Ww ee mn E ———_= SSS , * = : : : ee oe eS fp a - =~ _ st __ ——=5 a A — a ee ST. } , fF ¥ Ja Aa f ; = : F F, a _ —_ i / 7 a2 the lemma is 1-3 mm long and the awn 1s 1—9 mm long, so this fits the specimens of the taxon with less modified lemmas. The lower glume in Eulalia simonii 1s 7-13 nerved, not ‘l—9 nerved’; however, it 1s not unusual for the variation in a genus to expand when new species are described. Eulalia simonii fits within the morphological variation described for the genus Eulalia reasonably well based on the parameters given in these two publications (Clayton & Renvoize, 1986; Watson & Dallwitz, 1992). However, it differs from described Australian Eulalia species by Austrobaileya 11: 45—55 (2021) its combination of elongated rhizomes, broad leaves, large spikelets, and usually very small awns which do not extend past the glumes on most specimens (Table 1). Conservation status: Eulalia simonii 1s moderately widespread and common. A status of Least Concern is recommended (IUCN 2012). Etymology: The new species is named for the late Bryan Simon (1943-2015) who made significant contributions to the taxonomy of Australian grasses during his long and successful career. Fig. 7. Eulalia simonii, showing tussocks that are linked by rhizomes (cf. Fig. 8), the reddish colour that its leaves turn to as the environment dries and the habitat on the narrow floodplain of a creek, c. 70 km NW of Wittenoom. Photo: S. Ford Butler & Trudgen, Eulalia simonii 53 Table 1. Comparison of Eulalia simonii to the other Eulalia species currently accepted as occuring in Australia Plant Spikelet Lemma Species height Rhizomes | length Leaf blade length Lemma awn l-awned, from a Linear, 1-3 mm sinus, 18—20 mm E. annua 10-45 cm Absent 2.5-3 mm | in width c.0.5mm | in length Muticous or l-awned, from a Present, Linear, 3-6 mm sinus, 0-20 mm E. aurea 40-150 cm | short 3.5-5 mm _ | in width c. 1mm in length Ek. mackinlayi 140-250 cm l-awned, apical, Linear, 1-6 mm 20—27 mm in in width c. 1mm length Shape unknown, 1—2.5 mm in width l-awned, from a sinus, 5—7 mm in length E. sp. (Sabai Is- land J.R.Clark- son 7801) 60-80 cm Unknown | 3-3.5 mm c. 1.5mm Muticous or Linear-lanceo- l-awned, from a Present, late, 3-9 mm in sinus, |—9 mm in FE. simonii 40-100 cm | elongated | 5—7 mm width 1-3 mm length l-awned, from a Linear, 1-5 mm sinus, 7-15 mm E. trispicata 30-130 cm | Absent 3.5-4mm | in width c.1.5mm | in length Identification key to Australian Eulalia species t. PATMTUIA,. «uc Setaks on ty Beads Sa © on oISRAN oe ae aeett a. y <n My See Ms. «on Wit on E. annua L, Petential 3 y Ste ce dha & me & eee see e be oot ee Me ee et ee ee Bete ek th 2 2 Plants tall (1.5 m tall or taller), robust, with fulvous, fibrous base. ...... E. mackinlayi 2s. ‘Plant less-livan: Ts. ace oes Sr. cee eee es tie ets Re Be EMF cio ees MER Bel Rae LK Shane Ma Oy 3 3 Racemes more than 5 perinflorescence.................204. E. trispicata 3. Racemes usually less than 5 per inflorescence. ...............0 0022040. 4 4 Spikelets greater than 5 mm long, rhizomes elongated. .............. E. simonil 4. Spikelets 5 mm long or less, rhizomes not elongated or absent ............... 5 5 Spikelets 3.5 mm long or longer, leaves 2-6 mm wide. ............... E. aurea 5. Spikelets 3.5 mm _ long’ or tess, leaves 12.5 mm NACHE 5 oy. cys he GB tg meaesSeeeson nee Bak mens Le Be ee, E. sp. (Sabai Island J.R.Clarkson 7801) 54 = ibe * , : Mia wy? iy a2 wer a ye . & Austrobaileya 11: 45—55 (2021) Fig. 8. Eulalia simonii. Elongated rhizomes and clusters of culms of plants, c. 70 km NW of Wittenoom. See Fig. 7 for habitat photo from the same location. Photo: R. Butler. Acknowledgements We are grateful to Biota for providing the use of a vehicle and research time for R.M. Butler; and time for K. Webster to draw Map 1. We would like to acknowledge Biota botanists as well as B. Morgan and S. Colwill for collecting Eulalia simonii specimens cited in this paper and Biota zoologist S. Ford for the photo in Fig. 7. We are grateful to Scott Werner for his excellent illustrations in Fig. 6. Michi Maier kindly provided comments on the manuscript. References CHAH (2018). Australian Plant Census. Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. http://www.chah.gov. au/apc/, accessed 5 February 2020. CLAYTON, S.D. & RENVOIZE, S.A. (1986). Genera Graminum: Grasses of the World. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: London. CLAYTON, W.D., VORONTSOVA, M.S., HARMAN, K.T. & WILLIAMSON, H. (2006- onwards). GrassBase - The Online World Grass Flora. http:// www.kew.org/data/grasses-db, accessed 26 November 2015. Doge (Department of the Environment and Energy) (2012). Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA), Version 7. Department of the Environment and Energy.: Canberra. http:// www.environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ ibra/australias-bioregions-maps, accessed 26 November 2015. Iucn (2012). [UCN Red List Categories and Criteria. Version 3.1. Second Edition. IUCN: Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, United Kingdom. SIMON, B.K., SHARP, D. & THOMPSON, E.J. (2007). Poaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora 2007. Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Resource Management: Toowong, Queensland, Australia. SIMON, B.K. & ALFONSO, Y. (2011- onwards). AusGrass2. accessed on Boea resupinata Zich & B.Gray (Gesneriaceae), a new species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, Australia F.A. Zich*®* & B. Gray* Summary Zich, F.A. & Gray, B. (2021). Boea resupinata Zich & B.Gray (Gesneriaceae), a new species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 56—66. Boea resupinata is described as new. It is compared to its putative closest relative, Boea magellanica, and to the most similar Australian species, B. hygroscopica. A modified key to all species of Boea, and images of the plants, flowers, leaf micromorphology and leaf anatomy of B. resupinata are provided. Notes are given on flower morphology, leaf micromorphology and anatomy, conservation status and habitat. Key Words: Gesneriaceae; Boea; Boea resupinata; Australia flora; Queensland flora; new species; taxonomy; identification key; resurrection plant ‘Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, McGregor Road, Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia; "National Research Collections Australia, Commonwealth Industrial and Scientific Research Organisation (CSIRO), GPO Box 1700, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia; “Corresponding author. Email: frank.zich@csiro.au Introduction Boea Comm. ex Lam. 1s classified in the subtribe Loxocarpinae, tribe Trichosporeae, subfamily Didymocarpoideae, in _ the Gesneriaceae (Weber ef al. 2020). Puglisi et al. (2016) recircumscribed genera in the Loxocarpinae, a subtribe which comprises 200 species in 15 genera, transferring a number of species out of Boea and narrowed the concept of the genus to be an Australasian eroup characterised by twisted fruit, free (or nearly free) sepals, a flat-faced pink to purple corolla, and exserted and strongly divergent anthers. Boea as revised by Puglisi & Middleton (2018) contains 11 species, distributed in Papua New Guinea, the Solomon Islands, Australia (Queensland) and Indonesia (Waigeo Island). Australia has two named species (APC 2020): Boea hygroscopica F.Muell. and B. kinnearii (F.Muell.) B.L.Burtt that both occur in the high rainfall areas of the Wet Tropics and southern Cape York Peninsula of tropical Queensland. In addition to these, an unnamed species has been recently recognised from northern Cape York Peninsula. The new species was first collected in 1948 (Brass 19408, BRI & CANB) and since then there have been several additional collections. Although early collectors considered the specimens potentially distinct from Boea hygroscopica their material was subsequently identified as that species and the distinctness of the taxon was overlooked until photographs of flowering plants in cultivation by Garry Sankowsky and Bruce Gray were examined in detail by the first author and the distinct features of the flowers were observed. The new species is endemic to northern Cape York Peninsula and is named here as Boea resupinata. Modifications are provided to the key to all species of Boea by Puglisi & Middleton (2018). Material and methods This paper is based on an examination of specimens at CNS, BRI and CANB. Descriptions of flowers are based on material preserved in spirit and on living material, while other features were measured from dried specimens. Abbreviations used in the Accepted for publication 27 May 2021, published online 15 September 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) Zich & Gray, Boea resupinata specimen citations include QRS (Queensland Research Station) for specimens now incorporated at CNS. Measurements are inclusive, viz. 2.7—4.0 given as 2.7—4. Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM): Fresh leaf pieces were harvested into 3% Glutaraldehyde in 0.1M Cacodylate buffer and washed 3 times with fresh buffer. After post fixation with osmium tetroxide (1 hour at room temperature), the samples were washed 3 times with deionised water. Samples were then dehydrated in an ethanol series from 30—100% concentration for 15 minutes each (3X 100%) and critical point dried (Quorum E3000 Series). Samples were then mounted on stubs, gold-coated (SPI Module) and imaged in a Hitachi SUS000 FEG SEM. Histology: Fresh leaf pieces were immersed in 10% neutral buffered formalin for 24 hours, transferred to 70% ethanol and placed into an automatic tissue processor (Histocore Pearl, Leica), then embedded in paraffin blocks (Histocore Arcadia, Leica). Sections of 5 um thickness were then cut on a rotary microtome, mounted on glass slides and stained with 0.1% toluidine blue. Images were obtained using a Leica CS2 digital scanner at 20 magnification. Taxonomy Boea resupinata Zich & B.Gray sp. nov. With affinity to B. magellanica Lam. but differing by the multicellular hairs on the petal lobes, the strongly bent filaments, the serrulate to serrate leaf margin, and inverted corolla with the 3-lobed lip in the upper position and the 2-lobed lip in the lower position. Typus: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Cultivated: QRS [Queensland Research Station], Atherton (ex Claudie River, September 1978), 7 February 1979, B. Gray 1268 |flowering| (holo: BRI [AQ0873878]; iso: CNS [QRS54614]). Rhizomatous, perennial, shortly caulescent or rosulate herb; stem if present up to 6.2 cm long, 4—5.5 mm diameter, woody, with translucent, white, multicellular unbranched hairs. Leaves congested at apex of stem, opposite or whorled, petiolate; petioles longer in older peripheral leaves than upper central leaves, 1.2—4.5 cm 57 long, 1-2 mm diameter, densely appressed hirsute with a translucent, white indumentum. Lamina elliptic to ovate, 3-12.4 x 2-6.3, 1.5—2.5 times as long as wide; base acute to cuneate, oblique; apex acute to obtuse; margin serrulate to serrate. Adaxial leaf surface light-mid green, densely hirsute with an indumentum of translucent, white, appressed, multicellular, unbranched, eglandular hairs, and sparse, gland-tipped hairs. Abaxial leaf surface light-mid green, less densely hairy than adaxial surface, hairs mostly on veins, with translucent, white, multicellular, unbranched hairs, and sparse gland-tipped hairs, surface minutely rough textured. Leaves with 6—7(—8) pairs of secondary veins, sunken on the adaxial surface, raised on the abaxial surface, tertiary venation obscure on adaxial surface and obscure but visible on abaxial surface. Inflorescence an axillary cyme, 11—30-flowered, longer than leaves; hirsute up to and including the calyx with indumentum of translucent, white, spreading, multicellular, unbranched, eglandular hairs, and sparse, gland-tipped hairs and sessile glands. Peduncles 5-12 cm long. Bracts linear, 3-6.5 x 0Q.3-1.8 mm; hirsute on abaxial surface with appressed to spreading, translucent, multicellular, unbranched hairs, and sparse, gland-tipped hairs and sessile glands; adaxial surface with sparse, sessile glands and sparse, translucent, multicellular, unbranched hairs towards the apex and on margins. Pedicels 8-10 mm long, hirsute with erect, translucent, multicellular unbranched hairs, and sparse, gland-tipped hairs and sessile glands. Calyx free to near base, lobes 3-4 x 0.9-1.1 mm, linear-lanceolate, apex acute to obtuse, straight to reflexed, hirsute with erect, translucent, multicellular, unbranched hairs, and sparse, gland-tipped hairs and sessile glands on outer surface, and sessile glands on the inner surface. Corolla strongly bilabiate, purple, throat yellow, purple markings on 3-lobed lip extending from throat to base of the lobes; corolla inverted with 3-lobed lip in upper position and 2-lobed lip in lower position and with sparse, multicellular, unbranched hairs on outer surface of lips, otherwise glabrous apart from sessile glands in throat; tube c. 2 mm long; 58 2-lobed lip 11.8—13.5 mm long, lobes elliptic- ovate, 10-13 <x 7-8 mm, wide-spreading or slightly overlapping in lower half; 3-lobed lip c. 11.8-13.5 mm, the three lobes 4—5 x 4-5 mm, lobes less than half the length of the lip, lobes usually equal or sometimes central lobe slightly smaller than lateral, slightly overlapping in lower half. Androecitum in dorsal position; fertile stamens 2, arising 0.5— 1 mm above the corolla base, filaments 6.5—7 mm long, bright yellow, swollen and bent in the middle, papillose or with minute glands in the swollen part of filament; anthers c. 2 mm long Xl mm wide, dehiscing longitudinally; staminodes 3, reduced, 0.1—0.3 mm long, the central more reduced than lateral. Gynoecium 9-10 mm long; ovary 2.5—3 mm long, with sessile glands, glabrous or with very sparse, multicellular, unbranched, eglandular hairs; style glabrous, stigma capitate, slightly lobed, papillose. Capsule 9-24 mm long, 1—2.2 mm diameter, brown, sessile glands present, 2-valved, strongly twisted, dehiscing longitudinally along valves. Seeds elliptic, 0.45—0.5 X 0.2—0.25 mm. Figs. 1-5. Austrobaileya 11: 56-66 (2021) Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Glennie Tableland, ‘Bromley’, Oct 2004, Fensham 5164 & Jensen (BRI); Maloney’s Springs, left bank, Jun 1989, Forster PIF5251 (BRI); Tozer Gap, Tozer Range, Jul 1948, Brass 19408 (BRI, CANB); Mcllwraith Range: Leo Creek Falls and Leo Creek 0.5 mile upstream from Falls, Jul 1978, Butler 350 (CANB [CBG 7806268]); Australian National Botanic Gardens, Canberra (ex West Claudie River crossing on Iron Range road), Jan 1977, Telford s.n. (CANB [CBG 67783]). Distribution and habitat: Boea resupinata is known from three broad areas; Glennie Tableland in Michingun Nature Refuge, Kutini-Payamu (Iron Range) National Park, and Leo Creek Falls in the Kulla (Mcllwraith Range) National Park (Map 1). It grows in areas with reliable though periodically available moisture, as a lithophyte in shallow soil and leaf debris on cliff lines and rocks in shaded or semi-shaded rainforest gullies in sandstone escarpment areas, and on granite (Leo Creek), at elevations ranging from 60 to 140 m above sea level. Fig. 1. Boea resupinata. Close up of flower showing bent filaments, corolla lips and lobes (grown from Forster PIF5251, BRI). Photo: G. Sankowsky. Zich & Gray, Boea resupinata 59 Fig. 2. Boea resupinata. Close up of flower buds showing indumentum on inflorescence (grown from Forster PIF 5251, BRI). Photo: G. Sankowsky. ~~ Fig. 3. Boea resupinata. Hydrated plant fully turgid (in cultivation, grown from Forster PIF 5251], BRI). Photo: G. Sankowsky. 60 Austrobaileya 11: 56-66 (2021) Fig. 4. Boea resupinata. Partially desiccated plant (in cultivation, grown from Forster PIF5251, BRI). Photo: G. Sankowsky. Fig. 5. Habitat and desiccated plants of Boea resupinata with dehisced fruit in dry weather (Gray 9983, CNS). Photo: B. Gray. Zich & Gray, Boea resupinata Phenology: Flowering plants have not been collected in the wild, but plants cultivated at Atherton, north Queensland, have flowered in February and March; fruits have been collected in the wild in June, July and October. Affinities: Boea resupinata is putatively most closely related to B. magellanica from Papua New Guinea but differs in its strongly bent staminal filaments (versus — slightly bent), its leaf margins that are serrulate to serrate (versus entire to serrulate), and petal lobes with white multicellular hairs on the outside (versus glabrous). It differs from the 61 other two species occurring in Australia (B. hygroscopica and B. kinnearii) in its bent staminal filaments (versus curved to twisted). It also differs from the most similar Australian species B. hygroscopica in its petal lobes with white multicellular hairs on the outside (versus glabrous), the 3-lipped petal lobes < half the length of the lip (versus => half the length of the lip), obscure tertiary venation on leaf underside (versus usually raised and prominent), three staminodes (versus two), and crenate to serrulate leaf margins (versus crenate, serrate, denticulate to dentate and irregular) (Table 1). Table 1. A comparison of morphology between Boea resupinata and allied species Corolla lobes 3-lobed lip in upper position, lobes | 3-lobed lip in lower position, 3-lobed lip in lower < half the length of lip lobes > or = to half the length position, lobes < half of lip; the axis is variable within | the length of lip an inflorescence but rarely fully inverted 2-lobed lip in lower position 2-lobed lip in upper position 2-lobed lip in upper position Weakly bilabiate, with upper Strongly bilabiate and lower lips often similar in size and overlapping; lobes of 2-lobed lip rounded and overlapping; lobes of 3-lobed lip rounded and overlapping. Glabrous Strongly bilabiate, upper and lower lips not or slightly overlapping; lobes of 2-lobed lip elliptic-ovate and widely spreading; lobes of 3-lobed lip ovate and slightly overlapping. Corolla overall shape White uniseriate multicellular hairs Glabrous present on outer surface of lobes Petal indumentum 2 dorsal (due to flower inversion) fertile stamens Androecium 3 staminodes: 2 lateral and reduced; | ventral (due to flower inversion) and extremely reduced or sometimes absent Fertile stamen shape Filaments strongly bent 2 ventral fertile stamens Filaments not bent 2 ventral fertile Stamens 2 staminodes: both lateral and reduced 3 staminodes: 2 lateral and reduced; | dorsal and extremely reduced Filaments slightly bent Leaf margin Serrulate to serrate Crenate, serrate, denticulate to Entire to slightly dentate and irregular serrulate Tertiary venation Obscure Prominent, raised, sometimes Obscure to occasion- on leaf underside obscured by hairs ally visible 13—23 mm x |.6—2 mm diameter, glabrous or with sessile glands 7-20 mm long =< 1-2 mm diameter, gla- brous or with sessile glands 15-35 mm long x c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous Capsule dimensions when dehisced 62 Notes: Boea resupinata appears to be unique in the genus in that during anthesis the axis of the corolla is usually fully inverted, such that the 3-lobed lip is in the upper position, and the 2-lobed lip is in the lower position. In bud, the axis of the corolla is typical of species in the genus, with the 2-lobed lip in the upper position and the three-lobed lip in the lower position. As flowers open the pedicels twist such that the axis of the corolla 1s rotated and the lips move through a horizontal plane and ultimately are fully inverted. Flowers in an inflorescence of B. hygroscopica may also be twisted on the axis but are rarely fully inverted. In their generic description Puglisi & Middleton (2018) give the orientation of the corolla lobes as “upper lip 2-lobed, lower lip 3-lobed”’, and in their key to species the relative lengths of the lobes of the “lower lip” (that is the 3-lobed lip) is one character used to distinguish several species (1.e. Boea urvillei C.B.Clarke, B. kinnearii and B. hygroscopica with lobes > half the length of the lip; B. magellanica and B. dennisii B.L.Burtt with lobes < half the length of the lip). An amended key is provided 1n this paper. In Gesneriaceae stomata are mostly restricted to the lower leat surface (Sahasrabudhe & Stace 1974; Wiehler 1983). Under X40 stereo magnification the lower surfaces of living leaves of Boea resupinata are covered by minute mounds. Scanning electron micrographs of the leaf surface (Fig. 6) reveal that the stomata are raised on mounds and that the epidermal cells of the lower leaf surface are deeply sinuate. Histology of transverse leaf sections (Fig. 7) reveals that the mounds are formed by raised subsidiary and guard cells topped by a stoma, and that the stomatal mounds form a substomatal chamber that is connected to one or more stomata. Raised stomatal mounds have been observed in other Gesneriaceae (Sahasrabudhe & Stace 1974; Wiehler 1983; Kvist 1990; Jong et al. 2012; Pereira-Dias & Santos 2015) and Boea resupinata conforms to the observation by Wiehler (1983: 89) that there is a “strong correlation between gesneriad leaves with a thin, velvety lamina, abaxial epidermal cells with deep sinuations, and the presence of stomatal mounds”. Several Austrobaileya 11: 56-66 (2021) authors have examined and discussed the functional significance of the raised stomata (Wiehler 1983; Pereira-Dias & Santos 2015; Papanatsiou ef al. 2017; Gray eft al. 2020) and suggested that the raised mounds and increased size of the stomatal chamber facilitates gas exchange and accelerates transpiration, particularly in moist humid tropical environments, while the dense hairs covering the leaf surfaces maintain a humid microclimate that helps to prevent dehydration. They further suggest that the guard cells being raised above the epidermal surface may help to prevent flooding of the stomatal chamber in very wet conditions. Boea resupinata demonstrates desiccation tolerance similar to that observed in B. hygroscopica (Bianchi et al. 1991; Proctor & Zoltan 2002), in that extreme air-dry plants may rehydrate, thereby enabling them to withstand prolonged dry periods. As such B. resupinata can be regarded as a ‘resurrection plant’. The dense, translucent, white indumentum on both leaf surfaces results in a striking silvery appearance to the leaves when plants are desiccated (Figs. 4 & 5) and 1s possibly an adaptation to reflect solar radiation, reduce heat absorption and reduce transpiration (Pereira-Dias & Santos 2015). These morphological traits are considered adaptations to survive heat and water stress due to the seasonality of rainfall and the limited water retention 1n the shallow soils of its rocky habitat. Conservation status: Boea resupinata 1s known from few collections from several locations in three broad areas that remain poorly explored. The known locations are from remote areas within National Parks or Nature Refuges, and while no immediate threats were observed these populations are highly disjunct indicating little or no genetic connectivity. There is limited suitable habitat, and therefore a greater susceptibility to environmental changes associated with climate change, including changes to rainfall patterns and fire regimes. It is also conceivable that collecting by plant enthusiasts in the future might damage populations. A suggested conservation status for Boea resupinata 1s Zich & Gray, Boea resupinata 63 ‘ » “he A ‘ » a - — > ee «i ) > oe ° 1 ® 780x JAN 28 2021 9:39 170 um — | 344 um Fig. 6. SEM image of lower leaf surface of Boea resupinata showing raised stomatal mounds (s), sinuate epidermal cells (ec), multicellular hairs (mh) and glandular hairs (gh). Scale bar on image is 170 um. All from Gray 9983 (CNS). Photo: J. Whan. Fig. 7. Transverse section of Boea resupinata leaf showing upper epidermis (ue), palisade cells (pc), spongy cells (sp), stomata on raised stomatal mounds (s), stomatal chambers (sc) and hairs (h). Upper leaf surface uppermost in image. Scale bar on image is 200 um. All from Gray 9983 (CNS). Photo: J. Whan. 64 Vulnerable [VU BlabQu, 1tv)+B2ab(u, 1v)| using the IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria (IUCN 2012). Etymology: From the Latin resupinus, bent backwards, referring to the “twisting” of flowers through about 180° as they open. Austrobaileya 11: 56-66 (2021) As flowers open the pedicels twist such that the axis of the corolla of B. resupinata 1s frequently fully inverted with the 3-lobed lip appearing in the upper position, and the 2-lobed lip in the lower position or rotated such that the lips are in a horizontal plane. Partially modified key to the species of Boea, based on Puglisi & Middleton (2018) and following their couplet numbering 9a 3-lobed lip of corolla with lobes = half the length of the lip; leaf margin MOL Entire (Austral aan. W alseO | s! Bee fe goth od de ede ae nee nee ae ca dee te de Be 4S Gilead Be J 10 9b. 3-lobed lip of corolla with lobes < half the length of lip; leaf margin entire or serrulate [Australia, Solomon Islands and Papua New Guinea] .......... 12 10a Adaxial leaf surface with a strongly dimorphic indumentum of white and yellow multicellular hairs |Waigeo Island]................. B. urvillei 10b. Adaxial leaf surface with uniform indumentum of colourless/white multicellular hairs |AWstraltale 6 Gos oe eee we ee Gea oe ee a 11 Ila Abaxial leaf surface with multicellular eglandular hairs only; flowers white; fruit 0.8—1 cm long, straight or slightly twisted ........... B. kinnearii 11b. Abaxial leaf surface with mixture of gland-tipped and eglandular hairs; flowers purple to blue; fruit 1.5—3.5 cm long, twisted ......... B. hygroscopica 12a Ovary and fruit with multicellular hairs, sessile glands absent [Solomon ISIAMGS|| scot e ye he pee ee a ae he gee nah a er rye a me pn & B. dennisil 12b. Ovary and fruit glabrous or with sparse multicellular hairs and sessile AIS le cok epee BA we Se gentt Ae he ychs Eoomet GA aa he dot eee woe Ee usr de ale Seare h oh ne Be sulin hres 13 13a _ Petals glabrous; filaments slightly bent; ovary and fruit glabrous or with sessile glands; leaf margin entire to slightly serrulate [Papua New Cites: | a oe ae ae ee ee ee ee B. magellanica 13b. Petals with multicellular hairs on outside; filaments strongly bent; ovary and fruit with sessile glands and sometimes with multicellular hairs; leaf margin serrulate to serrate [Australia] ............. B. resupinata Acknowledgements The Directors and Collection Managers of We thank Jen Whan for assistance with microscopy, Garry and Nada Sankowsky for photographs of plants, and Lorna Ngugi and John Thompson at the Queensland Herbarium for their assistance during our visit. Fanie Venter and Ashley Field are also thanked for helpful discussions on leaf anatomy. BRI and CANB kindly allowed access to their collections of Boea on visits to their institutions. Permits to collect material were issued by the Queensland Government to the Australian Tropical Herbarium at Cairns (CNS) and its precursor institution at Atherton (QRS) enabling staff or designated associates to collect herbarium samples from state lands. Zich & Gray, Boea resupinata References Apc (2020). Australian Plant Census. Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. https://biodiversity. org.au/nsl/services/APC, accessed 16 November 2020. BIANCHI, G., MURELLI, C., BOCHICCHIO, A. & VAZZANA, C. (1991). Changes of low-molecular weight substances in Boea hygroscopica in response to desiccation and rehydration. Phytochemistry 30: 461-466. GRAY, A., Liu, L. & FAceTTe, M. (2020). Flanking support: how subsidiary cells contribute to stomatal form and function. Frontiers in Plant Science 11: 881. https://doi.org/10.3389/ fpls.2020.00881 IucN (2012). International Union for the Conservation of Nature. [UCN Red List categories and Criteria: Version 3.1, 2nd edition. https:// www.iucnredlist.org/resources/categories-and- criteria, accessed 17 November 2020. JONG, K., CHRISTIE, F., Park, J.-H., Scott, S.M. & MOLLER, M. (2012). Unusual morphological and anatomical features of two woody Madagascan endemics, Streptocarpus papangae and S. suffruticosus (Gesneriaceae), and their potential taxonomic value. South African Journal of Botany 80: 44—506. Kvist, L.P. (1990). Revision of Heppiella (Gesneriaceae). Systematic Botany 15: '720—735. PAPANATSIOU, M., AMTMANN, A & BLATT, M.R. (2017). Stomatal clustering in Begonia associates with the kinetics of leaf gaseous exchange and influences water use efficiency. Journal of Experimental Botany 68: 2309-2315. PEREIRA-DIAS, F. & SANTOS, M. (2015). Adaptive strategies against water stress: a _ study comparing leaf morphoanatomy of rupicolous and epiphytic species of Gesneriaceae. Brazilian Journal of Botany 38: 911-919. Proctor, M.C.F. & ZOLTAN, T. (2002). Tansley Review No. 141. Poikilohydry and homoihydry: antithesis or spectrum of possibilities? The New Phytologist 156: 327-349. 65 PuGuisl, C., Yao, T.Z., MILNE, R., MOLLER, M. & MippLeTon, D.J. (2016). Generic recircumscription in the Loxocarpinae (Gesneriaceae), as inferred by phylogenetic and morphological data. Taxon 65: 277-292. PuGLisiI, C. & MIDDLETON, D.J. (2018). A revision of Boea (Gesneriaceae). Edinburgh Journal of Botany 75: 19-49. SAHASRABUDHE, 8. & STACE, C.A. (1974). Developmental and structural variation in the trichomes and stomata of some Gesneriaceae. New Botanist 1: 46-62. WEBER, A., MIDDLETON, D.J., CLARK, J.L. & MOLLER, M. (2020). Keys to the infrafamilial taxa and genera of Gesneriaceae. Rheedea 30: 5—47. WIEHLER, H. (1983) A synopsis of the Neotropical Gesneriaceae. Se/byana 6: 1-219. 66 Austrobaileya 11: 56-66 (2021) 145.0 150.0 -15.0 -20.0 Map 1. Distribution of Boea resupinata (e) and B. hygroscopica (A). The major botanical explorations of F.M. Bailey A.R. Bean Summary Bean, A.R. (2021). The major botanical explorations of F.M. Bailey. Austrobaileya 11: 67-79. Six major botanical trips undertaken by F.M. Bailey between 1873 and 1898 are documented in the colony of Queensland in Australia and British New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. These were to Cardwell in 1873, Tambo in 1876, Trinity Bay in 1877, Roxborough Downs in 1895/96, Torres Strait in 1897 and British New Guinea in 1898. For all journeys except Trinity Bay, an itinerary and a map are provided. Around 505 herbarium specimens resulted from these journeys, and 39 of these became type specimens. These and other significant plant collections are discussed for each journey. A sample of Bailey’s handwriting 1s reproduced as is an example of a herbarium label written by him. Key Words: historical botany; Frederick Manson Bailey; herbarium specimens; type specimens; handwriting; British New Guinea flora; Queensland flora; New Guinea flora A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov. au Introduction Frederick Manson Bailey (1827-1915) arrived in Brisbane the capital of the Colony of Queensland, in September 1861, with his wife and two small children’. In November of that year, he set himself up as a “seedsman” in Edward Street, selling mainly vegetable seeds to the people of the town, but also fresh fruit imported from Sydney’. The venture was ultimately not successful, and in 1866, he was declared insolvent’. Although Bailey’s business failed, his reputation as a knowledgeable botanist was Slowly building, and from 1873, he was sporadically funded to make trips to various parts of Queensland, on behalf of the Acclimatisation Society’, for whom he was appointed ‘collector’, and for the “Board of Enquiry into Diseases of Live stock and plants”, headed by former explorer A.C. Gregory. Later, as the Colonial Botanist, he was able to make further journeys, although by that time, he was not a young man, and the long trips must have been physically taxing for him. This paper reports on six major trips made by Bailey, five in the then Colony of Queensland: 1. Cardwell, 1873; 2. Tambo, 1876; 3. Trinity Bay, 1877; 4. Roxborough Downs, 1895/96; 5. Torres Strait, 1897; and one to British New Guinea, 1898. A seventh major journey, to Mt Bellenden Ker, in 1889, has been well documented by Dowe & Broughton (2007), and is not included here. For five of the six trips, an itinerary and a map are provided; for the Trinity Bay trip, there is insufficient information available for that to be possible. For each trip, some of the plant species collected by Bailey (most now preserved at the Queensland Herbarium) are discussed. F.M. Bailey’s handwriting is briefly discussed, and a sample included and transcribed. A handwritten label, of the type most often used in the 1870s, is also included. Materials and methods The Queensland Herbarium specimen database (Herbrecs) was used to generate a list of specimens collected by F.M. Bailey for each of the years when one of the studied journeys took place. Since the label data for specimens from the 19" century often lack the Accepted for publication 24 May 2021, published online 15 September 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) 68 collector name and/or the date of collection, other search criteria were used to detect specimens potentially collected by Bailey in those years. The Trove website (National Library of Australia 2009-onwards) has been used to uncover relevant newspaper articles and reports. Some information was gleaned from a descriptive account of Bailey’s tour to British New Guinea. Finally, the Queensland Herbartum archives contain a notebook belonging to F.M. Bailey, in which he detailed plants and places from the Torres Strait trip and part of the British New Guinea trip. Cardwell, 1873 (Map 1) Bailey boarded a north-bound steam ship in Brisbane on 13'" May 1873. At Rockhampton, a few days later, he visited plant collector and gardener Anthelme Thozet (1826-1878) and was evidently cordially received. At the stop- over in Townsville, he had time to botanise on Castle Hill, primarily looking for ferns. He arrived at Cardwell on the 21*' May (Bailey 1873). As he was collecting on behalf of the Acclimatisation Society, his main priority was the collection of live material that could be cultivated and multiplied back in Brisbane, and the collection of seeds for the same purpose. The collection of dried herbarium specimens was a secondary consideration only. Mr Stone, the owner of “Vale of Herbert” (or Herbert Vale) station on the Herbert River, c. 30 km (in a straight line) SW of Cardwell, invited Bailey to stay at his home. While botanising there, he evidently travelled by horse, as he mentioned the grass being “in most places, over the horses’ backs”. His first collecting locality was the Seaview Range, where Bailey did a little botanising, mostly in the rain. On the lowlands between “Vale of Herbert” (18° 28’S 145° 51’E) and the Seaview Range, Bailey reported finding 7apeinochilos pungens (Teijsm. & Binn.) Mig. (now 7. ananassae (Hassk.) K.Schum.), which he described as “a truly handsome plant and one well worthy of cultivation for ornamental purposes” (Bailey 1873). The Queensland Austrobaileya |11: 67—79 (2021) Herbarium (BRI) has no voucher relating to this sighting, although there is a specimen at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) collected by John Dallachy from the Herbert River in December 1867. Bailey’s collecting site at the Seaview Range is unknown, but it is probable that he crossed the Herbert River at Stone’s Ford, some 7 km upstream from the homestead, and climbed up onto the range from there. During his time at Herbert Vale, he climbed Mt Graham, a peak of 834 metres. He was not the first botanist to visit the mountain — John Dallachy had been there on more than one occasion, most recently in September 1869 (Dowe & Maroske 2020). At BRI, there are just two specimens collected by Bailey from this mountain, namely Alsophila rebeccae F.Muell. and Davallia repens (L.f.) Kuhn. Bailey said the ‘going was difficult’ on the mountain, because of the slippery terrain and the ‘entanglement of the calami’ (Calamus spp.). He found a grove of Angiopteris evecta (G.Forst.) Hoffim. at the base of a waterfall and carried a whole plant back down the mountain. This primitive fern is often about 3 metres tall and widely spreading, and very heavy because of its high water content. Bringing such a heavy and unwieldy load down a slippery mountain was a remarkable feat. When Bailey had been at Herbert Vale for a month, Mr Stone was ready to go to Cardwell with a dray for supplies. Bailey made use of the dray to transport all his live and dried collections, presumably including the Angiopteris. Along the way, Stone allowed Bailey to botanise for two days at Dalrymple Gap, where he delighted in the rich fern flora. After his return to Cardwell, Bailey’s travels were limited to the vicinity of the town, apart from a trip by boat to Garden Island, situated in Rockingham Bay. It is a small island only about 600 metres long, but with a quite rich flora. In his report, he listed the species he saw there (Bailey 1873), but he perhaps did not collect any specimens, as there are none from Garden Island preserved at BRI. Bailey forwarded “12 large cases of plants and seeds” to the society before his return journey>?. Bean, Bailey explorations Bailey left Cardwell by steam ship on 14" July 1873, and on the return journey stopped at Bowen, where he called upon botanical collector Eugene Fitzalan (1830-1911), saying ““T received from him a few kinds of seeds for the society”. He then visited Port Mackay, intending to stay for two weeks, but due to the lack of a steam ship, ended up staying four weeks. He visited Homebush station and Pioneer station at the invitation of the owners. He declared that Mackay was “a poor field for collecting, the Flora being mostly southern”. However, he brought back with him ‘a good quantity’ of young plants of Heritiera littoralis Aiton from Mackay (Bailey 1873). Around 55 specimens from _ Bailey’s Cardwell trip are extant. These comprise the oldest specimens of the Queensland Herbarium at its inception in 1874 (Bean 2020). Two of Bailey’s collections from Rockingham Bay, not present at BRI, but evidently sent to Mueller at MEL, were named Dendrobium baileyi F.Muell. and Bulbophyllum baileyi F.Muell. in 1874 and 1875 respectively. Other specimens included Osbeckia chinensis L.., which reaches its southern limit at Cardwell, Lithomyrtus obtusa (Endl.) N.Snow & Guymer, 7imonius timon (Spreng.) Merr., and Orthosiphon aristatus (Blume) Mig. The latter has not been found in the North Kennedy district by any subsequent collector. Tambo, 1876 (Map 2) In 1876, Bailey was funded by the “Board of Enquiry into Diseases of Live Stock and Plants” to travel to the Warrego pastoral district of Queensland, to assess the potential of native grasses and other plants as fodder for livestock. He left Brisbane in early October°®. His initial mode of travel is not known, but it is likely that he took a train from Brisbane to Dalby (which was the terminus at that time), and probably travelled by coach from Dalby to Roma. In his report written after the trip, Bailey stated that he bought a horse at Roma and then travelled westward with Mr Hunter (Inspector of Brands and Sheep), passing along their way Amby Downs and Mitchell Downs. He said that the weather was very dry and not much 69 grass was evident (Bailey 1877). However, he listed the names of numerous species of grass and other herbs that he observed along the way. Bailey stated that he visited seven stations in the Warrego district and the ‘Barcoo’. Of these, he named only Mt Maria, Oakwood and Enniskillen in his report. The other destinations, or places he passed through, gleaned from Queensland MHerbarium specimen records, were Mount Abundance and Amby Downs (west of Roma), Lansdowne (south of Tambo), Biddenham (W _ of Augathella) and Burenda Downs (now known as Burenda), east of Augathella. His report notes that there is “through the Warrego and Barcoo a kind of Acacia (Albizzia basaltica Benth.) called ‘dead finish’, which is greatly eaten by stock. The cattle bush of the Barcoo (Ventilago viminalis Hook.) was pointed out to me at Enniskillen as a valuable fodder.” (Bailey 1877). It seems that Enniskillen station on the Barcoo River was his ultimate destination. His report does not mention the return journey at all, and one assumes that having studied the herbage of the Warrego district and the upper Barcoo River, his duties were complete. We know from specimen records (Acacia triptera Benth. A. macradenia Benth., Flindersia dissosperma (¥.Muell.) Domin, Astrotricha intermedia A.R.Bean) that his return route was firstly from Tambo to Springsure via Miuitchell’s Pinches and Mantuan Downs. There are several Bailey specimens from Springsure, so he must have had some spare time there. As there are no botanical collections between Springsure and Rockhampton, one assumes that he travelled by coach for that leg of the journey. The main road from Springsure to Rockhampton passed to the north of Blackdown Tableland and went through Gainsford (Pugh 1876). He spent a few days at Rockhampton before boarding a steam ship on 21** November 1876, bound for Brisbane’. Around 70 plant specimens collected by Bailey during this trip are present at BRI. One daisy specimen collected by Bailey was subsequently described by Mueller as 70 Helipterum polygalifolium var. leucactinum F.Muell., and this collection is now the lectotype of that name. The current scientific name 1s Rhodanthe diffusa subsp. leucactina (F.Muell.) Paul G.Wilson. Leptorhynchos baileyi F.Muell. 1s based on a collection made by Bailey from Mount Abundance. At Burenda Downs he collected Prilotus brachyanthus (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell., a species now listed as Endangered under the Nature Conservation Act 1992. At Mt Maria, he collected Pimelea trichostachya Lindl., and in his report he mentions that P. haematostachya F.Muell. is common in the Leichhardt district, saying “this plant belongs to a poisonous family, but fortunately stock reject it”. Bailey was just the second person (after Robert Brown) to collect a specimen of the striking shrub Astrotricha intermedia. He found it at Mitchell’s Pinch/Pinches (a locality no longer used, at about 24° 23’S 147° 23’E), between Tambo and Springsure. The label at BRI describes the inflorescence and flowers, but at some stage, the fertile parts must have been lost, as only leaves and a short piece of a branchlet are now present on the specimen. Trinity Bay, 1877 In early May 1877, Bailey boarded a steam ship bound for Cairns. Bailey referred to the land surrounding Cairns as Trinity Bay. In a letter to L.A. Bernays of the Acclimatisation Society, Bailey mentioned several significant plant species he found there, and recorded a few places that he visited (namely Barron River, Smithfield, and “the township of Cairns”), but gave no indication of his itinerary’. It is likely that he travelled at least some distance along the “Douglas track’, a road then under construction on the ranges north-west of Cairns. The original settlement of Smithfield lies at the base of the range where this track commenced (J. Dowe, pers. comm.). There are about 60 specimens at BRI resulting from this excursion — this includes six from “Green Island” or “Green Island, off Trinity Bay” with field labels in Bailey’s handwriting. Green Island is a coral cay about 20 km east of Cairns. It is very likely that these specimens were collected during Austrobaileya \11: 67—79 (2021) the 1877 trip. On subsequent trips to Cairns, Bailey dispensed with the term “Trinity Bay”. His collection of Daphnandra repandula (F.Muell.) F.Muell. was one of two collections used by Mueller when describing the species; the other collection (by J. Dallachy) was ultimately chosen as the lectotype. An orchid collected by Bailey became the type of Microstylis bernaysii F.Muell. (now Dienia montana (Sm.) M.AClem. & D.L.Jones), and his collection of Acacia oraria F.Muell. is one of the syntypes of the name. Bailey himself named Acrostichum neglectum F.M.Bailey (now Diploblechnum neglectum (F.M.Bailey) Gasper & V.A.O.Dittrich) from one of his Trinity Bay collections. Other significant collections from this trip included Laportea interrupta (L.) Chew (a new record for Australia), the lovely ferns Goniophlebium subauriculatum (Blume) C.Presl and Teratophyllum brightiae (F.Muell.) Holttum; Mackinlaya confusa Hemsl, the I collection of Polyscias purpurea C.1.White, a 2™ collection of Bulbophyllum baileyi, and some small herbaceous species of the eucalypt woodlands, including Mitrasacme stellata R.Br., Rotala mexicana Cham. & Schitdl. and Ammannia multiflora Roxb. Bailey made special mention of the creeping fern Trichomanes peltatum Poir. (now Didymoglossum tahitense (Nadeaud) Ebihara & K.Iwats.), saying “the glittering fronds clothe the stems of the trees in some of the close damp gullies as with a silk coat”. Roxborough Downs, 1895/96 (Map 3) In 1895, a great number of cattle died at Roxborough Downs, in the west of Queensland near the Northern Territory border. It was presumed that the cattle died from eating some poisonous plant, and so Bailey was dispatched to try and identify the species that caused the trouble. Bailey left Brisbane by steamer on 23" November 1895, headed for Rockhampton. He then travelled by train to Longreach, then to Winton and Boulia by mail coach, and the final leg to Roxborough Downs was made by buggy. Bailey told a reporter that he “was well received everywhere, and at almost every Bean, Bailey explorations place en route, people waited on him and submitted specimens of supposed poisonous and other plants for his inspection’”’. He reached Winton on the 28" November", but the latter part of the journey, past Winton, was greatly prolonged because of flooding at the Diamantina River and Hamilton River. The coach was obliged to wait two weeks for these rivers to drop before it could resume its journey. Between the creeks and rivers, when the track was boggy, the coach had to stop every few yards so that the wheels could be cleared of the mud that adhered to them. But that was not the end of the travellers’ trials: “Where the road was dry it was exceedingly rough. Travelling cattle had been over it in wet weather and cut it up. The sun dried the ploughed up track with all its inequalities, and it may easily be imagined that the coach passengers quite expected their heads to be shaken from their bodies, as they were jolted in all directions for very many weary hours”. Bailey stated, “With the thermometer standing from 100° to 120° 1n the shade, being stuck up by flooded creeks, and tormented by flies, I found it hard to work up even a slight botanic enthusiasm”. Bailey finally reached Roxborough Downs (via Glenormiston) on 20" December 1895. Upon arrival, he promptly began to examine plants at the locations where the cattle had died. Bailey concluded that the culprit plant species was “a form of Eremophila bignoniiflora’ that was common. there’. Bailey collected and preserved a specimen of it (BRI [AQ68698]), which he later re- identified as Eremophila latrobei F.Muell., and his label includes the notation “from amongst the Gydia where the cattle were poisoned”. Bailey left Roxborough Downs very early in January 1896, and his return journey must have been without incident because he arrived back in Brisbane on the 10° January 1896. About 31 plant specimens were collected by Bailey during the trip, including one new species, Acacia georginae F.M.Bailey. Other specimens collected at Roxborough Downs included Eucalyptus coolabah Blakely & Jacobs, Mentha australis R.Br., Ipomoea diamantinensis J.M.Black ex Al Eardley (all near the Georgina River), as well as Goodenia lunata J.M.Black, Crotalaria dissitiflora Benth. and Capparis anomala (F.Muell.) Byng & Christenh. Bailey also made a few collections from the Boulia area (ncluding Solanum chenopodinum F.Muell.), and seven collections from Middleton. Torres Strait, 1897 (Map 4) On the 25" May 1897, Bailey left Brisbane aboard the steam ship “Warrego” headed for north Queensland. His destination was Thursday Island (TI) in the Torres Strait, as well as adjoining islands and the adjacent mainland. The purpose of the trip was “extending his knowledge of the indigenous flora, and collecting specimens for the Queensland herbarium’. He arrived at TI around 10 am on the 31*' May, where he was booked into the Grand Hotel (Bailey adnot.). This trip to Torres Strait is perhaps the only time when Bailey gave sequential numbers to his specimens, although many remained un- numbered. He spent the first few days collecting the flora of TI. On the 3 June, he travelled by “little steamer” to Somerset, the home of Francis (Frank) Jardine, with whom he stayed. On the 7" June, a steam ship dropped him on Turtle Island (now known as Turtle Head Island, c. 20 km SSE of Somerset), apparently returning him to Somerset that same day (Bailey adnot.). He wanted to visit the island because this 1s where he thought Robert Brown had collected Calostemma album R.Br. (now Proiphys alba (R.Br.) Mabb.), but Brown’s Turtle Island is in the Gulf of Carpentaria, as Bentham (1873) had recorded. Bailey did not find C. album there, but he did find an Erythrina sp. which he considered to be new, and so it turned out to be. Later that year, Bailey named it Erythrina insularis F.M.Bailey. The next day, 8" June, he returned to TI, and on the 9 and 10" he was engaged in changing papers and making notes on specimens he had collected at Somerset. After that, he resumed collecting on TI. On the 15" June, he travelled to Hammond Island, where he spent a day and a half, returning 72 to TI early on the 17". On the 21* June, he visited Goods Island, apparently as a day trip. Bailey commented that while he did collect a few specimens there, the flora was very similar to that of TI. He left TI on the 22" June and arrived at Cairns on the evening of the 24". He spent the 25" around the town; on the 26" he did a day trip to Kuranda; late on the 29" he travelled to Kamerunga, where he spent the next few days. Here he was probably accommodated by Ebenezer Cowley, with whom he had a close working relationship (Dowe 2014). On the 3" July, he returned to Cairns, and boarded a south-bound ship, leaving Cairns about 11 pm. He had a stopover in Rockhampton for a few days, during which time he took a trip to Gracemere, and also called upon Mrs Thozet (the widow of well- known plant collector Anthelme Thozet) at North Rockhampton. Bailey then boarded the S.S. Aramac and arrived back in Brisbane on the 15" July 1897 (Bailey adnot.). There are about 230 specimens at BRI collected by Bailey from the Torres Strait, and a further ten or so specimens from Cairns and Kamerunga. Apart from the Erythrina, Bailey named eight’ species from specimens he collected from Torres Strait — Asystasia australasica F.M.Bailey, Alstonia somersetensis F.M.Bailey (syn. of A. spectabilis R.Br. subsp. spectabilis), Parsonsia nesophila F.M.Bailey (syn. of P. velutina R.Br.), Hoya sanae F.M.Bailey (= Hoya australis subsp. sanae (F.M.Bailey) K.D.HiI)), Hydriastele douglasiana F.M.Bailey (syn. of H. wendlandiana (F.Muell.) H.Wendl. & Drude, Eriochloa decumbens F.M.Bailey (syn. of E. fatmensis (Hochst. ex Steud.) Clayton), Paspalum polo F.M.Bailey (syn. of P. scrobiculatum L.) and Lobelia douglasiana F.M.Bailey. Bailey’s collections covered a large number of plant families, and a variety of habitats. For example, from the mangroves his collections included Ceriops tagal (Perr.) C.B.Rob., Aegialitis annulata R.Br, Fimbristylis ferruginea (L.) Vahl; from the beaches Spinifex longifolius R.Br., Guettarda speciosa L., Ipomoea pes-caprae (L.) R.Br, Pemphis acidula J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.; from the eucalypt woodland Tacca leontopetaloides (L.) Kuntze, Corymbia Austrobaileya 11: 67—79 (2021) novoguinensis (D.J.Carr & S.G.M.Carr) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, Acacia simsti A.Cunn. ex Benth., Parinari nonda F.Muell. ex Benth.; and from the rainforest Sterculia quadrifida R.Br., Aidia racemosa (Cav.) Tirveng., Gmelina dalrympleana (F.Muell.) H.J.Lam and Ptychosperma elegans (R.Br.) Blume. British New Guinea, 1898 (Map 5) The south-eastern part of the island of New Guinea was annexed in 1883 by the Queensland government on behalf of the British Empire and a Protectorate was proclaimed in 1884. In 1888 the Protectorate plus some adjacent islands was formally annexed by Britain and became known as British New Guinea with Lieutenant-Governor George Le Hunte being the responsible administrator at the time of Bailey’s visit. Bailey left Brisbane on the 16" April 1898 on board a steam ship bound for Cooktown. He was in the company of several political dignitaries, including Lord Lamington (the then Governor of Queensland) and Sir Hugh Nelson” (the former Premier of Queensland). The journey from Cooktown to British New Guinea was undertaken by the steamer “Merrie England”, a ship that drew criticism from all on board because of its lack of comfort and sea-worthiness and provoked “many swear words” from the passengers. Their first stop (23 April) was Lizard Island, where Bailey busily studied the flora while the rest of the company climbed to the highest point of the island. This is where he found Stackhousia intermedia F.M.Bailey, a species he described later that year. They reached Port Moresby on 25" April. Bailey apparently spent time around Port Moresby while the rest of the party did a tour of the hinterland on horseback. Bailey collected only a few specimens from Port Moresby, before getting back on board “Merrie England’, which headed eastward along the New Guinea coastline. According to Van Steenis- Kruseman (2020), places visited included Kapa-Kapa (28 April); Vatorata and Arema (29 April); Dedele (30" April); Dufaure Isl. (1*' May); Samarai (3° May); Milne Bay (4 Bean, Bailey explorations May); Mita and Awaima (5 May); Dogura (6'" May); Porlock Bay (7'" May). No botanical collections were made during this period. The first collection site was the Mambare River (8—11" May), very close to the border with Kaiser-Wilhelmsland, the part of the island then under German control. Here the steamer anchored at the mouth of the river, while a party of men, including Bailey'’, went up the river in a launch, for a distance of 40 miles’. It was along this river that Bailey collected the spiny climbing palm Korthalsia zippelii Blume. There are five BRI specimens from the nearby Gira River (16 May), including the enigmatic Meryta colorata F.M.Bailey. From here the steamer headed back towards Samarai, stopping at numerous bays and villages. Bailey (1898a) mentioned receiving a flowering specimen of Tabernaemontana aurantiaca Gaudich. from the Musa River, but no specimen of that is now present at BRI. On the 24" and 25 May, they were anchored in a small bay at the foot of Mt Trafalgar. Bailey wrote that he had a fever during this latter part of the trip (caused by malaria) and it is likely that he did not go ashore there. However, this appears to have been Bailey’s most productive location, and in his notebook, he wrote that he was kept busy examining plant specimens brought to him by Lord Lamington (C.W. Cochrane- Baillie). Several of the species documented in his report (Bailey 1899) were from this site. Sir Hugh Nelson had become very ill from malaria, and so from here the steamer headed directly for Samarai, reaching it around 8pm on 26" May. The next day they left Samara, heading directly for Cooktown, arriving there on 30 May. Bailey left Cooktown on the 2" June and arrived in Brisbane on the morning of the 6" June 1898 (Bailey adnot.). Bailey’s extant collections from the British New Guinea tour are few. He explained that this was because of “the entire want of proper convenience for drying botanical specimens on board the ‘Merrie England’, and this applies more particularly to the succulent plants. I am extremely sorry for this inability to prepare good herbarium specimens, because copious notes, or descriptions enabling one to fully 13 determine plants and to prepare descriptions for publication, leave one without what is most desirable to have— viz., duplicate specimens to forward to various oversea botanic departments” (Bailey 1898b, 1899). Nevertheless, Bailey described numerous new taxa from the collections made during his tour of British New Guinea: Acriopsis nelsoniana F.M.Bailey, Arenga gracilicaulis F.M.Bailey, Bursera macgregorii F.M.Bailey, Costus lamingtonii F.M.Bailey, Dendrobium breviracemosum F.M.Bailey, D. giulianettii F.M.Bailey, Drymophloeus mambare F.M.Bailey, Fagraea obovata var. papuana F.M.Batley, Gardenia lamingtonii F.M.Bailey, Hoya coronaria var. papuana F.M.Bailey, H. dimorpha F.M.Bailey, H. lamingtoniae F.M.Bailey, Justicia gilliganii F.M.Bailey, Lyonsia_ viridiflora F.M.Bailey, Meryta colorata, Mussaenda procera F.M.Bailey, Nephelium winterianum F.M.Bailey, Scolopendrium mambare F.M.Bailey, Spathoglottis papuana F.M.Bailey and Vavaea papuana F.M.Bailey. Handwriting F.M. Bailey’s handwriting (Fig. 1) may be described as forward-sloping, with many sharp acute angles, with only narrow loops for the f, g, y, |, and these sometimes lacking. The lower case u, m and n are often very difficult to distinguish. A transcription of Fig. 1 is as follows: “... home all bagged was off the same panicle so quite ripe enough to erow. I rubbed the flesh off a few of the fruits but would not do so again for the hairs in the pulp surrounding the stones made my hands very uncomfortable until I thought of using Eucalypt oil, which stopped the irritation. I have parts of a frond in a bundle with other species of the order and some young flower buds at the bottom of the bag of fruit by which I hope to run out a description ...” Fig. 2 shows the label type most often used by Bailey in the 1870s. The species is Ventilago viminalis Hook. and the locality is “Enniskillin Barcoo”’. 74 Austrobaileya 11: 67-79 (2021) Fig. 1. F.M. Bailey handwriting sample (from Queensland Herbarium archives). MUSEUM HERBARIUM. Order Y Aas LEEPLE toms, LOULL a, | Species £9 Leeeinta ter PS oe i Collector_ ; ZL Flora Australiensis, yol. a page = re BRISBANE. ‘AGNVISNHTND F. M. BAILEY, C.M.R.S.1T., &e., Keeper of Herbarium. | Fig. 2. Herbarium label used by F.M. Bailey in 1876 (BRI [AQ109924]). Bean, Bailey explorations Conclusion The six expeditions outlined here resulted in approximately 505 herbarium gatherings with the great majority collected by Bailey himself. This figure is only 14% of the 3605 specimens currently databased under F.M. Bailey’s name at BRI, but the time expended on these trips was only about 2% of his time as a professional botanist. It is estimated that 39 specimens collected on these six expeditions became the sole or partial basis for the description of new species. In other words, 39 specimens became type material. The labelling of specimens collected on these trips varies tremendously. Some labels are roughly torn scraps of paper upon which Bailey has written a locality name, some are rectangular but handwritten, some have a small printed “Herbarium Queensland Museum” label, and some have the larger “Museum Herbarium” label (See Fig. 2). Many labels are undated, but a good proportion bear the year or month-year. Bailey was evidently not afraid to take on physical challenges despite his advancing years. He gladly participated in the Bellenden Ker expedition in 1889, when he was aged 62, despite the knowledge that the mountain 1s very steep and slippery. The only concession he made was to not venture too far from the various camps along the route, allowing Archibald Meston or others in the party to collect plant specimens for him from further afield (Dowe & Broughton 2007). His trip to Roxborough Downs in the summer of 1895/96 was quite arduous and without comforts. The trip to Torres Strait was the most successful in terms of the number of specimens collected, and more comfortable for him, but he was nevertheless kept busy the entire time with collecting and processing specimens and writing botanical descriptions. On the British New Guinea trip, Bailey did receive assistance from Lord Lamington (C.W. Cochrane-Baillie) in the collection of specimens, but this was because Bailey was afflicted by malaria for the latter part of the trip. BD Bailey’s unflagging work on_ these expeditions resulted in a very significant contribution to our knowledge of the Queensland flora and, to a lesser extent, the New Guinea flora. Acknowledgements I am very grateful to Lorna Ngugi (BRI) for photographing the herbarium label and the handwriting sample; to Jiaorong Li (BRI) for producing the maps of Bailey’s travels; and to Gordon Guymer and John Dowe for comments on the manuscript. I acknowledge the “Trove” website provided by the National Library of Australia, allowing access to important newspaper articles and reports. References BAILEY, F.M. (1873). Botany of the North. The Brisbane Courier (Qld: 1864-1933), Thursday 30 October 1873, page 3. — (1877). Report on Mr F.M. Bailey’s tour to westward. The Queenslander (Brisbane, Qld: 1866-1939), page 24. — (1898a). Notes on the vegetation of New Guinea. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 14: 14-20. — (1898b). Contributions to the flora of New Guinea. Queensland Agricultural Journal 3: 154-162. — (1899). Appendix DD. Botany — Contributions to the flora of New Guinea. In Annual Report on British New Guinea I" July 1897 to 30" June 1898. Government Printer: Brisbane. BEAN, A.R. (2020). The founding of the Queensland Herbarium. Australasian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter 184: 41—43. BENTHAM, G. (1873). Flora Australiensis. Volume 6. L. Reeve & Co.: London. DoweE, J.L. (2014). The botanical collections of Ebenezer Cowley. Austrobaileya 9: 263-278. DoweE, J.L. & BROUGHTON, A.D. (2007). F.M. Bailey’s ascent of Mt Bellenden-Ker in 1889, and notes on the publication priority of new vascular plant species from the Expedition. Austrobaileya 7: 555—566. 70 DowE, J.L. & Maroskeg, S. (2020). John Dallachy (1804-71): collecting botanical specimens at Rockingham Bay. Supplementary Material, File S2. Historical Records of Australian Science 31: 101-117. https://www.publish.csiro.au/hr/ pdt/HR19013, accessed 2 January 2021. NATIONAL LIBRARY OF AUSTRALIA (2009-onwards). Trove. https://trove.nla.gov.au, accessed 13 April 2020. Endnotes Austrobaileya 11: 67—79 (2021) PuGH, T.P. (1876). Pugh’s Queensland Almanac, Law calendar, Directory, and Coast Guide, for 1876. Thorne & Greenwell: Brisbane. VAN STEENIS-KRUSEMAN, M.J. (2020). Cyclopaedia of §Malesian Collectors. http://www. nationaalherbarium.nl/FMCollectors/, accessed 15 February 2020. ‘Sydney Mail (NSW: 1860-71), 14 September 1861, p. 5 * The Courier (Brisbane, Qld), 27 November 1861, p. 1. > The Queenslander (Brisbane, Qld), 22 September 1866, p. 8. * Queensland Acclimatisation Society report, The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 29 January 1873, p. 3. > The Queenslander (Brisbane, Qld), 23 August 1873, p. 3. ° He was in Roma during the week preceding the 14'"° October. Dalby Herald and Western Queensland Advertiser (Qld), 21 October 1876, p. 2. ’ Rockhampton Bulletin (Rockhampton, Qld), 21 November 1876, p. 2. * The Brisbane Courier (Brisbane, Qld), 15 February 1878, p. 3. ” Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 11 January 1896, p. 4. '° Morning Bulletin (Rockhampton, Qld), 2 December 1895, p. 5. '' Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 11 January 1896, p. 4. '2 Morning Bulletin (Rockhampton, Qld), 20 January 1896, p. 5. '> Some of Bailey’s Roxborough Downs specimens are dated “Jan 1896”. '* The Brisbane Courier (Brisbane, Qld), 17 July 1897, p. 4. ' Warwick Argus (Qld), 19 April 1898, p. 2. '© The Brisbane Courier (Brisbane, Qld), 2 July 1898, p. 6. '’ The Queenslander (Brisbane, Qld), 27 August 1898, p. 422. '® Mackay Mercury (Qld), 2 June 1898, p. 3. Bean, Bailey explorations uw 145°50'E 146°E 146°10'E me ° — . ° eo | | ye FE & | a” = \ _? 8 Garden Island al cis a Lal . : | * ¢ yr \ é ¢ \ , 4 rd 9 uf at Ge ‘.r \, ‘ \ \. Cardwell \ > | i _ — Mount x Ry Macalister ‘, \ ON" on \ \ o ol ! N \ . nN o 0 \ oo sa) i (\ \ = iS > ei Vea, . - f \ \ i(* | \, \ ) Ww \\b ( : \ Mount Graham Dalrymple Gap Se Se CP | = XM | Sgr intg tnd Ua) ‘ i a PA Ty le : Herbert Vale Mount Tm. (( _ Seaview Range Cadillah a= YW) G < w Fas Qo fo © = ES 145°50'E 146°E 146°10°E e 5 ® e Map 1. Bailey’s route on the 1873 expedition to Cardwell. 147°E 150°E 153°E *y , ; 4 Stanwell Rockhampton a ” Gainsford | i t Springsure wy Enniskillen Tambo Lansdowne Burenda Oakwood Mount Maria Mitchell Roma Miles Y) \ n a .\ 2 = Dalby y~ [, ™ P. - \ Brisbane ‘eg oy @ #£ Town i oF @ Homestead PI 147°E 150°E 153°E Map 2. Bailey’s route on the 1876 expedition to Tambo. 77 78 138°E 21°S 24°S 27°S 138°E 141°E 144°E Roxborough Winton Downs Boulia Longreach 141°E 144°E Map 3. Bailey’s route to Roxborough Downs in 1895/96. 142°10°E 142°20'E w = of ES —_ oa fap) =) yt )* as y, \ Pa x Pt Hammond 5 \ <q Island ae , Goods Island_— gf / gd 7 { oa > Sp Islan Caja > Co fo L << & 2 / ‘, on . ‘ \ ) iF FI P \ — 4 \ A gm Horn Island i f \ \ \, \ - —_ ~ \ By P \ / } \ Xe r \ y NN SS —_——— w =4 = Prince Of Wales.!sland ( © nt s \ Ey ; \ > in Y . a. cn ces ie 0 Ade? = x wo 3 be Cc L , C | y —_— ( ; f ¥ \ j y ) : / 0) — i “ail o al J . . A “ \ -_ Q ( 4 ? . | ’ y L ; / d ‘Se a ; (7 . f t j / r “ / re bl =) 3 igs ail = GC | r / i fm f- i. pre”) _ eas” 4 es _—"-- _A \ ) ( } tee f el f 142°10'E 142°20'E Map 4. Bailey’s route on his trip to Torres Strait in 1897. fp ed P i . af — 147°E 147°E 142°30°E 142°30'E 150°E Austrobaileya 11: 67—79 (2021) SONY, Rockhampton 24°S 10°30'S 10°40'S 10°50'S ~~ Turtle Island = \ , j —~ “ : oa ee 142°40'E Bean, Bailey explorations 147°E 150°E _Mambare River ) : Popondetta™ | Mount i \ Trafalgar © Goodenough Island Fergusson Port Moresby i . Seu | Normanby —~_F "OC Samarai Island ” N Lizard Island op) te Cooktown 147°E 150°E Map 5. The route of the “Merrie England” in April-May 1898. 9°S 12°S 15°S T9 Aglaia monticola W.E.Cooper & P.I.Forst. (Meliaceae), a new species for Queensland’s Wet Tropics W.E. Cooper & Paul I. Forster Summary Cooper, W.E. & Forster, P.I. (2021). Aglaia monticola W.E.Cooper & P.I.Forst. (Meliaceae), a new species for Queensland’s Wet Tropics. Austrobaileya 11: 80-86. Aglaia monticola W.E.Cooper & P.I.Forst. is described, illustrated and compared with A. brassii Merr. & L.M.Perry from New Guinea and the Solomon Islands. The new species is restricted to montane rainforests in the northern Wet Tropics bioregion, between Mt Pieter Botte and Mount Lewis. Notes on habitat are provided, as well as a key to the Australian species from the genus. Key Words: Meliaceae; Aglaia; Ag/aia monticola; Australia flora; Queensland flora; new species; taxonomy; rainforest; Wet Tropics bioregion W.E. Cooper, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor Road, Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia. Email: wendy@williamtcooper.com.au; Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@des.qld.gov.au Introduction Aglaia Lour. (Meliaceae) comprises approximately 120 species in Indomalesia, Australia and the Western Pacific with 12 occurring in Australia and four or five considered endemic (Pannell 2013); however, A. tomentosa Teijsm. & Binn. was erroneously included in that conclusion (pers. comm. C. Pannell 2021). Five species are now recognised as endemic to Australia: A. australiensis Pannell, A. cooperae Pannell, A. ferruginea C.T.White & W.D.Francis, A. meridionalis Pannell and A. monticola W.E.Cooper & P...Forst. sp.nov. The Australian species all occur in rainforest communities 1n the Northern Territory (two species), Queensland (12 species) and Western Australia (two species). The greatest concentration of the Australian species 1s in north Queensland with centres of species diversity in the Wet Tropics and Cape York Peninsula Bioregions. The southern limit for Ag/aia in Australia 1s at Mary River Heads between Hervey Bay and Maryborough (Forster ef al. 1991). Pannell (1992: 249) recorded Aglaia brassii Merr. & L.M.Perry from New Guinea, the Solomon Islands, Silver Plains and the Mt Lewis Range in Queensland, Australia. The type collection of A. brassii (Brass 3189, lecto: A 00044617 i.d.v.', fide Pannell 1992: 249: isolecto: BISH 1003332 i.d.v., BM 0007999556 i.d.v., BM 0007999557 i.d.v., BRI [AQ23063], L 401400 i.d.v.) is from Meringe, Ysabel island in the Solomon Islands. We consider Aglaia brassii to be a lowland species of the Solomon Islands and New Guinea and not to occur in Australia. The Australian material from the Mt Lewis Range is described here as A. monticola W.E.Cooper & P.IJ.Forst. with this species being restricted to the upland rainforests of Queensland’s Wet Tropics Bioregion north of the Black Mountain Corridor. Aglaia monticola appears to have first been collected by Richard Schodde in 1964 from the Mt Lewis area. It has been commonly collected from rainforest bordering the Mt Lewis forestry road since then and has a narrow range from a northern limit at Mt Pieter Botte, south to near Mt Lewis. '‘i.d.v. = imago digitalis visa Accepted for publication 12 July 2021, published online 15 September 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) Cooper & Forster, Ag/aia monticola Materials and methods The study is based upon the examination of herbarium material from BRI and CNS, as well as field observations. All specimens cited have been seen by the authors apart from those indicated i.d.v. (imago digitalis visa), that have been examined on JSTOR Global Plants. Measurements of the floral parts and fruits are based on material preserved in 70% ethanol as well as fresh material from the field. Abbreviations in the specimen citations are LA (Logging Area), Mt (Mountain, except where an official name), NP/NPR (National Park/National Park Reserve), TR (Timber Reserve). Taxonomy Aglaia monticola W.E.Cooper & P.I.Forst. Sp. nov. Similar to Aglaia brassii Merr. & L.M.Perry but differs by the shorter leaf rachis and petiole (15—65 mm vs. 100-140 mm); pulvinus on lateral petiolules (present vs. absent); fewer leaflets (3 [rarely 4] vs. 5 [rarely 7]); leaflet indumentum (stellate hairs and stellate scales vs. stellate hairs and stellate and fimbriate scales); leaflet surface abaxially with lateral veins distinctly raised (vs. flat or slightly raised); longer inflorescence peduncle length (30-85 mm vs. 7-23 mm); longer flower pedicel length (S—6 mm vs. 0.5—1 mm) and flower shape (ovoid-oblate vs. ellipsoid). Typus: Queensland. Cook _ DISTRICT: Brooklyn, Australian Wildlife Sanctuary, Mt Lewis, 9 October 2020, W. Cooper 2694 & L. Morris (holo: CNS 150993 [2 sheets CNS 150993.1 and CNS 150993.2 + spirit], iso: BRI, CANB, FRI, K, L, MO, distribuendi). [Aglaia brassii auct. non Merr. & L.M.Perry; Pannell (1992, 2013); Cooper & Cooper (2004: 284); Zich et al. (2018)]. 8 | Illustrations: Cooper & Cooper (2004); Zich et al. (2018); (all as A. brassii). Tree to 20 m, dbh to 75 cm; bark reddish- brown, finely fissured and slightly flaky; branchlets and twigs glabrous; new growth pale green. Leaves compound, alternate; rachis + petiole 15-65 mm long, with dense pale to dark coppery stellate scales interspersed with a few pale fawn coloured stellate hairs, primary pulvinus 2.5—4 mm long. Leaflets 3 (rarely 4), all with petiolules and pulvini; lateral petiolules 6-13 mm long; terminal petiolules 16-35 mm long; pulvini 4—5 mm long; petiolules and pulvinulus grooved adaxially and with dense coppery stellate scales; lamina elliptical or oblong-elliptical, 70-180 mm long, 20-60 mm wide; base cuneate, sometimes slightly asymmetrical; apex acuminate; margin entire; adaxially with numerous small pits, glabrous or with sparse, rusty stellate scales or hairs; abaxially with rusty and fawn stellate scales or hairs denser along primary vein, newer leaflets scabrid on underside; discolorous, being dark green adaxially, paler green abaxially; venation brochidodromous; primary vein distinctly erooved on dried specimens; secondary veins 9 or 10 pairs, raised on both surfaces; tertiary venation reticulate. Inflorescence a pendulous axillary panicle 80-220 mm long; rachis slender, diameter to 1 mm; bracts solitary and present at peduncle bases, part way along and at apex, triangular, c. 0.65 mm long and 0.75 mm wide, base truncate, apex acute, densely clothed in rusty stellate scales; peduncles 30—85 mm long. Flowers may be shghtly fragrant, male and females similar, ovoid-oblate 3.25-3.5 mm long and 3-4.5 mm wide; pedicels 2.5—4 mm long, narrowly obconical; calyx 5-lobed, shortly cupular, lobes broadly ovate, c. 1 mm long and 1.5 wide, green, with rusty and pale fawn stellate scales; petals 5, quincuncial, elliptic-orbicular and concave, c. 2.5 mm long, 2.2—3 mm wide, 82 yellow or orange-yellowish, glabrous or a few stellate scales sometimes present, margin thin, repand and sometimes ciliate; staminal tube ovoid or oblate, c. 2.5 mm long, aperture diameter 1—1.5 mm; anthers ovoid, inserted half or mostly % the way up the tube and just protruding above aperture, 1.25—1.5 mm long, glabrous; ovary oblate, 0.65—1 mm high, 0.75— 1.1 mm wide, with dense silvery stellate hairs, 2-locular; stigma 2-lobed, 0.5—0.7 mm high, Q.6—1 mm wide; ovules 1 per locule. Fruiting pedicel c. 5 mm long. Fruit a 2-locular drupe, pear-shaped, up to 33.5 mm long, 26.5 mm X 22 mm wide, yellow-orange or orange, with stellate scales. Seeds 1 or 2, up to 21 mm long and 9 X 12 mm wide, testa black; aril translucent whitish and completely enclosing seed. Figs. 1 & 2. Additional selected specimens (from 64 examined): Queensland. Cook District: TR 165, Noah, Pieter Botte LA, upper slopes of Mt Pieter Botte, Sep 1997, Ford 1977 (CNS); Daintree NP, NW of Black Mt, May 1998, Forster PIF22901 et al. (BRI); Daintree NP, Black Mt area, Daintree River headwaters, May 1998, Forster PIF 22963 et al. (BRI); SER 143, Cow LA, near Schillers Hut, Sep 1996, Ford 1769 (CNS); Mt Misery, on Mt Carbine Tableland, Sep 1972, Webb & Tracey 11702 (BRI); Mt Misery, E of Mt Spurgeon, Nov 1988, Jessup et al. GJM904 (BRI); SFR 143, Kanawarra, Carbine LA, Mar 1988, Hyland 25411RFK (BRI, CNS); SFR 143, Kanawarra, Carbine LA, Nov 1987, Hyland 25245RF'K (BRI, CNS); ibid, Nov 1990, Hyland 14081 (BRI, CNS); 13.5 km along Mt Lewis road, Nov 1995, Forster PIFISI11 et al. (BRI, CNS); TR 66, 11 km along Mt Lewis Road, Nov 2001, Forster PIF27686 et al. (A, BISH, BRI, L, MEL, NSW, NY, Z); Brooklyn Station, track near Blue-faced Parrot Finch site, Mt Lewis, Sep 2016, Cooper 2329 & Pannell (CNS); Brooklyn, near Blue-faced Parrot Finch site, Mt Lewis, Nov 2016, Cooper 2378 & Pannell (CNS); ibid, Nov 2016, Cooper 2379 & Pannell (CNS); SFR 143, Lerra LA, 5.6 km from Bushy Creek bridge, Apr 1997, Ford 1892 (CNS); Mt Lewis, Oct 1971, Webb & Tracey 11937 (BRI); Bunya site, Mt Lewis, Oct 1973, Webb & Tracey 13729 (BRI, CNS); Mt Lewis Range, 1 mile S of main ridge of Mt Lewis, Oct 1964, Schodde 4148 (BRI, CANB). Austrobaileya 11: 80-86 (2021) Distribution and habitat: Aglaia monticola is endemic to montane rainforest in the Wet Tropics bioregion in north-east Queensland, Where it 1s currently known to occur at about five general localities (Mt Lewis, Mt Spurgeon, Mt Misery, Black Mountain and Mt Pieter Botte) at altitudes from 600-1200 m (Map 1). These localities are all north of the Black Mountain Corridor (BMC) (Bryant & Krosch 2016). Aglaia monticola grows as a small tree in the understory of complex mesophyll and notophyll vineforest on soil derived from granite. It co-occurs commonly at the Mt Lewis localities with Agathis atropurpurea B.Hyland, Aglaia meridionalis Pannell, Argyrodendron trifoliolatum F.Muell., Athertonia diversifolia (C.T.White) L.A.S.Johnson & B.G.Briggs, Cupaniopsis flagelliformis (F.M.Bailey) Radlk.., Elaeocarpus grandis F.Muell., Endiandra bessaphila B.Hyland, £E. inopinata B.Gray, Garcinia warrenii F.Muell., Oraniopsis appendiculata (F.M.Bailey) J.Dransf., A.K.Irvine & N.W.UhI, Prunus turneriana (F.M.Bailey) Kalkman, Sloanea langii F.Muell. and Synima_ macrophylla S.T-Reynolds. Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in October and November and fruits have been recorded in March and April. Affinities: Aglaia monticola was previously included within Pannell’s (1992) species concept for A. brassii from the Solomon Islands and New Guinea lowlands. The habitat, indumentum, leaves, flowers and seeds differ between the two species; however, they are superficially similar and may share a common lineage. Etymology: The specific epithet monticola 1s derived from the Latin monti- (mountain) and -cola (dweller), referring to the plant’s habitat. Cooper & Forster, Aglaia monticola 83 ee D nat 4 . a Ses a*, "S 2 2% F. ' = a8 ee ta + = "o* sue mn *st es at +; * as 4 = . rf a ee arty ee", 7 » as om ew oe . seme Me ot . eS ae & *., * . . . 7. . * Ly! "s » @ s oe, e Pa » tne a Atal ‘ . a Tee * * a ws ". 1, a eos Seu a, oe a8 . *. . iy LP 7 7 7 3h ow so 2 # LP ” o 8 + oe ee | 8 * * ® iat . oa " was . e * w * on *; Ld] = oom "a a PL ou 7 Z ® ' " 7 cf Ps yy ' a . ® i : a » * a7 *.* av? 4% Py . . s . ‘ * te ao ae Pes zs nH aa wa . eae) a * sua . 2% oe ot .% . . 1 2% LJ . ba . a . e - iJ ae "8 a Be hae se 7 Le Ss . « mip es ' 7" + et pee ie = *: 22 a ie it m = of Lew ir : f] EAA ‘4 a as 4 . « ° ° 4 «** - sea s . * ate 1454 eet ele ar ° s * at beans dee el a | . eer . os ee fel te Ye teh, * ht *¥. "« .? +. . -* rl s pi \ =: . ase * . Py . . . e * 6 ss. F e . "ats * = ss 2 - es . = * “se « + va . 7. a .@ * e . * + * =, 2 * " -* . s * . e % © ** . * ’ * wer} . se? e * * . at Fe bd e * . . Py * \ . . . . oa s s,s « o* *a* * he, = ee ” e . ae . 7 ette * . . *, . . . .* ° - . e * * * ® . . =< Fig. 1. Aglaia monticola. A. branchlet with flowers and young leaf. B. abaxial leaflet surface showing venation. C. leaflet bases showing pulvini. D. stellate hair. E. peltate scale. F. flower from side. G. half flower showing stamens, style, ovary and ovule. Scales as indicated. A, E—G from Forster PIF 27686 et al. (BRI); B, C & D from Hyland 14081 (BRI). Del. N. Crosswell. 84 Austrobaileya 11: 80-86 (2021) Key to Aglaia species in Australia 1 Indumentum comprising stellate hairs consisting of rays of two lengths, one whorl around the base of each cluster being noticeably shorter than the central more erectrays ............ 000086 % A. ferruginea 1. Indumentum of stellate hairs or peltate scales; if stellate hairs they consist Gi-rays allOra Sima CMe TA a BT Be ie Ge ao eS a ce ne a: Oe eee ee ee oe tab eS Gish gh de ai 2 2 Leaflets with secondary veins reaching and curving at the margins and not forming loops(camptodromous)ormay form complete loops atthemargin BUCH LOW ATS ADEM. eo. o. te als Aediw aS essed ws als Bandits fle om beg SEA ac UATE Ss 3 2. Leaflets with secondary veins looping well within the margins COTOCHTIGSGTOMOMS) 8% nen cues ote gn oe chee a te oy se Bee oe hse, ae obs ll: & S Leavesswvith WZ ileatets. so acclowiw ate wok oe BM Gide lane Wile U dala ue ap dis A. spectabilis 3. Leaves with 3-9: leanetsint ook ree Aik wee ee See yd Ga ee bo a eee = 4 Leaflets with numerous stellate hairs or scales dividing into rays near the centialatiacningnt. 2 Ws 2 moms gman Me cas eee cera al ou WF cal toa eae mate ieee A. brownil 4. Leaflets with fimbriate or stellate scales that have a broad centre with short trays upto: ball (heTadiUS OF MiGSCAIS 2. 5 aes te be ee ast et ee ee thet 5 Ss Galyx lobes scarcely.s-lobed sy un i ha a a Bae Ba ee ES A. euryanthera 5. Calyx lobes deeply divided into 5 or6 lobes. ................. A. sapindina 6 Leaflets adaxially with white indumentum which may be sparsely INTEESPELSEG AWITH-LUSTY SCAIES. 0 ce a, BB BE he cer Pe ag Ae ee oo El ee 3 6. Leaflets adaxially with silvery, rusty, brown or purplish indumentum ........... 8 7 Leaves with 9-19 leaflets; lateral leaflets with cordate or cuneate bases; secondary veins comprising 11-25 pairs. ............ 202.2008 6 A. argentea 7. Leaves with 1-7 leaflets; lateral leaflets with attenuate or cuneate bases; secondary veins comprising 5—10 pairs. .............. A. eleagnoidea 8 Lateral leaflet bases extremely asymmetrical .................. A. silvestris 8. Lateral leaflet bases symmetrical or occasionally indistinctly asymmetrical. ....... 9 9 Leaves with usually 3 (rarely 4) leaflets; petiolules with distinct pulvinus at base which is much thicker than the petiolule; occurs in the Wet ITROPICS DIGKESTOM hk. Sho. Bue be ead ae SA ce ee oN OP A. monticola 9. Leaves with 5-13 (rarely 3 or 4) leaflets; petiolules without a distinct UV TIUS se Ss Lie, Site eA oa an eet ba, Gece NGS Gt aw cele aes Seb, Go eae tye Get, ees 10 10 Leaves with up to 7 leaflets; occurs E of Mcllwraith Range in Cape York PeiWSUA DORE GOIN cs BSE 9 bse I A Soy ne BRS SS are pts she allel ed lie BE ESI A. cooperae 10. Leaves with 9-13 leaflets; occurs S of Cooktown in Wet Tropics bioregion. ....... 11 11 Leaflets with 6—14 pairs of lateral veins; petiole + rachis with moderate to sparse indumentum of minute, dark purplish fimbriate scales. ...... A. australiensis 11. Leaflets with 11—25 pairs of lateral veins; petiole + rachis with dense rusty Stellare Ngirs OF SCAICS =e. 2 dee det lee oe Reet Gee dels oe hey ees A. meridionalis Cooper & Forster, Ag/aia monticola 85 Fig. 2. Aglaia monticola flowers. (Cooper 2694 & Morris, CNS). Photo R. Jensen. Acknowledgements The first author is grateful to Lucy Morris for field assistance to collect the type specimen of Aglaia monticola. | also thank Tim Hawkes and Rigel Jensen for field assistance, Steve Murphy for the map, Darren Crayn and Frank Zich for support and access to CNS herbarium and Australian Wildlife Conservancy for permission to collect on their property. Permits to collect material were issued by the Queensland Government to the Australian Tropical Herbartum at Cairns (CNS) and its precursor institution at Atherton (QRS) enabling staff or designated associates to collect herbarium samples from state lands. The line drawings in Fig. 1 were skillfully executed by Nicole Crosswell. References BRYANT, L.M. & KRoscuH, M.N. (2016). Lines in the land: a review of evidence for eastern Australia’s major biogeographical barriers to closed forest taxa. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 119: 238-264. COOPER, W. & COOPER, W.I. Australian Tropical Editions: Melbourne. (2004). Fruits of the Rainforest. Nokomis ForSTER, P.IL., Bostock, P.D., BirbD, L.H. & BEAN, A.R. (1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South- East Queensland. Queensland Herbarium: Indooroopilly. PANNELL, C.M. (1992). A taxonomic monograph of the genus Ag/aia Lour. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: London. — (2013). Aglaia. In A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 26: 33-42. Australian Biological Resources Study/CSIRO Publishing: Canberra/ Melbourne. ZICH, F., HYLAND, B.P.M., WHIFFIN, I., KERRIGAN, R.A. (2018). Australian Tropical Rainforest Plants, Edition 7. http://www.canbr. gov.au/cpbr/cdkeys/REK7/key/RFK7/Media/ Htm1l/entities/index.htm 86 Austrobaileya 11: 80—86 (2021) 145.5° E Mt Pieter Botte ‘© 4 Cape Tribulation oe Black Mtn Mt Misery Cc “Mt Spurgeon © Mossman x e° 16.5° < oo <>Mt Lewis ~¥ BARRON RIVER * Cairns © 145.5°E Map 1. Distribution of Aglaia monticola. Austrobaileya 11: 87-88 (2021) 8/ SHORT COMMUNICATION Lectotypification of Flindersia schottiana F.Muell. (Rutaceae) A.R. Bean Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov.au Flindersia schottiana was described by Mueller (1862). The type citation reads “In silvis humidioribus Australiae orientalis a fluvio Hastings, usque ad sinum Repulse Bay.” [In humid forests of eastern Australia from Hastings River up to Repulse Bay]. This suggests he saw a minimum of two specimens; one from Hastings River and one from Repulse Bay. There exist two specimens from “Cumberland Islands” in Australian herbaria (AVH 2021). Cumberland Islands is_ the name given to a group of several islands in Repulse Bay, north and north-east of Mackay. The specimen at BRI comprises a single leaflet and a portion of an inflorescence and has a hand-written label (in the hand of C.T. White) saying “Flindersia schottiana F.M. Cumberland Islands (Ex Nat. Herb. Melbourne)”. A specimen note by L.S. Smith explains the link between Repulse Bay and Cumberland Islands, and he attributed the collection to ‘probably’ Eugene Fitzalan in 1860. In that year, Fitzalan was a member of an expedition looking for the mouth of the Burdekin River, and he was employed by Mueller to collect botanical specimens (Dowe 2015). The specimen at MEL (MEL QOO31815A), from which the BRI specimen was obviously excised, has the locality ‘Cumberland Islands’ but is without collector name or date. It includes an original label handwritten in pencil saying “Aralia fl white 40 to 50 ft Cumberland Islands’. Mueller subsequently added “Flindersia schottiana FM” in ink, and the word “‘Aralia” was crossed out. The handwriting of the pencilled label 1s consistent with that of Fitzalan, as shown in Dowe (2015: 91). There is only one known early specimen in Australian herbaria from ‘Hastings River’, namely an 1861 collection by H. Tozer at NSW (NSW 99599). Horatio Tozer (1816-1865) sent numerous plant specimens to Ferdinand Mueller in Melbourne, of which 44 are currently held in Australian herbaria (AVH 2021). All of these are held at MEL, with the exception of the Flindersia specimen, which was evidently sent to NSW sometime after the naming of the species. Hartley (1969) chose a J.C. Bidwill specimen at K, without comment, as the lectotype of Flindersia schottiana. Bidwill collected many specimens from the Wide Bay district of southern Queensland in the late 1840s and early 1850s, and his specimens were sent to William Hooker in London and ultimately deposited in the Kew Herbarium. The Shenzheng Code (Turland ef a/. 2018, Art. 9.3) states that a lectotype 1s one specimen or illustration designated from the original material. Article 9.4 further states: “For the purposes of this Code, original material comprises the following elements: (a) those specimens and illustrations (both unpublished and published prior to publication of the protologue) that the author associated with the taxon, and that were available to the author prior to, or at the time of, preparation of the description, diagnosis, or illustration with analysis (Art. 38.7 and 38.8) validating the name”. Accepted for publication 29 June 2021, published online 15 September 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) 88 It is well known that Mueller never visited Kew Herbarium, nor did he receive any specimens from there on loan. It follows that Hartley’s lectotypification using the Bidwill specimen is not valid, as that specimen is not original material. The Cumberland Island specimens (at BRI and MEL), and the Hastings River specimen (at NSW) are original material, as they were associated with the taxon by the author and were available to him prior to publication. Both of these gatherings have plant structures agreeing with the description given in the protologue. The Cumberland Islands specimen at MEL is here chosen as the lectotype as it a good quality specimen and it bears an original label. Flindersia schottiana F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 25 (1862). Type: Queensland. Cumberland Islands, [September 1860, £. Fitzalan s.n.| (lecto: MEL 31815 [here designated]; isolecto: BRI [AQ342772]). Austrobaileya 11: 87-88 (2021) Acknowledgements I thank Hannah McPherson (NSW) and Angharad Johnson (MEL) for providing high quality specimen images. References AVH (2021). Australasian Virtual Herbarium. https//: avh.chah.org.au, accessed 21 February 2021. DoweE, J.L. (2015). I saw a good deal of the country much more than any other collector, An assessment of the botanical collections of Eugene Fitzalan (1830-1911). Cunninghamia 15: 87-133. HARTLEY, T.G. (1969). A revision of the genus Flindersia (Rutaceae). Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 50: 481-526. MUELLER, F. (1862). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 3: 25. Government Printer: Melbourne. TURLAND, N.J., WIERSEMA, J.H., BARRIE, F.R., GREUTER, W., HAWKSWoRTH, D.L., HERENDEEN, P.S., KNAPP, S., KUSBER, W.-H., L1, D.-Z., MARHOLD, K., May, T.W., McNEILL, J.. MONRO, A.M., Prapbo, J., PRiczE, M.J. & SMITH, G.F. (eds.) (2018). International Code of Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants (Shenzhen Code) adopted by the Nineteenth International Botanical Congress Shenzhen, China, July 2017. Regnum Vegetabile 159. Koeltz Botanical Books: Glashiitten. A taxonomic revision of Polyosma Blume (Escalloniaceae) in Australia A.R. Bean & Paul I. Forster Summary Bean, A.R. & Forster, P.J. (2021). A taxonomic revision of Polyosma Blume (Escalloniaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 89-114. Polyosma in Australia comprises eight endemic species that occur in rainforests along the east coast. All eight species are here fully described, including two new species from the Wet Tropics of Queensland (P. globosa A.R.Bean & P.I.Forst., P. nigrescens A.R.Bean & P.I.Forst., both illustrated with line drawings), with notes on distribution (including maps) and habitat, typification and suggested conservation status. Lectotypes are selected for Polyosma alangiacea F.Muell., P. cunninghamii Benn., P. reducta F.Muell. and P. rigidiuscula F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey. A dichotomous identification key to the species is provided. Key Words: Escalloniaceae; Polyosmaceae; Saxifragaceae; Polyosma; Polyosma_ alangiacea; Polyosma cunninghamii; Polyosma globosa; Polyosma hirsuta; Polyosma nigrescens; Polyosma reducta, Polyosma rhytophloia; Polyosma rigidiuscula; Australia flora; New South Wales flora; Queensland flora; Wet Tropics; new species; taxonomy; identification key; conservation status A.R. Bean & Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: tony. bean@des.qld.gov.au; paul.forster@des.qld.gov.au Introduction The genus Polyosma Blume was originally described based on material collected in Java (Blume 1826). Species of Polyosma have been subsequently described from a wide area of mainland Asia (China, India, Thailand, Vietnam), Malesia (Indonesia, Malaysia, New Guinea, Philippines) and Australasia (Australia, New Caledonia, Solomon Islands) (Lundberg 2016). There is no monograph of the genus, and the current species estimate of c. 90 (Lundberg 2016), is likely to rise with recent descriptions of novelties adding to this total (Esser & Saw 2015; Esser 2017; Pillon 2018; Saw 2020a,b). The family placement of Polyosma has been relatively unstable with the genus variously classified in Escalloniaceae (Hutchinson 1967; Hyland 1982; Stanley 1983; Thorne 1992; Christophel & Hyland 1993; Hyland & Whiffin 1993; Hyland ef al. 1994, 1999; Takhtajan 1997; CHAH 2007; Forster 2007, 2010, 2019; Heywood ef al. 2007; APG HI 2009; APG IV 2016; Zich et al. 2018; Saw 2020a,b), Grossulariaceae (Cronquist 1981; Henderson 1997, 2002), Saxifrageae/Saxifragaceae (Bentham 1864; Engler 1890, 1928; Bailey 1900; Schlechter 1914; Reeder 1946; Francis 1951; Morley 1983), or in Polyosmaceae (Blume 185]; Willis & Shaw 1966; APG 1998; APG II 2003; Lundberg 2001, 2016; Esser 2017). The placement as the sole genus in Polyosmaceae is dependent on interpretation of inferred relationships from molecular analyses, with analysis of plastid markers indicating a sister relationship to other Escalloniaceae (Lundberg 2001; Tank & Donoghue 2010). By comparison, mitochondrial markers indicate a closer sister relationship to Ouintinia DC. (Soltis et al. 2011). The most recent consensus classification of plant families based on sequence data maintains the placement of Polyosma in Escalloniaceae (APG IV 2016). For Australia, the first record of Polyosma was by J.J. Bennett when he described P. cunninghamii Benn. (Bennett eft al. 1840). Bentham (1864) included only P. cunninghamii in the Flora Australiensis; further species Accepted for publication 15 July 2021, published online 15 September 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) 90 were added by Mueller (1872, 1892) with P. alangiacea and P. reducta respectively, Bailey (1890) with P. rigidiuscula F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey, White (1918) with P. hirsuta C.T.White, White & Francis (1926) with P. rhytophloia C.T White & Francis and Domin (1926) with P. brachyandra Domin (as ‘brachyandrum’). The last overall flora account was by Bailey (1900); however, at that time only P. alangiacea, P. cunninghamii, P. reducta and P. rigidiuscula were included. Most modern (last forty years) accounts or listings of species have indicated that between five to eight species are present, with several known only by phrase names (Hyland 1982; Morley 1983; Thomas & McDonald 1987, 1989; Hyland & Whiffin 1993; Hyland ef al. 1994; Henderson 1997, 2002; Hyland ef al. 1999; Cooper 1994; Cooper & Cooper 2004; CHAH 2007; Forster 2007, 2010, 2019). The Australian species are all shrubs or small to medium sized trees, invariably in the understorey or midstorey of rainforest or closed forest communities. The eight species endemic to eastern Australia occur in diverse rainforest types at higher altitudes, generally above 600 m, and often near or on the tops of the highest peaks in tropical parts of the continent. Substrates are not particularly diverse, being predominantly on volcanics (basalt, granite) or metasediments, although several species are restricted to only one substrate. The overall distribution in Australia ranges from the Wet Tropics of north-east Queensland (northern limit at Mt Hartley), to southern New South Wales (southern limit at Kioloa State Forest, N of Batemans Bay) through nearly 19° of latitude. Materials and methods This revision is based largely on collections at the Queensland Herbarium (BRJ), together with examination of material at AD, CANB, CNS, MEL and NSW (either in situ or on loan) and online images at BM, K, L, MEL and PR via JSTOR Global Plants or directly from herbaria. The majority of species were examined and/or collected in habitat by one or both authors. Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021) Common abbreviations used in_ the collection data are LA (Logging Area), Mt (Mountain, except where an official National Park name), NP/NPR (National Park/National Park Reserve), SF/SFR (State Forest/State Forest Reserve) and TR (Timber Reserve). Online images of specimens are cited as i.d.yv. (Imago digitalis visa). Specimens are cited within Queensland pastoral districts running north to south, with general mention made of the Queensland bioregions in which they occur (https://apps.des.qld.gov.au/regional- ecosystems/). Measurements are inclusive, viz. 0.2—1.0 given as 0.2-1. Species treatments are in alphabetical order with no phylogeny inferred. Suggested conservation status codes are as defined by the IUCN (2012). Taxonomy Polyosma Blume, Fil. Ned. Ind. 13: 658 (1826). Type: Polyosma ilicifolia Blume (lectotype, fide Hutchinson 1967: 31). Shrubs, small trees or canopy trees, hermaphrodite. Indumentum of simple hairs. Leaves simple, opposite (or sometimes sub-opposite), decussate, margins. entire or toothed. Stipules absent. Leaf venation pinnate, secondary veins joined by prominent loops. Domatia absent. Leaves without translucent dots or flecks, glands and nectaries absent. Inflorescences elongate, racemose or spicate, terminal; flowers bisexual, actinomorphic, sessile to _ pedicellate. Bracts persistent or deciduous, at base of inflorescence; bracteoles 3, inserted at or near base of calyx, persistent. Calyx with a fused basal part (hypanthium) and 4 lobes. Corolla fused into a long tube (not in Australia), with 4 valvate lobes, reflexed at anthesis, or corolla tube with 4 sutures, initially splitting to the 4 valvate lobes, but sometimes splitting almost to base. Hypogynous disc present. Stamens 4, not attached to perianth, antesepalous; anthers basifixed, dehiscing by longitudinal slits; filaments with antrorse or spreading hairs throughout. Ovary inferior, 1-locular, glabrous, ovules numerous. Style simple, Bean & Forster, Polyosma unbranched, stigma capitate or truncate. Fruit an indehiscent l-seeded drupe, aril absent, sepals persistent at the apex. 9] About 90 species, Old World tropics and subtropics. Eight species endemic to Australia. Key to the Australian species of Polyosma 1 Leaf venation densely reticulate, with many tertiary veins visible (and often raised) on lower leaf surface... . 1. Leaf venation not densely reticulate, few or no tertiary veins visible on lower leaf surface ........... 2 Petioles short (3-11% of lamina length) . . 2. Petioles long (9—37% of lamina length). . . 3 Branchlet hairs 0.1—0.2 mm long, white, confined to new growth; mature fruits 7-10 X 5-6mm...... ee ee ae 8. P. rigidiuscula 3. Branchlet hairs 0.2—0.5 mm long, yellow or brown, persistent on older stems; mature fruits 10-11 X 7-S8 mm. . 4 Leaf margins (on mature plants) toothed. . 4. Leaf margins (on mature plants) entire. . . ee a ee ee ee es ee 4. P. hirsuta 5 Leaf midrib, petioles and branchlets with brown rusty hairs; pedicels 0.8— 1.4 mm long at anthesis Lin Bel aealin ty mee moe tat i, Fel Tee 1. P. alangiacea 5. Leaf midrib, petioles and branchlets with yellow to yellow-brown hairs; Pedicels ADSENt At ANUNESISE + fe ha ey le vladky a gihelidblyele Ww or dest 3. P. globosa 6 Leaves with 4—7 pairs of prominent teeth; fruitsribbed......... 2. P. cunninghamii 6. Leaves entire or with I—3 pairs of very small teeth; fruits withoutribs........... 7 7 Branchlets persistently hairy; leaf margins often with I-3 pairs of tiny teeth; fruiting pedicels 2.5—3.5 mm long 7. Branchlets glabrous except on very young growth; leaf margins entire; fruiting pedicels 4-5 mmlong...... 1. Polyosma alangiacea F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 8 (1872). Type citation: “In silvis densis montium prope Rockingham’s Bay ubi, quoque Bischofha Javanica nascitur, Dallachy”. Type: Queensland. NorTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Coast Range, 27 July 1868, / Dallachy s.n. (lecto [here designated]: MEL 568240; isolecto: BRI [AQ291331]; K 000739774 i.d.v.; L 0035068 i.d.v.; MEL 568242; MEL 568243). Illustrations: Cooper (1994: 231); Cooper & Cooper (2004: 225). Tree 4—26 m tall. Branchlets + terete, indumentum persistent, brown or _ rusty- coloured, hairs 0.2—0.4 mm long, straight to somewhat crisped, antrorse to spreading. Leaves: petioles terete, 14-40 mm long, 18—37% of lamina length, densely pubescent with rusty hairs; lamina elliptical, 93-158 x 28-67 mm, 2.3-3.5 times longer than wide, base cuneate, apex acuminate, margins entire, younger leaves densely hairy on midvein (lower), leaf margin, and sparsely hairy on lower surface, soon glabrescent; secondary veins distinct on both sides, 6—10 pairs, diverging at 60—85° from the midvein; reticulate tertiary venation visible on lower surface, raised or not raised. Juvenile specimens very similar but with larger leaves. Inflorescence rachis densely rusty-hairy, 57-130 mm long (basal 5-12 mm without flowers), bracts 4 or 5, ternate, 7.5—10 mm long; flowers 65-85; bracteoles unequal, middle one longer than lateral ones, middle bracteole lanceolate to elliptical, 1.7—-2.8 mm long. Flowers: pedicels 0.8—-1.4 mm _ long at anthesis; calyx 2.3—-2.7 mm long, densely rusty-hairy, lobes 0.5—0.8 mm long; corolla 92 tube with longitudinal sutures, sometimes splitting to base, 9-11 mm long, with dense rusty hairs on outer surface, sparse white hairs on inner surface; corolla lobes 1.5—2.5 mm long, 0.8—1.2 mm wide at base, creamy, apex obtuse; staminal filaments c. 5 mm long, anthers 1.6—2.2 mm long; style about as long as corolla, with moderately dense antrorse hairs 0.05—0.1 mm long, exserted from corolla tube by |—2 mm. Fruits: pedicels 1.5—2.6 mm long, articulated at the base; immature fruits ellipsoid, 6.5-11 X 5-7.5 mm, obscurely ribbed or rugose, sparsely pubescent, green, not fleshy; mature fruits ellipsoid, c. 15 mm long and 11 mm diameter, base obtuse, dark blue, smooth, glabrous, significantly fleshy. Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: TR 176 Monkhouse, Lorna Doone LA, Oct 1982, Hyland 12223 (CNS); Mt Windsor Road, c. 1 km E of Mt Windsor Station gate, Jun 2019, Worboys et al. 1775 (BRI, CNS); May Peak, Oct 1994, Jago 32/4 (BRI); SFR 607, Bridle LA, Aug 1982, Hyland 11847 (CNS); Westcott Road, Topaz, Jan 1993, Cooper 482 & Cooper (CNS); SFR 607, Emerald LA, Apr 1983, Gray 3031 (CNS, L); SF 185 Danbulla, Jun 1992, Forster PIF 10652 & Tucker (BRI, CNS, MEL); SF 185 Danbulla, Kauri Creek Road, Nov 1995, Forster PIF ISO9S & Spokes (BRI); SFR 185, Mt Haig, Feb 1986, Altena s.n. (CNS [QRS503950]); SFR 607, Emerald LA, Feb 1981, Gray 19/8 (BRI, CANB, CNS, L, MEL, NSW); SFR 194, Western, Cpt. 59, EP/43, Sep 1978, Unwin 704 (CNS); SFR 194, Hugh Nelson Range, Parish of Herberton, May 1982, Gray 2594 (CNS); SFR 194, Western, Jan 1982, Gray 2388 (BRI, CANB, CNS, L); SFR 650 (Mt Fisher), E/P 29, Nov 1975, Sanderson 834 (CNS). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 27 km S along Culpa Road, SF 605 Koombooloomba, May 2002, Forster PIF28784 & Booth (BRI); Saddle below main Mt Bowen ridge, Hinchinbrook Island, Jul 1988, Fe// DF1220 & Swain (BRI); Mt Fox, May 1964, Stark s.n. (CNS [QRS507596]); SFR 605, Dawson LA, Dec 1981, Hyland 1136] (BRI, CNS); Mt Spec forestry camp, Nov 1933, Francis s.n. (BRI [AQ291333]); Mt Spec, Jun 1952, Volck & White AFO 00292 (CNS); Mt Elliot, 30 km SE of Townsville, Sep 1998, Cumming 17825 (BRI); Birthday Creek Falls, Feb 2002, Cumming s.n. (BRI [AQ559852]); Burgoo LA, Garrawalt, Jul 1975, Sanderson 647 (CNS). SOUTH KENNEDY District: Crediton Loop road, Eungella NP, s.dat., Pearson SP440 (BRI); SFR 62, Gamma, Jul 1974, Hyland 4028 (BRI, CANB, L, NSW); SFR 411 Mia Mia, Apr 1979, Qualischefski 135 (CNS). Distribution and habitat: Polyosma alangiacea 1s endemic to Queensland, extending from Shiptons Flat (south of Cooktown) to Mt Elliott in the Wet Tropics bioregion, and with a southern disjunction to Eungella National Park (west of Mackay) Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021) in the Central Coast bioregion (Map 1). It inhabits tropical rainforest (complex notophyll vineforest) at altitudes between 400 and 1100 metres on volcanic substrates (basalt, granite). Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from April to July; fruits from October to February. Typification: Dallachy collected widely in the area known as Rockingham Bay (Dowe & Maroske 2020) with the collections sent to Ferdinand Mueller in Melbourne. Many of these specimens are only labelled with this location, although if they are dated then a more specific location can be inferred. The specimens that he collected of this species are deposited in the herbaria BRI, K, L and MEL and most have been annotated previously as representing isotype or syntype material by R.D. Hoogland, G.K. Schultze-Menz or other herbarium curators. Originally this material would have been kept unmounted in folders at MEL, prior to distribution, followed by mounting and eventual allocation of firstly sheet numbers, and then accession numbers (not necessarily the same numbers) in the different herbaria. Mueller indeed sent material to K soon after he received it from Dallachy. The accession K 000739774 bears the annotation ‘Rec. 3/69’. The dispersal and separate mounting and accessioning of Dallachy’s collection has meant that the different specimens are accompanied by a variety of label data. Many just have ‘Rockingham(s) Bay’ and no date. The accession MEL 568240 has a note written in Dallachy’s hand stating that the collection is from the Coast Range and was collected on 27 July 1868. This fertile specimen is the only accession with these data and is selected as the lectotype for the name. Other accessions in BRI, K, L and MEL only have Rockingham(‘s) Bay written in Mueller’s hand on a label, no date and often no mention of Dallachy, although they were clearly handled by Mueller. It is known that Mueller reverted to more generalised localities when writing labels for duplicates (Bean 2019: 87), and he often omitted Dallachy’s name from the ‘Rockingham Bay’ labels as Dallachy was his only collector in that area. The specimens at BRI, K and L are very similar to the lectotype Bean & Forster, Polyosma in flower maturity, leaf size and indumentum and it is highly likely that they were part of the same gathering. They are here considered isolectotypes. Dallachy’s location of “Coast Range’ 1s most likely to be somewhere west of Cardwell, perhaps more in the Cardwell Range where the species has been subsequently collected, than the actual Coast Range of modern geography. Notes: The flowers of Polyosma alangiacea are reportedly strongly perfumed (Gray 2594). It is a distinctive species by virtue of its long petioles, rusty tomentum on the branchlets and flowers, and the entire leaf margins. It is unlike any other Australian species but is rather similar to P. cestroides Schltr. from Papua New Guinea. However, the corolla of the latter is glabrous and lacks sutures, and its leaves are glabrous. Conservation status: Polyosma alangiacea is widespread with extant subpopulations occurring mainly in locations that are part of National Parks and State Forest Reserves. This species is usually locally common at collection locations, most of which are concentrated along roads or access tracks. There are no pressing threatening processes identified for this species and it can be categorised as Least Concern. 2. Polyosma cunninghamili Benn. in J.J. Bennett, R. Brown & T. Horsfield, Pl. Jav. Rar. [Bennett] 2:196, Tab XL, figs. 8-12 (1840). Type citation: “in Nova Cambria Australi prope Five Islands, in_ sylvis umbrosis submontosis: arbor 12—25-pedalis, A. Cunningham (1818). (exam. s. in Herb. Banks.)’ Type: New South Wales. Five Islands, [October-November] 1818, 2. Cunningham S&4 (lecto [here designated]: BM 000906246 i.d.v.; 1solecto: NSW 628702). Illustrations: Maiden (1917, t. 193); Stanley (1983: 223, Fig. 35B); Floyd (1989: 129); Leiper et al. (2008: 332); NSWFO (2020). Shrub or tree 3-10 m tall.-Branchlets + terete, young branchlets with moderately dense white hairs 0.1—0.25 mm long, straight, appressed. Leaves: petioles terete, 4-14 mm long, 7-19% of lamina length, sparsely to 93 densely pubescent with white hairs; laminae elliptical to oblanceolate, 55-105 Xx 19-30 mm, 2.7—3.5 times longer than wide, base cuneate, apex acute to acuminate, margins with 4—7 pairs of prominent teeth, younger leaves moderately hairy on midvein (lower) and sparsely hairy on lower surface, soon glabrescent; secondary veins distinct on both sides, 5—7 pairs, diverging at 60—80° degrees from the midvein; tertiary venation not visible on either surface. Juvenile specimens very similar but with larger leaves. Inflorescence rachis with dense white appressed hairs, 18—68 mm long (basal 0-16 mm without flowers), bracts 2—4 ternate or in groups of 2, 1.5—5 mm long; flowers 15—47; bracteoles unequal, middle one longer than lateral ones, middle bracteole lanceolate, 0.5—1.2 mm long. Flowers: pedicels 3—4 mm long at anthesis; calyx 2.2—3 mm long, with appressed white hairs, lobes 0.3—0.6 mm long; corolla tube with longitudinal sutures, 6.5—-12 mm long, sometimes splitting to base, yellow-green, appressed hairy on outer surface, more or less glabrous on inner surface; corolla lobes 1.8—2.4 mm long, 0.6—1(—1.2) mm wide, apex obtuse; staminal filaments c. 5 mm long, anthers 1.6—2 mm long; style about as long as corolla, sparsely hairy, exserted from the corolla tube by 1-2 mm. Fruits: pedicels 4—6 mm long, articulated at the base; mature fruits ellipsoidal, 13-18 xX 8-11 mm, with 8 prominent longitudinal ribs, glabrous or sparsely pubescent, significantly fleshy at maturity, purple. Fig. 1. Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland. WIDE Bay District: Fireclay Scrub, Wrattens SF (SF 639 Widgee), c. 20 km N of Mary Rivers Field Studies Centre, Feb 1988, McDonald 4163 (BRI); Eumundi, Mar 1894, Field Naturalists (BRI [AQ291345]); Mary Cairncross Scenic Reserve, Blackall Range, 3 km SE of Maleny, Dec 2004, Forster PIF 30427 et al. (BRI, L, MEL, NSW). DARLING Downs DISTRICT: Goomburra SF, c. 1.5km W of Mt Castle Lookout carpark, NE of Warwick, Jan 2003, Bean 19935 (BRI); Bare Rock Track from Mt Cordeaux, Aug 1992, Forster PIFIIIS9 & Reilly (BRI, CNS, L, MEL); E of Bald Mt, c. 23 miles [38.3 km] E of Warwick, Apr 1962, Smith s.n. (BRI [AQ200765]); adjacent to Gambubal SF, NE of Killarney, Oct 2000, Bean 16887 (BRI); The Head — Killarney Road, 0.7 km W of the Moss Garden, Apr 2002, Bean 15599 (BRI); Spring Creek Road, between the Moss Gardens & Carr’s Lookout, near The Head, Dec 2004, Forster P/F305/6 et al. (BRI, MEL, NSW). Moreton District: Mt Glorious, Mar 1943, White 12065 (BRI); forestry road 94 Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021) |p : 1 #e ee” : . J - ‘ 4 -, . ‘ - ™ - z= , 4 : v Fig. 1. Polyosma cunninghamii. Flowering and fruiting branchlet. [Repeater Station Road, Springbrook, 10 April 2019]. Photo: G. Leiper. to Lepidozamia Grove, D’Aguilar Range, Oct 1997, Phillips 55 (BRI); On bank of Advancetown Lake, Hinze Dam, c. 2 km from dam wall, western side of Tallai Range, May 2001, Halford O7058 & McDonald (BRI); Mt Barney, saddle between peaks, Oct 1992, Forster PIF 11902 et al. (BRI); Tomewin Conservation Park, adjacent to Tomewin Mountain Road, McPherson Range, Mar 2019, Forster PIF46057 & Leiper (BRI, MEL). New South Wales. Cox’s Road, near junction with N end of Murray Scrub Track, Richmond Range, Oct 2006, Phillips 1647 & Phillips (BRI); Will Willi NP, Banda Road, 300m E of junction with Hastings Forest Way, Sep 2003, Donaldson 2654 & Golson (CANB, NSW); Vicinity of Forestry Hut, Oaks SF, c. 15 miles [25 km] W of Bowraville, May 1964, Schodde 3521 & Hayes (AD, CANB, NSW); Cockerawombeeba Creek, Mt Boss SF, 46 km NW of Wauchope, Oct 1978, Streimann &229 (BRI, CANB); Fitzroy Falls, E of Moss Vale, Nov 1962, Schodde 3177 (CANB); Budderoo NP, c. 1 km E of Knights Hill, head of Minnamurra Creek, Oct 1993, Gilmour 7509 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Kioloa SF, Higgins Creek, Apr 1979, Russell-Smith s.n. (CANB [CBG7906459]). Distribution and habitat: Polyosma cunninghamii 1s endemic to Queensland (within the South East Queensland bioregion) and New South Wales and has the greatest latitudinal range of any of the Australia species, extending from Wrattens SF (S of Kilkivan) in Queensland, to Kioloa SF (N of Batemans Bay) in New South Wales (Map 2). It inhabits subtropical to temperate rainforest (simple to complex notophyll vineforest) at low to high altitudes (from 60 to 1300 metres), on a variety of soil types, predominantly of volcanic origin (basalt, granite, granophyre), although it may also occur on metasediments. Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been collected in every month of the year. Affinities: Polyosma cunninghamit has leaves with relatively long petioles and conspicuously toothed margins (more so than any other Australian species), and prominently ribbed fruits. Sterile specimens closely resemble the Javanese species P. ilicifolia Blume, but the fruits of the latter are not ribbed. Typification: Cunningham appears _ to have only collected this species once, as represented by his collection #84 from the Bean & Forster, Polyosma Five Islands location in 1818. This collection is represented 1n two herbaria (BM and NSW) and a lectotype is selected based on the BM sheet. Conservation status: ‘There has _ been widespread habitat destruction throughout the range of Polyosma_ cunninghamii for agriculture and forestry and this has undoubtedly caused a_ reduction and fragmentation of the overall species population. However, the species 1s still commonly encountered in multiple locations. It is present in numerous National Parks, State Forest Reserves and other conservation reserves and can be categorised as Least Concern. 3. Polyosma globosa A.R.Bean & P.I.Forst. Sp. nov. With affinity to P. hirsuta, but differing by the entire leaf margins, the sessile flowers and fruits, and the much longer petioles. Typus: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: State Forest Reserve 143, Kanawarra, Carbine Logging Area, 24 November 1987, B. Hyland 2524I1RFK (holo: CNS [QRS085532]; iso: BRI, CNS [QRS085533]). Polyosma sp. (Mt Lewis BH 25241RFK); Hyland ef al. (1994: 305); Hyland et al. (1999: 68); Zich et al. (2018). Polyosma sp. (Mt Lewis — B.Hyland RFK25241); Henderson (1997: 93, 2002: 91); Forster (2007: 69, 2010: 64, 2019). Polyosma sp. (Mt Lewis); Cooper & Cooper (2004: 226). Polyosma sp. Mt Lewis’ (B.P.Hyland RFK25241) Qld Herbarium; CHAH (2007). Tree 5-15 m tall. Branchlets + terete, indumentum persistent, yellow-brown or yellow, hairs 0.2—0.4 mm long, straight to somewhat crisped, antrorse to spreading. Leaves: petioles terete, 13-24 mm _ long, 20-27% of lamina length, densely pubescent with yellow or rusty hairs; lamina elliptical, 58-112 X 20-42 mm, 2.3-3.1 times longer than wide, base cuneate, apex acuminate, margins entire; younger leaves densely hairy on midvein (lower), leaf margin, and sparsely 95 hairy on lower surface, hairs persisting on midrib, lower side; secondary veins distinct on both sides, 5—7 pairs, diverging at 60—80° from the midvein; reticulate tertiary venation visible on upper and lower surface, raised. Juvenile specimens very similar but with larger leaves, and presence of 6—9 pairs of marginal teeth. Inflorescence rachis sparsely to densely yellow or rusty-hairy, 57-90 mm long (basal 4—7 mm without flowers), bracts 2, opposite, 3.5—5 mm long; flowers 76—94; bracteoles unequal, middle one somewhat longer than lateral ones, middle bracteole ovate, 0.8—1.3 mm long. Flowers: pedicels absent; calyx 2.2—-2.6 mm long, densely rusty-hairy, lobes 0.3—0.6 mm long; corolla tube with longitudinal sutures, sometimes splitting to base, 5.5—7.5 mm long, appressed hairy on outer surface, glabrous on inner surface; corolla lobes 2.4-—3 mm long, 0.9- 1.2 mm wide, colour unknown, apex obtuse to acute; staminal filaments 4.5—5 mm long, anthers 1.9—2.2 mm long; style about as long as corolla, exserted from corolla tube by 1-2 mm, with sparse antrorse hairs 0.05—0.2 mm long. Fruits: pedicels absent; mature fruits globose, 9.5-10.5 xX 9-10 mm, not ribbed, slightly rugose, sparsely pubescent, purple or blue-black, not fleshy. Fig. 2. Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Daintree NP, NW of Black Mountain, May 1998, Forster PIF 22891 et al. (BRI); Near Schillers Hut, Mt Spurgeon, Sep 1972, Webb & Tracey 11764 (BRI); SFR 143, North Mary LA, May 1977, Gray 481 (BRI, CANB, CNS, NSW); SFR 143 Parish of Kanawarra, Carbine LA, Jun 1988, Gray 4555 (BRI, CNS); ibid, Jul 1988, Gray 4889 (BRI, CNS); Mt Lewis (Bunya site), Sep 1973, Webb & Tracey 11458 (BRI); Mt Lewis, Oct 1967, Hyland 1047RFK (BRI, CNS); ibid, Aug 1968, Hyland 1898 (BRI); ibid, Aug 1968, Hyland 1900 (BRI); Mt Lewis Forest Reserve, 22 km along Mt Lewis road, May 2003, Forster PIF29365 & Jensen (BRI); SFR 143, Kanawarra, Carbine LA, Dec 1988, Hyland 13742 (BRI, CNS); ibid, Dec 1988, Hyland 13744 (BRI, CNS); ibid, Oct 1988, Hyland 13593 (BRI, CNS); ibid, Dec 1990, Hyland 14092 (BRI, CNS); Mt Lewis road, 35 km from junction with Mareeba — Mossman road, Oct 1987, Foreman 1859 (BRI, CNS, MEL, NSW). Distribution and habitat: Polyosma globosa is endemic to the Wet Tropics bioregion of north Queensland north of the Black Mountain Corridor (BMC) (Bryant & Krosch 2016). The species 1s known from four general locations (Windsor Tableland, Mt Lewis, Black Mt in 89-114 (2021) Austrobaileya 11 96 * si s ES : . = hie +4["« ete ag2 oe te made yo : om he = = ie Cs Ee i = =< : iggy” aa a : we P A ge at rf er De ante tne elane AA ; = weet Le ar he > er a BA oe wie ORO A OO EOE ON ae oO Be == Sat aay ee : A 0 Fhe GG fete 80 Seles ate oe ee Sa eee it ad eit gaol ne Ce 448 ee aed ea ed Med Pe c ’ é . ct ae ee et ee ie ee j ait =i i . cat ht , —* : : a se Eg a = ae a ag, * ee a a ae ee, wea oe, = ae a aaal® sore * "Sg cates 355 - at af a al a ae - eat i ee al ae a | t im a pa nat id = — = “= Pi ee a = mate ia ee yy Vian ee a tit ‘ —— . “a sai . es z Se Se Le a i ae. wee a as ae hh Yc ee — aaa a Sectinees Saad a a ie - od — S ky i i eS a e a cama: aa: iE: Tagg ST ie wat Wie: agen ‘cit oman _ ‘same ‘ii, —s a id x ait ill Bae * 4 seul — incense ee ig, se ing : =— =o a # a. sect ie n3 ae ‘ ‘ i J kong gs a, bi a ” aa : a aot Sty _ — ag. aaa = = = ate, in Seca si _ Aa = a eg aye SOE — — tig cacti nl — vate oe i * ee oe a tact af a, ge a © come oe be iE ial aa : aed or —_ a a cual! Fe gh Ed perere on fa eee ge geen ee? 2 ae | Si ee = ‘ 8 a cal — ore a tea Be EE aa 4 ‘ i, SE RR “ “iin x qe © Bong : vt ti vei re OR ea snd ot all aE ga = sa ta : a> i = Re onal a “ ise sececneeil ‘ “ig Sail - “ — “wo seo rac a een — il ‘ eS aoe Ee i ell en vei - aaa al Sema —T | eee a ga ee Soe oo 3 ge 4 . 2 L 7 ‘ * ; # # ’ PviitidingS tt ge * * a, : a ak! " ‘ ‘ ay os J ’ 8 ee 7 4 a 4 Bal te F € é : ge ® j * : ; -—- . a - é de seg 2 if sé a: 2 os es , j sees : a 7 é eat ’ a Hef we a EY ae | = 4 Sas a % # ae a a ee ‘0? AR Ae “ig hi as ag, oa 7 SSS _ * i A a <4 * & — a, EH se in ie Se 0 ON A s %, og © Pe ma pe te A ee aa od # * 4243 is et oe at is aa * sie te ee ae * ted. 1Ca C. mature fruit. D. flower and f leaf lower surface All from Hyland 25241RFK (BRI). Scales as ind branchlet. B. portion o bracteoles, just prior to anthesis. E. style and stigma. F. stamen. Fig. 2. Polyosma globosa. A. flowering Del. N. Crosswell. Bean & Forster, Polyosma the Daintree NP and Mt Spurgeon) (Map 3), at altitudes between 1000 and 1260 metres in montane tropical rainforest (complex notophyll vineforest, microphyll fern/moss vineforest) on the tops of exposed ridges and mountain tops with an underlying substrate of eranite. Phenology: Flowers are recorded from September to December; fruits from May to December. Affinities: Polyosma globosa is clearly allied to P. hirsuta but differs by the mature plants having entire leaf margins, sessile flowers and fruits (flowering pedicels 1.3—2.5 mm long, fruiting pedicels 2.5—6 mm long for P. hirsuta), and the petioles 20-27% of lamina length (S—11% of lamina length for P. hirsuta). Conservation status: Polyosma_ globosa occurs in effectively four locations with multiple sublocalities. It is generally locally abundant at the known locations. Further exploration of the largely inaccessible area between Mt Spurgeon and the Black Mt 1n the Daintree NP is likely to reduce this apparent geographic disjunction. The likelihood of extinction from stochastic change (i.e. a drier and hotter climate) is extreme. The climate is predicted to become hotter and drier with more variable conditions (McInnes ef al. 2015). The plants that occur on mountain tops in the Wet Tropics of Queensland are under direct threat from a changing climate with modelled projections of widespread species extinction by 2080 (Costion ef al. 2015; Hoffman ef al. 2019). Polyosma globosa has a small and fragmented distribution and 1s probably already well advanced on its natural journey towards eventual extinction (Levin 2000) due to being unable to escape from its refugial habitat that 1s anchored to geology and topography (Cartwright 2019). A formal assessment of the conservation status of this species will be undertaken elsewhere and is likely to recommend a conservation status of Endangered. Etymology: The species epithet is from the Latin globosus and refers to the globular fruits of this species. 97 4. Polyosma hirsuta C.T.White, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 20: 14 (1918). Type: Queensland. Cook DIstrictT: Johnstone River, December 1915, N. Michael s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ342399]; iso: MEL 568356). Polyosma brachyandra Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 152 (1926) (as ‘brachyandrum’), synon. nov. Type citation: “Nordost-Queensland: Regenwalder bei Harveys Creek (DOMIN XII. 1909)”. Type: Queensland. Cook District: Harvey’s Creek, December 1909, K. Domin s.n. (syn: PR 526856 id..v., PR 526857 i.d.v., PR 526858 i.d.v.). Illustrations: White (1918: 15); Cooper (1994: 231); Cooper & Cooper (2004: 226). Shrub or tree 3-10 m tall. Branchlets + terete, indumentum persistent, yellow-brown or yellow, hairs 0.2—0.5 mm long, + straight, antrorse to spreading. Leaves: petioles terete, 4-11 mm long, 5—-11% of lamina length, densely pubescent with yellow or rusty hairs; lamina elliptical to obovate, 52-132 X 23-57 mm, 2.2—3.1 times longer than wide, base cuneate, apex acuminate, margins with 3—6 pairs of teeth, 0.6—-1.2 mm long; younger leaves densely hairy on midvein (lower), leaf margin, and sparsely hairy on lower surface, soon glabrescent; secondary veins distinct on both sides, 6—9 pairs, diverging at 60—80° from the midvein; reticulate tertiary venation visible on lower surface, raised. Juvenile specimens very similar but with larger leaves. Inflorescence rachis sparsely to densely yellow or rusty-hairy, 40-77 mm long (basal 3—37 mm without flowers), bracts 2 or 4, ternate, 1.5—5 mm long; flowers 14- 32; bracteoles unequal, middle one longer than lateral ones, middle bracteole linear to lanceolate, 0.9-2.1 mm long. Flowers: pedicels 1.3—2.5 mm long at anthesis; calyx 2.2-3.8 mm long, densely rusty-hairy, lobes 0.5-1.9 mm long; corolla tube with longitudinal sutures, sometimes splitting to base, 7-11 mm long, pale green, appressed hairy on outer surface, sparsely hairy on inner surface, corolla lobes 1.3—2.2 mm long, 0.5—0.7 mm wide, apex obtuse; staminal filaments 5.5—6 mm long, anthers 1.3—2.4 mm long; style about as long as corolla, sparsely hairy; exserted from corolla tube by < 1 mm. 98 Fruits: pedicels 2.5—6 mm long, articulated at the base; immature fruits ellipsoidal, 7.5—8 x 4.5—5 mm, not ribbed, sparsely pubescent, ereen, not fleshy; mature fruits ellipsoidal, significantly fleshy, 10-11 mm long, 7-8 mm diameter, base obtuse, dark blue, smooth, sparsely hairy. Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Mt Misery, Jun 1992, Forster 10758 et al. (BRI, L, MEL); c. 2 km SW of The Pinnacles & c. 13 km SSE of Mossman, Aug 1978, Moriarty 240] (BRI, CANB, CNS); SFR 143, Kanawarra, Carbine LA, Nov 2003, Gray 8870 (BRI, CANB, CNS); Rex Range, SF 42, Telecom access track, Jul 1994, Forster PIF 15521 et al. (BRI); SF 1229 Kuranda, 27 km along Black Mt Road from Kuranda end, Sep 2001, Forster PIF27534 et al. (BRI, MEL); Cairns, Hills Creek, May 1989, Lyons 62 (BRI); c. 0.5 km S of Copperlode Falls Dam, Mar 2009, Jago 7254 (BRI); SFR 185, Robson LA, Jan 1979, Gray 1234 (BRI, CNS); Head of Robson Creek, 5.8 km past Hoop Pine Triangle, NE end of Tinaroo Falls Dam, Mar 1988, Forster PIF3939 (BRI, DNA, MO); Moomin Forest Reserve, c. 10 miles [16.6 km] SW of Atherton, Atherton Tableland, Aug 1963, Schodde 3274 (BRI, CANB); Harveys Creek, Jul 1889, Bailey s-.n. (BRI [AQ291372]); SER 755, Palmerston, Brewer LA, Dec 1987, Hyland 13376 (BRI, CNS); W foothills of Bellenden Ker Range, track to Mt Bartle Frere, c. 1 km W of Bobbin Bobbin Falls, May 1991, Telford IRT11400 & Rudd (BRI, CANB, NSW); SF 756 Mt Father Clancy, May 2000, Forster PIF 25714 & Booth (BRI, L, MEL, NSW); Lacey’s Creek, Mission Beach, 6 km W of Clump Point, Jun 1972, Crome 467 (CANB). NORTH KENNEDY District: Arthur Bailey Road, S of Ravenshoe, Jun 1995, Forster PIF 16742 (BRI, CNS). Distribution and habitat: Polyosma hirsuta is endemic to the Wet Tropics bioregion of north-east Queensland, extending from Stuckey’s Gap (south of Cooktown) to Mission Beach (Map 4). Unlike P. globosa it occurs both sides of the BMC. It grows in lower montane tropical rainforest (complex notophyll vineforest), at altitudes between 400 and 1100 metres on both metasediments and volcanic substrates (basalt, granite). Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been recorded for almost every month of the year. Affinities: Three of the Australian species (Polyosma alangiacea, P. globosa and P. hirsuta) have relatively long spreading hairs on the branchlets. In the remaining species, the branchlet hairs are shorter and appressed, or absent. In P. alangiacea, the hairs are rusty- brown, while in P. globosa and P. hirsuta, Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021) they are yellow to yellow-brown. Polyosma hirsuta 1s the most noticeably pubescent of the Australian species. Conservation status: There has _ been widespread habitat destruction over the last 100 years throughout the range of Polyosma hirsuta for agriculture and forestry and this has undoubtedly caused a reduction and fragmentation of the overall species population. However, the species 1s still commonly encountered in multiple locations. It 1s present in numerous National Parks, State Forest Reserves and other conservation reserves and can be categorised as Least Concern. 5. Polyosma nigrescens A.R.Bean & P.I.Forst. sp. nov. With affinity to P. reducta, but differing by the glabrous branchlets, the consistently entire leaf margins, the larger fruits and the longer fruiting pedicels. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: State Forest Reserve 143, Riflemead, North Mary Logging Area, 21 December 1988, B. Hyland 13794 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, CNS [QRS073543]; CNS [QRS0O71737], NSW). Polyosma sp. (Mt Windsor Tableland L.W.Jessup+ GJM1374); Forster (2010: 64; 2019). Polyosma sp. Mt Spurgeon (L.W.Jessup GJM1375); Thomas & McDonald (1989: 26). [P. reducta auct. non F.Muell.; Zich et al. (2018)]. Illustration: Zich et al. (2018) [as P. reductal. Tree 6-18 m tall. Branchlets + terete, indumentum absent except on very young erowth, hairs white, 0.1—-0.15 mm_ long, straight, appressed. Leaves: petioles terete, 11-23 mm long, 10—24% of lamina length, glabrous except on young leaves; lamina elliptical to oblanceolate, 65-134 x 20-41 mm, 2.8—3.3 times longer than wide, base cuneate or attenuate, apex acuminate, margins entire, younger leaves sparsely hairy on midvein (lower), soon glabrescent; secondary veins obscure on upper side, distinct on lower side, 7—I1 pairs, diverging Bean & Forster, Polyosma at SO—70° from the midvein; tertiary venation obscure or scarcely visible on either surface, not raised. Juvenile specimens very similar but with larger leaves and 3-10 pairs of marginal teeth. Inflorescence rachis 25-80 mm long (basal 11-16 mm without flowers), glabrous; bracts 2, opposite, 4—7 mm long; flowers 32—49; bracteoles all about the same length, middle bracteole ovate, 0.6—0.8 mm long. Flowers: pedicels 1.1-1.6 mm long at anthesis; calyx 1.7—2.2 mm long, lobes 0.4— 0.6 mm long; corolla tube with longitudinal sutures, sometimes splitting to base, 4.5—5.5 mim long, mauve, sparsely appressed-hairy on outer surface, sparsely hairy on inner surface; corolla lobes 1.2—2 mm long, 0.5—0.8 mm wide, apex obtuse; staminal filaments c. 4mm long, anthers 0.9—1.4 mm long; style about as long as corolla, sparsely hairy, exserted from the tube by < | mm. Fruits: pedicels 4-5 mm long, articulated at the base; immature fruits ellipsoidal, 8-9 X 6—8 mm, obscurely ribbed and rugose, glabrous, green, not fleshy; mature fruits ellipsoidal, c. 13 mm long and 10 mm diameter, base obtuse, dark blue to black, smooth, glabrous, significantly fleshy. Fig. 3. Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Windsor Tableland, NE of Mt Carbine, Jun 1969, Hyland 2309 (BRI, L); SFR 144, Windsor Tableland, Oct 1971, Hyland 5542 (CNS); 1.2 km before West Spencer Creek Forestry Camp, SF 144, Chowchilla LA, 1.5 km SE of Mt Carbine, Mt Windsor Tableland, Nov 1988, Jessup et al. G/JMI374 (BRI); ibid, Nov 1988, Jessup et al. GJM1375 (BRI); 0.4 km before West Spencer Creek forestry camp, SF 144, Cockatoo LA, 0.3 km E of Mt Carbine, Mt Windsor Tableland, Nov 1988, Jessup GJM129/ et al. (BRI); SFR 143, Carbine LA, Dec 1974, Hyland 3156 (BRI, CNS); SFR 143, Parish of Riflemead, North Mary LA, Jul 1988, Gray 48598 (CNS); SFR 143, North Mary LA, Feb 1976, Hyland 3391RFK (CNS, L, MEL); ibid, Mar 1988, Hyland 25416RFK (BRI, CNS, L); ibid, Mar 1988, Hyland 25418RFK (BRI, CNS, L); ibid, Oct 1988, Hyland 13599 (CNS); SFR 143, North Mary LA, hill ‘1262’ N of swamp/weather station, Jul 2001, Ford 2917 & Holmes (CNS). Distribution and_ habitat: Polyosma nigrescens 18 endemic to the Wet Tropics bioregion of north-east Queensland north of the BMC and is known from just three general locations with multiple sublocalities (Mt Lewis, Mt Spurgeon and Windsor Tableland (Map 5). It inhabits montane rainforest (complex notophyll rainforest, microphyll 99 fern/moss vineforest) on granite, at altitudes between 1000 and 1300 metres on often exposed ridges and mountain tops. Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in March; fruits have been recorded in February, July, and from October to December. Affinities: Polyosma nigrescens appears to be closely related to the allopatric P. reducta, but differs by the glabrous branchlets, the always entire leaf margins, the larger fruits and the longer fruiting pedicels. Conservation status: Polyosma nigrescens occurs in effectively three locations with multiple sublocalities; it is locally common at both the Windsor Tableland (now Mount Windsor NP) and North Mary LA (now Mount Lewis NP) localities. Further exploration of the largely inaccessible area between Mt Spurgeon and the former North Mary LA is likely to reduce this apparent geographic disjunction to two broad locations. The likelihood of extinction from _ stochastic change (i.e. a drier and hotter climate) is high to extreme for some locations. The climate is predicted to become hotter and drier with more variable conditions (McInnes ef al. 2015). The plants that occur on mountain tops in the Wet Tropics of Queensland are under direct threat from a changing climate with modelled projections of widespread species extinction by 2080 (Costion ef al. 2015; Hoffman et al. 2019). Polyosma nigrescens has a small and fragmented distribution and is probably already well advanced on its natural journey towards eventual extinction (Levin 2000) due to being unable to escape from its refugial habitat that 1s anchored to geology and topography (Cartwright 2019). A formal assessment of the conservation status of this species will be undertaken elsewhere and is likely to recommend a conservation status of Endangered. Etymology: From the Latin nigrescens, ‘becoming black’. This refers to the fruits that darken from blue to black at maturity. 6. Polyosma reducta F.Muell., Vict. Nat. 9: 42 (1892). Type citation: “Sources of the Russell-River; W. Sayer’. Type: Queensland. Cook District: Sources of the Russell 89-114 (2021) Austrobaileya 11 100 See ett teenage pe eae es eee STS SE © ge %, pt ne eugene tae en ee a oi Pen teeg oe . ‘st, ee ht he : = 22m eS Add ars 2 Se a ee es essere tert eo = eet oS ep) a i or © 3 & o£ — 2 FA i Aa = 3 = cD) : = t. A-E from Hyland 25416RFK (BRI) 1 ture fru _E. stamen. F. imma igma to anthesis. D. style and st 13599 (CNS). Scales as indicated. Del. N. Crosswell. Fig. 3. Polyosma nigrescens. A. flowering branchlet. B. portion of leaf lower surface. C prior Bean & Forster, Polyosma River, in 1887, W.A. Sayer s.n. (lecto [here designated]: K 000739773 i.d.v.; isolecto: BRI [AQ342409]). Polyosma sp. (=~RFK/2524); Hyland (1982: 88, 129, 145); Christophel & Hyland (1993: 7, 37, 116, pl. 54d); Hyland & Whiffin (1993, 1: 103, 119, 180; 2: 169); CHAH (2007). Polyosma sp. ‘Bellenden Ker’ (B.Hyland 2524 RFK); Thomas & McDonald (1987: 25). Polyosma_ sp. (Mt Bellenden Ker BH 2524RFK); Hyland et al. (1994: 305; 1999: 68); Zich et al. (2018). Polyosma sp. (Mt Bellenden Ker); Cooper & Cooper (2004: 226). Illustrations: Christophel & Hyland (1993: 116, pl. 54d) [as P. sp. (@RFK/2524)|; Zich et al. (2018) [as P. sp. (Mt Bellenden Ker BH 2524RFK)I. Small tree to 8 metres. Branchlets + terete, indumentum persistent, hairs white or yellowish, 0.1—0.25 mm long, straight, appressed. Leaves: petioles terete, 7-16 mm long, 13-24% of lamina length, sparsely pubescent with appressed hairs; lamina elliptical, 47-70 X 15-22 mm, 2.6-3.8 times longer than wide, base cuneate, apex acuminate, margins entire or with 2 or 3 pairs of small marginal teeth, younger leaves sparsely hairy on midvein (lower) and lower surface, soon glabrescent; secondary veins obscure on both sides, 7—8 pairs, diverging at 60—70° from the midvein; tertiary venation not visible on either surface, not raised. Juvenile specimens similar, but leaves larger, sparsely hairy (especially on lower surface) and with 5—7 pairs of marginal teeth. Inflorescence rachis with moderately dense white appressed hairs, 30—45 mm long (basal 8—14 mm without flowers), bracts 2, opposite, c. 3 mm long; flowers 16—25; bracteoles all about the same size, middle bracteole ovate, 0.5—0.7 mm long. Flowers: pedicels 1.5—2.5 mm long at anthesis; calyx 1.5—2 mm long, with appressed white hairs, lobes 0.5—0.7 mm long; corolla tube with longitudinal sutures, 6—7 mm long, often splitting to base, cream- coloured, with very sparse appressed hairs on outer surface, densely hairy on inner surface; 101 corolla lobes of indeterminate length, apex obtuse; staminal filaments c. 3 mm long, anthers 2.2—2.5 mm long; style about as long as corolla, very sparsely hairy, slightly exserted from the corolla tube. Fruits: pedicels 2.5—3.5 mm long, articulated at the base; mature fruits ellipsoidal, 4.5-—6 < 3.2—4.6 mm, obscurely ribbed and rugose, sparsely pubescent, colour unknown, not fleshy. Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: SER 310, Bellenden Ker, Upper Goldsborough LA, Oct 1988, Hyland 25566RF'‘K (CNS); ibid, Feb 1990, Hyland 13984 (BRI, CNS); Mt Bellenden Ker, in 1887, Sayer 133 (MEL 0568079A, MEL 0568080A, MEL 0568081A, MEL 0568082A); Bellenden Ker, Aug 1971, Hyland 2524RFK (CNS); Bellenden Ker main ridgeline between Centre Peak and North Peak, Aug 2016, Worboys et al. 1205 (CNS); Bellenden Ker main ridgeline between Centre Peak and North Peak, Aug 2016, Worboys et al. 1207 (CNS). Distribution and habitat: Polyosma reducta is endemic to the Wet Tropics of north-east Queensland, and confined to the Bellenden Ker Range south of the BMC (Bryant & Krosch 2016) (Map 3). It grows in dense montane tropical rainforest (microphyll fern/ moss vineforest) on the highest ridgeline points between 1450 and 1550 metres altitude. Phenology: Poorly known. Flowers are recorded for October; fruits have been collected in February. Typification: There appear to be two separate collections of this species made by Sayer in 1887; these have been variously labelled as being “part of type collection” or “syntype”’ by R.D. Hoogland. One is unnumbered and States “sources of the Russell River’, whereas the other has the number 133 and states “Mt Bellenden Ker” or “B Ker’; the latter specimens are not considered to be syntypes as the locality does not agree with that given in the protologue. Specimens bearing the locality “sources of the Russell River” are present at K and BRI. The K specimen is chosen as lectotype as it 1s the more complete. Affinities: Polyosma_ reducta and PP. nigrescens appear to be most closely related to P. amygdaloides Reeder from New Guinea on the basis of morphology. The latter species shares the sparse appressed hairs of the branchlets, and the glabrous 102 leaves with indistinct tertiary venation, but it differs by the corolla tube c. 12 mm long, the fruiting pedicels 6—7 mm long, and the middle bracteole 1.2—1.4 mm long. Polyosma cestroides Schltr. 1s also similar; however, it differs by the broad leaves (about twice as long and wide), the corolla without sutures and c. 18 mm long, and the pedicels 4—5 mm long at anthesis. Conservation status: Polyosma_ reducta occurs in one location with probably multiple sublocalities where it can be locally common. This location is one of the highest places in Queensland. The likelihood of extinction from stochastic change (i.e. a drier and hotter climate) 1s extreme as the climate 1s predicted to become hotter and drier with more variable conditions (McInnes ef al. 2015). The plants that occur on mountain tops 1n the Wet Tropics of Queensland are under direct threat from a changing climate with modelled projections of widespread species extinction by 2080 (Costion et al. 2015; Hoffman ef al. 2019). Polyosmareducta has avery small distribution and is probably already well advanced on its natural journey towards eventual extinction (Levin 2000) due to being unable to escape from its refugial habitat that 1s anchored to geology and topography (Cartwright 2019). A formal assessment of the conservation status of this species will be undertaken elsewhere and is likely to recommend a conservation status of Critically Endangered. 7. Polyosma rhytophloia C.T.White & W.D.Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 37: 158 (1926). Type citation: “Eungella Range, about 40 miles westward of Mackay, W.D. Francis, October 3rd to 12th, 1922 (flowering specimens, type)’. Type: Queensland. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Eungella Range, west of Mackay, 3-12 October 1922, W.D. Francis s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ291358]; 1so: K 000739772 1.d.v.). Illustrations: White & Francis (1926: 158, pl. V); Francis (1951: 414); Christophel & Hyland (1993: 116, pl. 54b); Cooper (1994: 231); Cooper & Cooper (2004: 226). Shrub or tree 1.5-12 m tall. Branchlets flattened near growing point, indumentum Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021) present only on young growth, brown or white-coloured, hairs 0.05—0.1 mm_ long, straight, appressed. Leaves: petioles terete, 10-21 mm long, 9-17% of lamina length, sparsely pubescent with appressed hairs; lamina elliptical to oblanceolate, 99-190 x 29-54 mm, 2.6-3.9 times longer than wide, base cuneate, apex acute to acuminate, margins with 7—11 pairs of teeth, 0.4-1 mm long; younger leaves densely hairy on midvein (lower) and sparsely hairy on lower surface, soon glabrescent; secondary veins distinct on both sides, 6—12 pairs, diverging at 60—7/0° from the midvein; reticulate tertiary venation visible on lower surface, raised or not raised. Juvenile specimens very similar but with larger leaves and more teeth. Inflorescence rachis with dense white appressed _ hairs, 42-140 mm long (basal 5—26 mm without flowers), bracts 2, opposite, 2.5—9 mm long; flowers 22—66; bracteoles unequal, middle one somewhat longer than lateral ones, middle bracteole broadly ovate to orbicular, 0.3—0.6 mm long. Flowers: pedicels absent; calyx 1.9—2.7 mm long, with dense appressed white hairs, lobes 0.4—1 mm long; corolla tube with longitudinal sutures, occasionally splitting to base, 10.5-14 mm long, yellow or mauve, appressed hairy on outer surface, glabrous on inner surface; corolla lobes 2.1— 3.5 mm long, 0.9—1.2 mm wide, apex obtuse; staminal filaments 9—9.5 mm long, anthers 2.1-3.2 mm long; style about as long as corolla, with moderately dense antrorse hairs 0.05—0.1 mm long; exserted from corolla tube by < 1mm or 1—2 mm. Fruits: pedicels 0—0.5 mm long, articulated at the base; immature fruits ellipsoidal, 6-9.5 xX 4.5-—6 mm, not ribbed, rugose, sparsely pubescent, green, not fleshy; mature fruits ellipsoidal, 10.5—12 mm long, 8-9 mm diameter, base cuneate, black, rugose, sparsely hairy, slightly fleshy. Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Mt Hartley W slopes, TR 165, Jul 1995, Forster PIF17304 & Figg (BRI); Mt Finnigan, west slopes, Sep 1948, Brass 20349 (BRI, CANB); SF 185 Danbulla, Tinaroo LA, 7.5 km past western boundary of Forestry grid, Dec 1993, Forster PIF14344 (BRI); SF 185 Danbulla, 7.3 km along Kauri Creek Road from Tinaroo Dam end, Aug 2003, Forster PIF 29576 & Jensen (BRI, MEL, NSW); Boonjee near Malanda, Aug 1943, Blake 15182 (BRI); Westcott Road, Topaz, Aug 2005, Cooper WWC1927 (BRI, MEL); Moomin FR, Bean & Forster, Polyosma c. 10 miles SW of Atherton, Atherton Tableland, Aug 1963, Schodde 3272 (BRI, CANB); SFR 194, Cpt. 53, Feb 1975, Irvine 1169 (BRI, CNS); SF 194 Mt Baldy, 7 km from Rifle Range end, Jun 1996, Forster PIF1922] et al. (BRI, CNS, MEL); SF 194 Mt Baldy, Herberton Range, 5 km from southern entrance, May 2003, Forster PIF 29332 (BRI, MEL); Portion 6, Parish of Bartle Frere, Aug 1998, Hyland 16056 (BRI, CNS); SFR 650 Mt Fisher, Aug 1975, Stocker 1421 (BRI, CANB, CNS). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Kirrama Range, W of Kennedy, Aug 1947, Smith & Webb 3206A (BRI); Saddle Mt, Bowling Green Bay NP, S of Townsville, Aug 1991, Bean 3632 (BRI). SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Eungella Range, Sep 1938, White 12968 (BRI, CANB); Mt David, Eungella NP, Aug 1992, Bean 4933 (BRI); Mt Dalrymple, Aug 1975, Hansen 124 (CNS); Dalrymple Heights, Coles Property off Blacks Road, Oct 1991, Champion 548 (BRI); Diggings Road, Eungella NP, Aug 1990, Pearson 392 (BRI); Broken River — Crediton Walking Track, Eungella NP, Mar 1990, Pearson 227 (BRI); S end of Broken River Walking Track, Eungella NP, McDonald 4479 (BRI, CNS). Distribution and_ habitat: Polyosma rhytophloia is endemic to Queensland in the Wet Tropics and Central Queensland Coast bioregions in two subpopulation centres. It extends from Mt Hartley (S of Cooktown) to Eungella NP (W of Mackay) (Map 6). It grows in tropical rainforest (complex notophyll rainforest) on metasediments or volcanic (basalt, granite) substrates. Altitude ranges from 550 to 1270 metres, except for a sterile specimen collected at 15 m altitude near El Arish (Webb & Tracey 6902, BRI). Phenology: Flowers are borne from June to September, with an apparent peak in August; fruits are from November to March. Affinities: Polyosma_ rhytophloia can be distinguished from other Australian species by the toothed leaf margins on mature plants, the raised veins on the lower leaf surface, and the sessile flowers and fruits. Conservation status: Polyosma rhytophloia is quite widespread and most locations of its extant range are now in National Parks or other conservation reserves. Historic land clearing of rainforest throughout its range has undoubtedly reduced its overall occurrence and caused fragmentation of habitat particularly on the Atherton and Evelyn Tablelands and Dalrymple Heights at Eungella. It remains a common species throughout its range with no _ obvious 103 immediate threatening processes and should continue to be listed as Least Concern. Etymology: The species epithet rhytophloia (meaning wrinkled bark) is derived from the Greek, and hence the correct connecting vowel 1s -o- (Turland et al. 2018, Art. 60.10). 8. Polyosma_ rigidiuscula F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey in F.M. Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland |: 4 (1890). Type citation: “Summit of Mt. Bartle Frere, Bellenden- Ker Expedition, August 1889”. Type: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: top of Mt Bartle Frere, Bellenden-Ker expedition, in [August] 1889, A. Meston s.n. (lecto [here designated]: MEL 2288068: comprising 2 sheets and lacking month; isolecto: BRI [AQ342411: with August]. Illustrations: Christophel & Hyland (1993: 116, pl. 54c); Cooper & Cooper (2004: 226). Shrub or tree 2—12 m tall. Branchlets + terete, indumentum absent except on young growth, hairs white, 0.1—0.2 mm _ long, straight, appressed. Leaves: petioles terete, 3-8 mm long, 4—9% of lamina length, glabrous or with short white appressed hairs; lamina elliptical to oblanceolate, 55—158 X 21—43 mm, 2.1-3.9 times longer than wide, base cuneate, apex acute to acuminate, margins entire or with 1-4 pairs of marginal teeth, 1—-1.3 mm long, younger leaves sparsely hairy on midvein (lower), and lower surface, soon glabrescent; secondary veins obscure on upper side, distinct on lower side, 6—8 pairs, diverging at 60—85° from the midvein; reticulate tertiary venation readily visible on either surface, raised. Juvenile specimens very similar but with larger leaves and more consistently toothed. Inflorescence rachis sparsely white- hairy, 43-117 mm long (basal 13-18 mm without flowers), bracts 4, ternate or disjunct, 2.5—5 mm long; flowers 45-58; bracteoles all about same length or middle one longer, middle bracteole lanceolate to narrowly elliptical, 0.8—1.4 mm long. Flowers: pedicels Q.5—1.2 mm long at anthesis; calyx 2—2.5 mm long, very densely hairy, lobes 0.5—0.8 mm long; corolla tube with longitudinal sutures, sometimes splitting to base, 5-9 mm long, cream to greenish-yellow, appressed-hairy 104 on outer surface, glabrous or sparsely hairy on inner surface; corolla lobes 1.2—1.8 mm long, 0.5—0.8 mm wide, apex obtuse; staminal filaments 5—6 mm long, anthers 1.2—1.4 mm long; style about as long as corolla, exserted from the tube by < 1 mm, with dense antrorse hairs 0.05—0.1 mm long. Fruits: pedicels 1.2— 4 mm long, articulated at the base; immature fruits ellipsoidal, 7-9 xX 5-7 mm, not or obscurely ribbed, rugose, sparsely pubescent, ereen, not fleshy; mature fruits ellipsoidal to globose, 10-13 mm long, 9.5-11 mm diameter, base cuneate, dark blue to black, smooth, sparsely hairy, slightly fleshy. Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Cedar Bay NP, Mt Finnigan summit area, Horans Creek, Oct 1999, Forster PIF 25040 & Booth (BRI, MEL); Thornton Peak, Mar 1932, Brass 2283 (BRI); NPR 164, Thorntons Peak, Nov 1973, Stocker 1103 (BRI, CANB, CNS, L); Daintree, upper slopes of Mt Alexandra, Nov 1967, Boyland 519 & Gillieatt (BRI); Daintree NP, WNW of Black Mt, May 1998, Forster PIF 22912 et al. (BRI, CNS, MEL); Mt Spurgeon, Sep 1936, White 10549 (BRI); c. 1 km NE of Cooper’s Camp, Mount Spurgeon FR, Carbine Tableland, Oct 2009, Worboys 850 (BRI, CNS); Pinnacle Rock Track, 4.5 km W of Karnak, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10706 et al. (BRI, CNS, DNA, MEL); Mt Lewis, North Mary LA, Aug 1973, Risley 109 (BRI, CNS, L); SFR 143, North Mary LA, May 1973, Hyland 6746 (BRI, CNS, L); Mt Lewis forestry road, Mar 1999, Jago 5149 (BRI); Mt Lewis FR, 13 km along Mt Lewis Road, Aug 2003, Forster PIF29558 & Jensen (BRI, L, MEL); Platypus Creek, Sep 1936, Flecker CAIRNS 2298 (CNS); Daintree NP, Mossman Bluff Track, Jul 2010, Baba 466 & Kilgour (BRI, CNS); Summit of Mt Bellenden Ker, Aug 197], Hyland 5308 (BRI, L); Wooroonooran NP, Mt Bellenden Ker summit area, May 2001, Forster PIF 27125 et al. (BRI, L, MEL); Mt Bellenden Ker, c. 0.5 miles [0.8 km] SW of centre peak, Jun 1969, Smith 14628 (BRI); NPR 904, Wooroonooran, just S of tower No 9, Mt Bellenden Ker cableway, May 2003, Ford AF3962 & Green (BRI, CNS, L, MEL); Wooroonooran NP, S of communication building, site 243, Apr 2011, Ford 5835 & Torello (BRI, CNS, L, MEL, NSW); SFR 1230, Bartle Frere, Boonjee LA, Oct 1991, Gray BG5342 (BRI, CNS); Mt Bartle Frere, Jan 1891, Johnson s.n. (BRI [AQ385155], MEL 607244A); Bartle Frere, upper E face on walking track, Nov 1986, Godwin C2954 (BRI, CNS); Wooroonooran NP, Bartle Frere, Lookout between NW Peak and creek, Oct 1997, Forster PIF 21780 et al. (BRI); Mt Bartle Frere, S slope of North Peak, Aug 1943, Blake 15234 (BRI); Bellenden Ker, South Peak, Aug 1971, van Balgooy 1450 (CANB); Broken Nose on Mt Bartle Frere, Bellenden Ker [sic] NP, Apr 2002, Jago 6197 & Wannan (BRI); SFR 755, Gosschalk LA, Sep 1977, Gray 70] (BRI, CNS). Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021) Distribution and habitat: Polyosma rigidiuscula 1s endemic to Queensland in the Wet Tropics bioregion, extending from Mt Finnigan, S of Cooktown, to Mt Bartle Frere, W of Innisfail (Map 7). Unlike the other species of Polyosma that inhabit the tops of the highest peaks in the Wet Tropics, this species occurs both side of the BMC (Bryant & Krosch 2016). It inhabits montane tropical rainforest (complex notophyll vineforest, microphyll fern/moss vineforest) on granite substrates at altitudes between 800 and 1560 metres. Phenology: Flowers are recorded for every month of the year; fruits mainly July to December, and a single record in March. Typification: The type collection of Polyosma rigidiuscula 1s represented in two herbaria BRI and MEL. The BRI specimen is poor, consisting of a stem, several detached leaves and fragments in a packet. It also has the note “No. 16 sent to Baron Mueller” and the full date of August 1889. By comparison the MEL specimen is in good condition comprising several pieces with fruit mounted on two sheets with the same accession number and has “Syntype of Polyosma rigidiuscula’, but lacks the ‘August’ of the collection date. The locality given on the label of the lectotype (Summit of Mt Bartle-Frere) 1s erroneous. The mountain explored by Meston and Bailey in 1889 was Mt Bellenden Ker (Dowe & Broughton 2007). Affinities: Polyosma rigidiusculais a glabrous or glabrescent species with toothed leaves on mature plants, and short petioles. The fruits can be ribbed or not. The more northerly populations tend to have narrower leaves than those from Mt Bellenden Ker and Mt Bartle Frere. Its affinities are hard to suggest but may lie with species in New Guinea. Note: The authorship of Polyosma rigidiuscula has often been given as “F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey ex F.M.Bailey”, but that 1s incorrect. This would have been the case where an invalid description was later validated by Bailey; however, it 1s the Bean & Forster, Polyosma case where a perfectly valid description was published in a more extensive paper authored by Bailey. Therefore the correct authorship is “F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey in F.M.Bailey”, or where the name stands alone, “F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey”. Conservation status: Polyosma rigidiuscula is quite widespread and most locations of its extant range are now in National Parks or other conservation reserves. Historic land clearing and logging of rainforest throughout its range would have had relatively little impact on its overall occurrence due to its occurrence at higher and more inaccessible altitudes. It remains a common species throughout its range with the most obvious immediate threatening process being that of loss of suitable habitat due to climate change. The likelihood of extinction from stochastic change (i.e. a drier and hotter climate) is extreme as the climate is predicted to become hotter and drier with more variable conditions (McInnes eft al. 2015). The plants that occur on mountain tops in the Wet Tropics of Queensland are under direct threat from a changing climate with modelled projections of widespread species extinction by 2080 (Costion ef al. 2015; Hoffman ef al. 2019). Polyosma rigidiuscula has some way to go on its natural journey towards eventual extinction (Levin 2000) due to currently inhabiting a habitat band of c. 600 m that may enable it to persist in its refugial habitat that is anchored to geology and topography (Cartwright 2019). A formal assessment of the conservation status of this species will be undertaken elsewhere and is likely to recommend a conservation status of Vulnerable. Acknowledgements We thank the Director of PR for sending images of the syntypes of Polyosma brachyandra. The Directors of AD, CANB, CNS, MEL and NSW kindly sent specimens on loan or facilitated visits to their collections by one of us (PIF). Assistance with field 105 work by PIF over a long period of time was provided by L.H. Bird, R. Booth, G. Leper, G. Sankowsky, G. Smyrell and M.C. Tucker. Images of P. cunninghamii were kindly provided by Glenn Leiper. We thank Alex George and Werner Greuter for nomenclatural advice. Nicole Crosswell executed the excellent illustrations. References ApG [Angiosperm Phylogeny Group] (1998). An ordinal classification for the families of flowering plants. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 85: 531-553. ApG II [Angiosperm Phylogeny Group II] (2003). An update of the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group classification for the orders and families of flowering plants: APG II. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 141: 399-436. ApG III [Angiosperm Phylogeny Group III] (2007). An update of the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group classification for the orders and families of flowering plants: APG III. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 161: 105-121. APG IV [Angiosperm Phylogeny Group IV] (2016). An update of the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group classification for the orders and families of flowering plants: APG IV. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 181: 1-20. BAILEY, F.M. (1890). Botany. Contributions to the Flora of Queensland. Botany Bulletin. Department of Agriculture, Queensland |: 4. — (1900). Polyosma [Saxifrageae]. In The Queensland Flora 2: 534—535. H.J. Diddams & Co.: Brisbane. BEAN, A.R. (2019). The journeys and_ botanical collections of Edward Macarthur Bowman (1826-1872). Muelleria 37: 85—99. BENNETT, J.J., BROWN, R. & HORSFIELD, T. (1840). Polyosma. \n Plantae Javanicae Rariores, pp. 194-196. W.H. Allen: London. BENTHAM, G. (1864). Polyosma |Saxifrageae]. In Flora Australiensis 2: 438-439. L. Reeve & Co.: London. BLuME, C.L. (1826). Bijdragen tot de Flora van Nederlandsch Indié 13: 658. ter Lands Drukkeri: Batavia. — (1851). Museum Botanicum Lugduno-Batavum sive stirpium Exoticarum, Novarum vel Minus Cognitarum ex Vivis aut Siccis Brevis Expositio et Descriptio 1(17): 258. E.J. Brill: Lugduni- Batavorum. 106 BRYANT, L.M. & Kroscu, M.N. (2016). Lines in the land: a review of evidence for eastern Australia’s major biogeographical barriers to closed forest taxa. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 119: 238-264. CARTWRIGHT, J. (2019). Ecological islands: conserving biodiversity hotspots in a changing climate. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 17: 331-340. CHAH [Council of Heads of Australian Herbaria| (2007). Australian Plant Census. https://id. biodiversity. org.au/instance/apni/646265, accessed 14 January 2021. CHRISTOPHEL, D.C. & HYLAND, B.P.M. (1993). Leaf Atlas of Australian Tropical Rain Forest Trees. CSIRO Publications: East Melbourne. Cooper, W. (1994). Fruits of the Rain Forest. Geo Productions: Chatswood. COOPER, W. & COOPER, W.T. (2004). Fruits of the Australian Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis Editions: Melbourne. COSTION, C.M., SIMPSON, L., PERT, P.L., CARLSEN, M.M.., Kress, W.J. & CRAYN, D. (2015). Will tropical mountaintop plant species survive climate change? Identifying key knowledge gaps using species distribution modelling in Australia. Biological Conservation 191: 322-330. CRONQUIST, A. (1981). An Integrated System of Classification of Flowering Plants. Columbia University Press: New York. DomIN, K. (1926). Beitrége zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 152. E. Schweizerbart: Stuttgart. DoweE, J.L. & BROUGHTON, A.D. (2007). F.M.Bailey’s ascent of Mt Bellenden-Ker in 1889, and notes on the publication priority of new vascular plant species from the Expedition. Austrobaileya 7: 555—566. Dowg, J.L. & Maroske, S. (2020). John Dallachy (1804-71): collecting botanical specimens at Rockingham Bay. Historical Records of Australian Science 31: 101-117. ENGLER, A. (1890). Saxifragaceae. In A. Engler & K. Prantl (eds.), Die nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 3, 2a: 41-93. W. Engelmann: Leipzig. — (1928). Saxifragaceae. In A. Engler (ed.), Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, 2" Edition, 18a: 74-226. W. Engelmann: Leipzig. Esser, H.-J. (2017). Polyosmaceae. In T. Santisuk ef al. (eds.), Flora of Thailand 13: 538—545. The Forest Herbarium, Department of National Parks, Wildlife and Plant Conservation: Bangkok. Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021) Esser, H.-J. & SAw, L.G. (2015). A new species of Polyosma (Escalloniaceae/Polyosmaceae) from Thailand and new synonyms. Phytotaxa 221: 89-92. FLoyD, A.G. (1989). Rainforest Trees of Mainland South- eastern Australia. Inkata Press: Melbourne/ Sydney. Forster, P.I. (2007). Escalloniaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora 2007, p. 69. Queensland Herbarium, Environment Protection Agency: Brisbane. — (2010). Escalloniaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora 2010, p. 64. Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Resource Management: Brisbane. — (2019). Escalloniaceae. In G.K. Brown & P.D. Bostock (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora 2019. Queensland Department of Environment and Science, Queensland Government. https://data.qld.gov.au/dataset/census-of-the- queensland-flora-2019, accessed 11 April 2020. FRANCIS, W.D. (1951). Saxifragaceae. In Australian Rain-Forest Trees, Edition 2, pp. 143, 146, 413, 414. Forestry & Timber Bureau: Canberra. HENDERSON, R.J.F. (1997). Grossulariaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland plants: names and distribution, p. 93. Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment: Indooroopilly. — (2002). Grossulariaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Names and Distribution of Queensland Plants, Algae and Lichens, pp. 90-91. Queensland Herbarium, Queensland Government Environmental Protection Agency: Toowong. Heywoop, V.H., BRUMMITT, R.K., CULHAM, A. & SEBERG, O. (2007). Flowering Plant Families of the World. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: Richmond. HOFFMANN, A.A., RYMER, P.D., BYRNE, M., RUTHROF, K.X., WHINAM, J., MCGEOCH, M., BERGSTROM, D.M., GUERIN, G.R., SPARROW, B., JOSEPH, L, Hitt, S.J., ANDREW, N.R. Camac, J., BELL, N., RIEGLER, M., GARDNER, J.L. & WILLIAMS, S.E. (2019). Impacts of recent climate change on terrestrial flora and fauna: some emerging Australian examples. Austral Ecology 44: 3-27. HUTCHINSON, J. (1967). The genera of flowering plants IT, Dicotyledons. Clarendon Press: Oxford. HYLAND, B.P.M. (1982). A revised card key to rainforest trees of North Queensland. CSIRO: Melbourne. HYLAND, B.P.M. & WHIFFIN, T.P. (1993). Australian tropical rain forest trees: an_ interactive identification system. CSIRO: East Melbourne. Bean & Forster, Polyosma HYLAND, B.P.M., Gray, B. & Elick, R.W. (1994). Appendix I: Provisional Species List. In W. Cooper, Fruits of the Rain Forest, pp. 230-— 231. Geo Productions: Chatswood. HyLAND, B.P.M., WHIFFIN, T.P., CHRISTOPHEL, D.C., GRAY, B., ELick, R.W. & Forb, A.J. (1999). Australian Tropical Rain Forest Trees and Shrubs. CSIRO Publishing: Collingwood. IucNn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria: Version 3.1. Second edition. IUCN: Gland/ Cambridge. LEIPER, G., GLAZEBROOK, J., Cox, D. & RATHIE, K. (2008). Mangroves to Mountains. Logan River Branch, Society for Growing Australian Plants (QLD Region) Inc.: Browns Plains. Levin, D.A. (2000). The origin, expansion, and demise of plant species. Oxford University Press: New York/Oxford. LUNDBERG, J. (2001). Phylogenetic studies in the Euasterids II with particular reference to Asterales and Escalloniaceae. Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis: Uppsala. — (2016). Polyosmaceae. In J.W. Kadereit & V. Bittrich (eds.), Flowering Plants. Eudicots, The Families and Genera of Vascular Plants 14: 291-294. Springer International Publishing AG: Berlin & Heidelberg. MalIbD_EN, J.H. (1917). No. 188. Polyosma cunninghamii J.J. Bennett. In The Forest Flora of New South Wales 6: 12-13. W.A. Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. McInnNEgS, K., ABBS, D., BHEND, J., CHIEW, F., CHURCH, J., EKSTROM, M., KIRONO, D., LENTON, A., LUCAS, C., Morse, A., MONSELESAN, D., MPELASOKA, F., WEBB, L. & WHETTON, P. (2015). Wet Tropics Cluster Report. Climate Change in Australia Projections for Australia’s Natural Resource Management Regions: Cluster Reports. CSIRO and Bureau of Meterology: Australia. Mor.ey, B.D. (1983). Saxifragaceae. In B.D. Morley & H.R. Toelken (eds.), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 143-144. Rigby Publishers: Adelaide et al. MUELLER, F.M. (1872). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 8(58): 8. Government Printer: Melbourne. — (1892). Descriptions of new Australian plants, with occasional other annotations. The Victorian Naturalist 9: 42—44. Nsweo [New South Wales Flora Online] (2020). https:// plantnet.rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au/cgi-bin/NS WIf1.pl?p age=nswil&lvl=sp&name=Polyosma~cunning hamii, accessed 17 December 2020. 107 PILLON, Y. (2018). Nomenclature and _ typification in Polyosma (Escallionaceae) from New Caledonia, with the description of a new species. Phytotaxa 371: 267-272. REEDER, J.R. (1946). Notes on Papuasian Saxifragaceae. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 27: 275—288. Saw, L.G. (2020a). A new species of Polyosma Blume (Escalloniaceae) and notes on a revision of the genus in Peninsular Malaysia and Singapore. Gardens’ Bulletin Singapore 72: 215-231. ——(2020b). Ten new _ species of Polyosma (Escalloniaceae) from Borneo. Phytotaxa https://do1.org/10.11646/phytotaxa.471.2.1 SCHLECHTER, R. (1914). Die Saxifragaceae Papuasiens. Botanische Jahrbiicher fiir Systematik 52: 118— 138. SOLTIS, D.E., SMITH, S.A., CELLINESE, N., WURDACK, K.J., TANK, D.C., BROCKINGTON, S.F., REFULIO-RODRIGUEZ, N.F., WALKER, J.B., Moore, M.J., CARLSWARD, B.S., BELL, C.D., LATVvIs, M., CRAWLEY, S., BLACK, C., DIOUF, D., X1, Z., RUSHWORTH, C.A., GITZENDANNER, M.A., SytTsMA, K.J., Qru, Y-L., HiLtu, K.W., Davis, C.C., SANDERSON, M.J., BEAMAN, R.S., OLMSTEAD, R.G., JUDD, W.S., DONOGHUE, M.J. & SOLTIS, P.S. (2011). Angiosperm phylogeny: 17 genes, 640 taxa. American Journal of Botany 98: 704-730. STANLEY, J.D. (1983). Escalloniaceae. In Flora of South-eastern Queensland 1: 223, Fig. 35B. Queensland Herbarium, Queensland Department of Primary Industries: Brisbane. TAKHTAJAN, A. (1997). Diversity and Classification of Flowering Plants. Columbia University Press: New York. TANK, D.C. & DONOGHUE, M.J. (2010). Phylogeny and phylogenetic nomenclature of the Campanulidae based on an expanded sample of genes and taxa. Systematic Botany 35: 425-441. THOMAS, M.B. & McDONALD, W.J.F. (1987). Rare and threatened plants of Queensland: a checklist of geographically restricted, poorly collected and/or threatened vascular plant species, p. 25. Queensland Herbarium: Indooroopilly. — (1989). Rare and threatened plants of Queensland: a checklist of geographically — restricted, poorly collected and/or threatened vascular plant species, Edition 2, p. 26. Queensland Herbarium: Indooroopilly. THORNE, R.F. (1992). Classification and geography of the flowering plants. The Botanical Review 58: 225-348. 108 Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021) TURLAND, N.J., WIERSEMA, J.H., BARRIE, F.R., GREUTER, WHitTE, C.T. & FRANCIS, W.D. (1926). Contributions to W., HAwKSworTH, OD.L., HERENDEEN, the Queensland Flora, No. 3. Proceedings of the P.S., KNaApp, S., KusBer, W.-H., Li, D.- Royal Society of Queensland 37: 152-167. Z., MARHOLD, K., May, T.W., McNEILL, _ J., Monro, A.M., Prapvo, J., Price, M.J. WILis, J.C. & AtRY SHAw, H.K. (1966). A Dictionary & SmitH, G.F. (2018). International Code of of the Flowering Plants and Ferns. 7 Edition. Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants Cambridge University Press: London. (Shenzhen Code). https://www.iapt-taxon.org/ ZICH, F.A., HYLAND, B.P.M., WHIFFIN, T.P. & KERRIGAN, nomen/main.php, accessed 8 February 2021. R.A. (2018). Australian Tropical Rainforest Wuite, C.T. (1918). Contributions to the Queensland P fants, Edition 8. https://apps.lucidcentral.org/ Flora. Botany Bulletin. Department of rainforest/, accessed 22 September 2020. Agriculture, Queensland 20: 14-15. Map I. Distribution of Polyosma alangiacea (major roads indicated). Bean & Forster, Polyosma Map 2. Distribution of Polyosma cunninghamii (major roads indicated). 155E 305 355 109 Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021) 110 ae re ™ Map 3. Distribution of Polyosma globosa ( @ ) and P. reducta (A), shaded areas indicate conservation reserves. Bean & Forster, Polyosma . aa’ ar + @ Cairns’ J Map 4. Distribution of Polyosma hirsuta, shaded areas indicate conservation reserves. 11] 112 Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021) 146E Map 5. Distribution of Polyosma nigrescens, shaded areas indicate conservation reserves. Bean & Forster, Polyosma 113 *y, SS ra Townsville i= Map 6. Distribution of Polyosma rhytophloia (major roads indicated). 114 Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021) Map 7. Distribution of Polyosma rigidiuscula, shaded areas indicate conservation reserves. Liparis barbata Lindl. (Orchidaceae) — new to the flora of Australia B. Gray’, P. Ormerod’ & Larry Simpson?’ Summary Gray, B., Ormerod, P. & Simpson, L. (2021). Liparis barbata Lindl. (Orchidaceae) — new to the flora of Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 115-117. Liparis barbata Lindl. (Orchidaceae) is newly recorded for the flora of Australia from northern Queensland and is known from a single location in the Wet Tropics bioregion. Key Words: Orchidaceae; Liparis; Liparis barbata; Australia flora; Queensland flora; new record 'B. Gray, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor Road, Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia; ?P. Ormerod, P.O. Box 8210, Cairns, Queensland 4870, Australia; "Larry Simpson, 16 Maunds Road, Atherton, Queensland 4883, Australia. Introduction Liparis L.C.Rich. (in the broad sense) is a pantropical and temperate genus of 480—500 terrestrial to epiphytic orchids found in a variety of habitats, including grassy fields, monsoonal forest to tropical rainforest. Twelve species (ten endemic) of Liparis are currently recognised for Australia (APC 2021); Liparis barbata Lindl. is recorded here as the thirteenth. Molecular studies by Cameron (2005) found that Liparis could be divided into four major clades, two of which comprised terrestrial taxa, and two that comprised mostly epiphytic taxa. Ongoing molecular studies have shown that the situation 1s increasingly complex; however, the basal split into two major clades (epiphytic versus terrestrial) remains supported (Li ef al. 2020). The type species of Liparis, L. loeselii (L.) L.C.Rich., belongs with mainly temperate terrestrial taxa bearing conduplicate leaves. Liparis barbata belongs to the second group of terrestrial taxa which are mostly tropical in distribution and bear plicate leaves. Species from this second group of terrestrial taxa have been allocated by some authors to genera such as Empusa Lindl.; however, a robust classification based on phylogeny remains to be finalised. As a result, we treat this species in Liparis in the broad sense. Materials and methods This study is based on the examination of living specimens, dried materials, and spirit collections held at A, AMES, BM, BRI, CNS, Kk, L and NY. Measurements were taken from dried specimens, flowers of which were rehydrated, and from material in spirit. Most of the extra-Australian synonymy for this species was enumerated by Ormerod (2005) with the exception of Liparis indirae Manilal & C.S.Kumar from India, which was accidentally omitted. The other eight taxonomic synonyms are Liparis alavensis P.J.Cribb & Whistler (Samoa), L. fimbriata A.F.G.Kerr (Thailand), L. maboroensis Schltr. (Papua New Guinea), L. maboroensis var. bistriata J.J.Sm. (Papua, Indonesia), L. pectinata Ridl. (Philippines), L. pectinifera Rid]. (Perak, Malaysia), L. punctifera Schltr. (Sulawesi, Indonesia), and L. wrayi Hook.f. (Perak, Malaysia). Taxonomy Liparis barbata Lindl., Gen. Sp. Orch. Pl.: 27 (1830); Leptorkis barbata (Lindl.) O.Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 671 (1891); Empusa barbata (Lindl.) T.C.Hsu, //ustr. Fl. Taiwan 2: 14 (2016). Type: Zeylonae [Sri Lanka], in 1829, J. Macrae 6 (holo: K-L). Accepted for publication 28 July 2021, published online 15 September 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) 116 Plants terrestrial. Rhizome creeping, terete, short. Roots terete, pubescent. Stems erect, terete, fleshy, 2—4 leaved in apical half, 50— 150 mm long, 5—8 mm thick. Leaves obliquely ovate-elliptic, acute, plicate, margins more or less undulate, 50-80 mm long, 25—40 mm wide; petiole and sheath up to 50 mm long. Inflorescence terminal, alate, 60-150 mm long; peduncle to 40 mm long; rachis sublaxly 5—15 flowered, 20—110 mm long; floral bracts triangular, acute, 1.5—2.5 mm long. Flowers yellowish green, the labellum usually with Fig. 1. Liparis barbata. Plant in situ. (Gray BG9996 & Simpson, BRI, CNS). Photo: L. Simpson. Austrobaileya 11: 115—117 (2021) two parallel reddish-brown bands. Pedicel with ovary clavate, hexalate, 10-15 mm long. Dorsal sepal oblong-ligulate, obtuse, 7.5-8 mm long, 2—2.3 mm wide. Lateral sepals obliquely oblong-lanceolate, acute to subacute, c. 6.5 mm long X 2.5 mm wide. Petals linear, obtuse, 7—8 mm long, 0.8—1 mm wide. Labellum oblong-cuneate, apex with two dentate to fimbriate terminal lobules, base with two small parallel calli, 6.5—7 mm long, 3—5 mm wide. Column semiterete, very narrowly alate, 4-5 mm long. Figs. 1 & 2. Fig. 2. Liparis barbata. Inflorescence with flowers. (Gray BG9996 & Simpson, BRI, CNS). Photo: B. Gray. Gray et al., Liparis barbata Additional specimens examined: India. Mowgong, Jul 1850, Hooker & Thomson I88I (K). Myanmar. Lawa, 84—85 km W of Myitkyina on Ledo road, Jul 1958, McKee 6284 (K); Eastern Tenasserim, May 1932, Kerr 1007 (kK). Thailand. Kao Luang, Prachuap, Jul 1926, Kerr 326 (K); Doi Sutep, Oct 1914, Kerr 357A (K). Malaysia. PERAK: Upper part, Jun 1889, Wray 3631 (K). SABAH: Tawau District, Tawau River floodplain, Jun 1984, Beaman et al. 10184 (K); Tambunan District, Crocker Range, KM 59.5 on Kota Kinabalu, Aug 1983, Beaman 68/8 (K); Ranau District, near Poring Hot Springs, Aug 1990, Beaman 10926 (K). Brunei. Temburong River, Batu Apoi Forest Reserve, Jun 1991, Poulsen 200 (K); Belait District, Kampong Teraja, Oct 1989, Forman 1077 (K). Philippines. Leyte, Dagami, Jul 1913, Wenzel 207 (K). Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Oomsis Creek, 28—29 km W of Lae, Aug 1963, Garay & Hartley s.n. (AMES); ibid, Sep 1963, Garay s.n. (AMES); ibid, Jun 1962, Hartley 10416 (AMES). CENTRAL PROVINCE: Koitaki, Apr 1935, Carr 10036 (BM, L, NY). Australia. Queensland. Cook DIstricT: Whyanbeel Creek, N of Mossman, Sep 2019, Gray BG9982 & Simpson (CNS); ibid, Mar 2020, Gray BG9996 & Simpson (BRI, CNS). Distribution and habitat: Liparis barbata has a wide distribution in mainland Asia (India, Malaysia, Myanmar, Sri Lanka, Thailand), Malesia (Brunei, Indonesia, Papua New Guinea, Philippines), Australasia (Australia — Queensland, Solomon Islands) and Oceania (Samoa, Vanuatu). Throughout its range this species seems to prefer shady lowland to lower montane forest, from 0—1400 m. In Australia it grows in wet lowland rainforest near creeks. Typification: The protologue for Liparis barbata states “in pratis ad latera collinum Zeylonae, florens Novembri, Macrae” (Lindley 1830). The specimen in the Lindley herbartum (examined in situ by Ormerod) has a few more details, notably the year of collection and Macrae’s initial and collection number. Notes: Liparis barbata is easily distinguished from its Australian congeners by its oblong- cuneate lip that is terminated by two short fimbriate to dentate lobules (Figs. 1 & 2). Its closest Australian relatives are L. collinsii B.Gray, L. petricola (D.L.Jones & B.Gray) Bostock, and L. simmondsii F.M.Bailey but these differ in having an obovate to suborbicular lip, with an entire, acute to emarginate apex. 117 Acknowledgements We wish to thank herbaria and library staff at A, AMES, BM, BRI, CNS, and K for their help and hospitality during our visits. L and NY kindly loaned material. Permits to collect material were issued by the Queensland Government to the Australian ‘Tropical Herbarium at Cairns (CNS) enabling staff or designated associates to collect herbarium samples from state lands. References Apc [AUSTRALIAN PLANT CENSUS] (2021). Liparis. https://biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/ search/taxonomy?product=APC&tree. id=&name=Liparis&inc. scientific=&inc. scientific=on&inc. cultivar=&max=l00&displ ay=&search=true, accessed 27 May 2021. CAMERON, K.M. (2005). Leave it to the leaves: a molecular phylogenetic study of Malaxideae (Epidendroideae, Orchidaceae). American Journal of Botany 92: 1025—1032. Li, L., CHUNG, S.-W., Li, B, ZENG, S.-J., YAN, H.- F. & Li, S.-J. (2020). New insight into the molecular phylogeny of the genus Liparis s.1. (Orchidaceae: Malaxideae) with a new generic segregate: Blepharoglossum. Plant Systematics and Evolution 306: 54. LINDLEY, G. (1830). The genera and species of orchidaceous plants. Ridgways: London. ORMEROD, P. (2005). Notes on Papuasian Orchids. Orchadian 14 (12): 563-565. Taentophyllum cylindrocentrum Schitr. (Vandeae: Orchidaceae) — a new record for Australia Mark A. Clements*”, John R. Clarkson’, Heidi C. Zimmer’ & David L. Jones Summary Clements, M.A., Clarkson, J.R., Zimmer, H.C. & Jones, D.L. (2021). Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum Schltr. (Vandeae: Orchidaceae) — anew record for Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 118-123. A specimen collected during the 1978 Australian Orchid Foundation expedition to the Mcllwraith Range, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland is identified as Taeniophyllum cylindocentrum Schltr. This is the first record for this species in Australia. The identification key to Australian 7Taeniophyllum is updated to include this species. Key Words: Orchidaceae; Rhynchanthera; Taeniophyllum; Taeniophyllum_ cylindrocentrum; Australia flora; Queensland flora; Mcllwraith Range; new species record ‘Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, GPO Box 1700 Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia; "Queensland Parks and Wildlife Service, PO Box 975, Atherton, Queensland 4083, Australia; “Kalaru, New South Wales 2550, Australia; ’Corresponding author. Email: mark.clements@csiro.au Introduction Taeniophyllum Blume is a genus of leafless epiphytic orchids within tribe Vandeae, subtribe Aeridinae. The genus 7aeniophyllum encompasses approximately 236 species, 13. of which occur in Australia, including Norfolk and Christmas Islands (Jones 2021); the others in Asia, Malesia including New Guinea, Solomon Islands, south Pacific islands as far east as the Austral Islands, New Caledonia and New Zealand (Wood 2014). Upon returning a long overdue loan from the Queensland Herbarium (BRI), a collection held in spirit as Yaeniophyllum sp. was re-determined by the senior author as Taeniophyllum_ cylindrocentrum Schltr. The material was originally collected by one of the authors (Clarkson 2436, BRI) on an Australian Orchid Foundation sponsored field expedition in 1978 to the MclIlwraith Range in Cape York Peninsula (Lavarack 1980, 2011). The specimen was one of three species of that genus collected during the trip. It is only the second confirmed collection of this species and the first from Australia. As such, it must be considered as rare, although we acknowledge the possibility that further yet-unidentified collections may have been made, especially from New Guinea. Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum was first described by Rudolf Schlechter from material collected during one of his expeditions to the region in northeast New Guinea then known as German New Guinea or Kaiser-Wilhelmsland (Schlechter 1911-1914). Yaeniophyllum cylindrocentrum was one of 63 new species of Zaeniophyllum that Schlechter discovered, described or recognised from New Guinea. Schlechter placed this species in subgenus Eu-Taeniophyllum, section Rhynchanthera Schitr., a group with an undivided labellum and distinctly beaked anther, as well as glabrous peduncles and ovaries (Schlechter in Blaxell 1982). Taeniophyllum section Rhynchanthera comprises more than 20 species, 18 of which are distributed in New Guinea (Schlechter 1911-1914). This section includes T. malianum Schlitr., a species commonly encountered in Accepted for publication 28 July 2021, published online 15 September 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) Clements et al., Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum the rainforests of the MclIlwraith Range and Iron Range of Cape York Peninsula (Lavarack 2011). Schlechter (1911-1914) noted that the section, and some unique species therein (such as the large-flowered 7’ macranthum Schitr.), was easily recognisable overall, based on possession of tangled root masses mostly erowing in the air. However, he also noted that species delimitation within the section was difficult, even with careful examination of the flowers — although root morphology appeared constant for each species. This record of Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum brings the number of species in this genus found in Australia and its island territories to 13. This is in addition to the five new Taeniophyllum species recently described by Gray (2015, 2017, 2018). The English translation of the original description and Schlechter’s (1923-1928) illustration (Fig. 1) of the 7. cylindrocentrum species are presented here. Taxonomy Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum Schitr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 1019-1020 (1913). Type citation: “Kaiser- Wilhelms-Land: Auf Baumen in den WAaldern des Kani-gebirges, c. 600 m ti. d. M. — R. Schlechter no. 17873, bliihend im Juni 1908.” Type: Kaiser-Wilhelms-Land: On trees in the forest of the Kani Range, alt. c 600 m — R. Schlechter no. 17873, flowering in June 1908 (holo: Br) (Schlechter in Blaxell 1982). Epiphytic, leafless, very slender; roots slightly flattened, flexuose, 1.25 mm wide, to 25 cm long, mostly hanging free from host, some appressed. Inflorescence densely several- to many-flowered, tooth-like; including the hair-like peduncle to 6 cm long. Floral bracts deltoid, apiculate, much shorter than the ovary. Flowers opening in succession, glabrous. Sepals oblong-ligulate, obtuse, 30 mim long. Lateral sepals oblique. Petals similar to the sepals but somewhat shorter, oblique. Labellum very broadly ovate, as long as the petals, narrowed towards the apex and with swollen margins, subobtuse, in the middle 119 with a cuneate pit; spur cylindrical, obtuse, as long as the lip. Column very short, thick; rostellum hammer-shaped. Anther ovate- cucullate, long rostrate; pollinia obliquely obovoid; stipe very slender, widened towards the apex; viscidium linear-lanceolate, large. Ovary subsessile, glabrous, 30 mm long (after Schlechter in Blaxell 1982). Distribution and habitat: Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum 1s known from two locations, one 1n northeast Papua New Guinea and other in the Mcllwraith Range, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, Australia. At the Australian location, this orchid occurs as a small twig epiphyte in low shrubs on the margins of rainforest. Notes: The holotype for this name was destroyed and no isotypes are known. The original protologue and illustration (Schlechter 1911-1914) provide a thorough description of the species. Lectotypification using an herbarium specimen would bring additional value to an augmented description, not least the possibility of genetic sampling. Taeniophyllum — cylindrocentrum — can be distinguished from its congeners by the combination of its distinctly broad labellum and the cylindrical shape of the spur, after which it is named; the flowers are white-yellow (Schlechter in Blaxell 1982). To facilitate the identification of 7: cylindrocentrum, a colour illustration (Fig. 2) was prepared by the artist Cheryl Hodges based on the Mcllwraith Range collection, Schlechter’s description, illustration and notes particularly with reference to flower colour and the comparison to living plants of the related 7’ malianum. Little 1s known about the ecology or biology of J7aeniophyllum cylindrocentrum. Unlike the related species 7? malianum, which has a prominent nectiferous spur and attracts mosquito-like species that can affect pollination, the spur of 7. cylindrocentrum is relatively short and uniformly narrow, suggesting a different pollinator is attracted. 120 Austrobaileya 11: 118-123 (2021) Nene iopbylum colinahocentom Schltr Fig 1. Schlechter’s (1923-1928) original drawing of Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum. Clements et al., Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum 12] mR WwW NN = = - a i ar) Key to mainland Australian 7aentophyllum species (revised from Gray 2018) Sepals and petals fused near the base forming a tube; flowers <3 mm diameter...... 2 Sepals and petals free to the base not forming a tube; flowers > 3 mm diameter ...... 6 Roots triangular or flattened in cross section. ... 2... 2... ee ee ee 3 Roots Ttetete cross SCCUON aids Sak Se zit ie nl Se eee yee ite eee oy elke ESS 10 Roots triangular in cross section (having a raised longitudinal ridge). . . T. triquetroradix Roots Mattened tCresstsecHOn.s. ts Bok Se8 6 8, es RO cn Bl i, Se gh She. bee 4 Peduncle not filiform, roots 2-3 mm broad; floral bracts overlapping, hiding the rachis; flowers 4-5 mm long ................... T. confertum Peduncle filiform, roots |—-1.5 mm broad; floral bracts not overlapping; HOWETS 252).5- TIM LONGs 2 Ae hess fen oe ae eye OO og ne ene we ge Oe ns sa eomiensinne vee ts 5 Roots 1—1.5 mm broad; peduncle 12—15 mm long; rachis filiform; floral bracts alternating c. 0.5 mm apart, all in one plane; flowers c. er MONe Ase) let tle Pe Seer SSS me Pee ME a T. explanatum Roots up to 1 mm broad; peduncle 2—5 mm long; rachis not filiform, fleshy, parallel sided, twice as wide as peduncle; floral bracts alternating < 0.5 mm apart; flowers<2mmlong........... T. clementsil Peduncle, rachis and ovary sparsely covered with erect short-bristly hairs; flowers green, turning yellow withage................. T. lobatum Péduncle.. rachis and iovary -Slabrous |). 6 39 ek eae we Re he ew LAA Bie hb o Peduncle filiform, roots, mostly hanging free from host, some appressed. ......... 8 Peduncle not filiform, roots mostly appressed to host .................2.04. 9 Roots flat in cross-section, green or grey; labellum spur widening near ADEN Melle oN Seagate he oe ae oe as WB ake BO a2 olla: WF ob taro engine= 2. tel pela os SAL T. malianum Roots oval-shaped in_ cross-section; labellum spur uniformly CVIOTICALAY wis ce oy ahcda Satetee weld ot mete (AS Selle te RoR uen gt! T. cylindrocentrum Roots greyish green, flat in cross section, 2—3.5(—4) mm broad; peduncle and rachis reddish, zig-zag from the base, 8-10 mm long; floral bracts alternating 2—3 mm apart; flower 4.5-5 mm wide. ............ T. epacridicola Roots green, + terete in cross section, 1.5—2.1 mm broad; peduncle up to 1 mm long, floral bracts overlapping hiding the rachis; TOWER CoS SSI Wie -2 4. K- 6 fon Gh hd tk be dol ee eed yk Ses T. walkeri 10 Inflorescence with 4-8-9) flowers, self-pollinating; sparsely arranged flowers, 1.7-3 mmapart ...........0..0 02.08 ee eee. T. muelleri 10. Inflorescence with 6—20(—more) flowers, not self-pollinating; tightly arranged flowers, 0.8-l.5 mmapart ..........0.. 02.008 eee ene T. baumel 122 Austrobaileya 11: 118-123 (2021) Fig. 2. Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum. Plant; open flower front view and side view; root showing cross-section. From (mostly) Clarkson 2436 (BRI). Del. Cheryl Hodges. Clements et al., Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum References GRAY, B. (2015). Three new species of Taeniophyllum Blume (Orchidaceae) from northern Queensland. Austrobaileya 9: 382-392. —— (2017). Taeniophyllum walkeri B.Gray (Orchidaceae), a new species from north Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 65—69. —— (2018). Taeniophyllum baumei B.Gray (Orchidaceae), a new species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 260— 265. JONES, D.L. (2021). A complete guide to the Native Orchids of Australia, 3"° edition. Reed New Holland Publishers Pty Ltd.: Sydney/Auckland. LAVARACK, P.S. (1980). Orchids of the MclIlwraith Range. Australian Orchid Review 45: 90-105. — (2011). Expeditions to Cape York Peninsula North Queensland, Australia 1976-1989. Australian Orchid Research 6. Australian Orchid Foundation, DCP Group: Drouin, Victoria. SCHLECHTER, R. (1911-1914). Die Orchidaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Repertorium Specierum Novarum Regni Vegetabilis, Beiheft 1: III, I- LXVI, 1—-1079. —— (1923-1928). Figuren-atlas zu den Orchidaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Repertorium Specierum Novarum Regni Vegetabilis, Beiheft 21: t. I-CCCLX XII. — (1982). The Orchidaceae of German New Guinea (incorporating the Figure Atlas to the above). In D.F. Blaxell (ed.), Translation of the German text from Die Orchidaceen von Deutsch- Neu-Guinea and including Figuren-atlas zu den Orchidaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Australian Orchid Foundation, Essendon: Victoria. Woop, J.J. (2014). Taeniophyllum. In A.M. Pridgeon et al. (eds.), Genera Orchidacearum Volume 6 Epidendroideae (Part Three), pp. 299-305. Oxford University Press: Oxford. 123 Lomanadra altior Jian Wang ter and L. breviscapa Jian Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae), two new species from the Wet Tropics of north Queensland, Australia Jian Wang Summary Wang J. (2021). Lomandra altior Jian Wang ter and L. breviscapa Jian Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae), two new species from the Wet Tropics of north Queensland, Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 124- 134. Lomandra altior Jian Wang ter and L. breviscapa Jian Wang ter are described, illustrated and compared to the putatively related species L. hystrix (R.Br.) L.R.Fraser & Vickery. Lomandra altior 1s known from high altitudes of the Thornton Peak — Mt Spurgeon — Mt Lewis areas, while L. breviscapa 1s restricted to the Mt Edith — Mt Bartle Frere — Mt Bellenden Ker areas. A key for the three closely related species is provided. Notes on the distribution including a map, habitats, phenology and affinities of the two newly described species are provided. Conservation status recommendations are also discussed. Key Words: Asparagaceae; Laxmanniaceae; Lomandra; Lomandra altior; Lomandra breviscapa; Lomandra hystrix; Australia flora; Queensland flora; Wet Tropics flora; taxonomy; new species Jian Wang, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Jian.Wang@des.qld. gov.au Introduction The genus Lomandra Labill. includes four sections with 57 species to date (CHAH 2020; Wang & Bean 2017; Wang 2018, 2021). Lomandra has had various family placements over the past decades, such as Xanthorrhoeaceae in Flora of Australia (Lee & Macfarlane 1986), Dasypogonaceae (Briggs 1986; Chase et al. 1995) and Laxmanniaceae (Chase & Stevens 1998; Wang 2021). The genus is often placed in the family Asparagaceae subfamily Lomandroideae as recently circumscribed (Barrett 2018; Gunn et al. 2020; Govaerts et al. 2021). The family Laxmanniaceae is retained here following the systematic arrangement applied at the Queensland Herbarium (BRI). Examination of herbartum material has revealed the existence of two distinctive species that were in the past either misidentified as Lomandra hystrix (R.Br.) L.R.Fraser & Vickery or unidentified species of Lomandra. Lomandra hystrix was originally published as Xerotes hystrix R.Br. by Brown (1810). It has been variously classified as Xerotes longifolia var. hystrix (R.Br.) Domin or Lomandra longifolia subsp. hystrix (R.Br.) Lee. The current name was established in 1937 (Lee 1962; Lee & Macfarlane 1986). It erows mainly near streams along the eastern coast of north-eastern New South Wales and eastern Queensland. It was noted by Lee & Macfarlane (1986) that the plants on mountains of north Queensland differed 1n inflorescence dimensions and the appearance of male flowers. Furthermore, L. hystrix occurs at low rather than high altitude (Lee & Macfarlane 1986). Since then, more collections of both male and female plants with fertile parts have become available for detailed taxonomic study. From study of them, two new species, Lomandra altior Jian Wang ter and L. breviscapa Jian Wang ter, both restricted to the Wet Tropics bioregion of north Queensland, are described in this paper. Accepted for publication 10 November 2021, published online 22 December 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) Wang, Two new Lomandra species Lomandra_ altior and L. breviscapa share similar characteristics with L. hystrix (referred to in the key as the L. hystrix group), being robust plants with tussocks arising from condensed ascending rhizomes and with acute leaf apices usually with 2—4 minutely lateral teeth. However, both new species can be easily distinguished from L. hystrix by the shorter inflorescence rachis, significantly shorter bracts of flower branches and flower eroups, and depressed globular to globular ovoid fruits (pyramid-shaped fruits in L. hystrix). The two new species described here brings to ten, the number of Lomandra species (including 3 subspecies) found in the Queensland Wet Tropics bioregion (viz. Lomanadra altior Jian Wang ter, L. banksii (R.Br.) Lauterb., L. breviscapa Jian Wang ter, L. confertifolia subsp. pallida A.T.Lee, L. decomposita (R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean, L. filiformis (Thunb.) Britten subsp. filiformis, L. hystrix (R.Br.) L.R.Fraser & Vickery, L. laxa (R.Br.) A.T.Lee, L. longifolia Labill., ZL. multiflora (R.Br.) Britten subsp. multiflora). Both newly described species are endemic to high altitude montane habitats on granite substrates. Biogeography Lomandra 1s mainly in Australia, with two species extending to New Guinea and one species in New Caledonia (Lee & Macfarlane 1986; Wang 2018, 2021). The distribution of the two newly described species wholly in rainforest or Taxonomy E25 vegetation communities adjacent to rainforest, i.e. montane herbland/heathland is congruent with widely recognised biogeographic barriers along the Australian east coast for species distribution (Bryant & Krosch 2016). Lomandra altior 1s known only from the Thornton Peak — Mt Spurgeon — Mt Lewis areas, albeit always at higher altitudes, to the north of the Black Mountain Corridor (BMC). By comparison, L. breviscapa 1s restricted to the Mt Edith — Mt Bartle Frere — Bellenden Ker areas, south of the BMC. The two species occurring in limited minor centres of endemism and refugia on mountain tops and/or higher montane areas are putatively examples of populations persisting in situ following species fragmentation (vicariance), rather than long range dispersal. Materials and methods This study is based on morphological examination of Lomandra material from the following herbaria: BRI, CANB, CNS, DNA, JCT, MEL, NSW. All measurements are based on dried material, except the dimensions of florets, which are based on material reconstituted with boiling water. Dimensions of measurements are inclusive, 1.e. 1.0—1.7 are given as |—1.7. Common abbreviations in the specimen citations are Mt (Mountain, except where part of a National Park or State Forest name), N (North), S (South), E (East), W (West), EP (Environmental Park), LA (Logging Area), NP (National Park), NPR (National Park Reserve), SFR (State Forest Reserve), TR (Timber Reserve). Key to the Queensland Lomandra hystrix group 1 The primary rachis of inflorescence usually 25—50 cm long; bracts of flower branch and flower clusters more than 1 cm long; mature fruit PV CAIMIGES MAD SO 5 bg eg eh ge a we ce ee Be 1. The primary rachis of inflorescence usually 10—20 cm long; bracts of flower branches and flower clusters usually 0.1—0.5 cm long; mature fruit globular ovoid or depressed globular 21—50(—80) cm inflorescence scape 23—71 cm long. . . . 2 Male inflorescence — scape long; female 2. Male inflorescence scape O—5(—8) cm long; female inflorescence scape 0—S emi lone ¢: 3 ec 65 oe 126 Lomandra altior Jian Wang ter sp. nov. Resembling ZL. hystrix (R.Br.) L.R.Fraser & Vickery, but differing in the shorter male and female inflorescence rachis, shorter bracts of flower branches and flower groups; also differs by the globular mature fruit. Typus: Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Near Schillers Hut, Mt Spurgeon, | September 1972, L.J. Webb & J.G. Tracey 13444 (holo: BRI [AQ380891]; iso: CNS [QRS081895]). Plants forming tussocks from condensed ascending rhizomes, each tussock usually comprising numerous tufts, each tuft up to 3.5 cm in diameter at the base with leaves arranged irregularly or often distichously (Figs. 1A & 2A). Leaves rather thin and upright, 70—110 cm long, 0.7—1.3 cm wide, glabrous. Leaf sheath margins at first membranous or cartilaginous, fraying into strips or fibres up to 9 cm long, red or dark brown. Leaf blades flat adaxially, usually green, light green or whitish green, with 16—26 parallel veins on both sides; the margins smooth and occasionally slightly rolled; leaf apex usually acute with 2 lateral teeth well below apex or with 4—6 minute teeth, it 1s rarely 3-toothed with the middle one the largest, 4-6 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide (Figs. 1B & 2B). Both male and female inflorescences are paniculate, usually 1 or 2 per tuft, usually shorter than the longest leaf. Male inflorescences 33—/2(—100) cm long, the scape flattened, longitudinally ribbed on each side, smooth or rarely minutely verruculose, 21—50(—80) cm long, 0.3—0.7 cm broad, light ereen to whitish brown; the primary rachis 4-angled, channelled or slightly to strongly longitudinally ribbed, smooth or rarely minute verruculose, 10—20(-31) cm_ long, light green to dark brown, bearing numerous branches and flower clusters; branches and flower clusters appearing whorled, opposite or near opposite at nodes; inflorescence branches 4-angled, channelled or slightly to strongly longitudinally ribbed, smooth or rarely verruculose, usually I-11 cm long; flower clusters with primary branches 0.8— 10.5 cm apart on the rachis, 0.5—3 cm apart on the primary branches, inflorescences occasionally developing secondary branches 0.5—1.5 cm apart. Main subtending bracts of Austrobaileya \1: 124-134 (2021) inflorescences usually 2 or 3, long- to short- deltoid, 10-25 mm long, 0.8—5 mm wide at the widest point, with 1—5 veins; bracts of primary and secondary branches and flower clusters usually 2—4, long- to short-deltoid, I-5(-15) mm long, 0.6—2 mm wide at the widest point, with single mid vein, longest at the basal node of rachis, shorter upwards along primary rachis as well as on primary and secondary branches. Male flowers in eroups of 3-6, usually various ages within each cluster (Fig. 1D); bracteoles 3, cucullate, 1-1.5 mm long and 14-2 mm _ broad, membranous, completely or near encircling each flower; short pedicellate or sessile, the pedicels when mature c. 0.6 mm long and 0.1 mm wide, terete, pale yellow. Flower buds ellipsoid (Fig. 1E), pale yellow, at anthesis becoming campanulate. Perianth segments 6, with distinct outer and inner whorls; outer tepals (sepals) 3, elliptical to broadly elliptical, thin, free except at the very base, uniform in size, 1.6—2 mm long, 1.2—1.5 mm wide, pale yellow; inner tepals (petals) 3, elliptical, free except on the basal 1/5—1/4, uniform in size, 1.66—2 mm long, 1—-1.4 mm wide, outer surface mostly brown to dark brown except brighter yellow or creamy yellow for margins, inner surface brown to light brown. Stamens 6, 3 adnate basally to the inner tepals, the filament not obvious 0.2—0.3 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter; 3 alternating with them and adnate basally to outer tepals, the filament longer, 0.3—1 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter; anthers all similar, versatile, 0.6—0.8 mm long, 0.4—0.5 mm wide, creamy yellow to bright yellow. Pistillode poorly formed, c. 0.5 mm long and 0.4 mm diameter, hyaline or pale yellow (Fig. 1F). Female inflorescences 28—88 cm long; the scape flattened, 23-71 cm long, (0.25—)0.4—0.65 cm broad, pale green to whitish brown; the primary rachis 4- or irregularly angled or channelled or slightly to strongly longitudinally ribbed, smooth or rarely minutely verruculose, (6—)12—20 cm long, bearing numerous branches and flower clusters; branches and flower clusters appearing whorled or opposite at nodes, very rarely alternate; inflorescence branches 4- or irregularly angled or rarely rounded, smooth or rarely minute verruculose, 1—/ 127 Wang, Two new Lomandra species a eeaee ee ee enue ce ube 4 pee CS SOE Geet Eee ; Bee A 5 ve anemone 2 8 ot eee tena = aae F4 rs ee pe pe ee eS a eee ewe eee feb tb te we Fo TES hem eee es Oe Ree ees tee Re ee eee Oe ae ee ee ee eg ee ee Pee ee we ee 8 we eee oo ee ee ee ee « seth oe aa te ss fteeui** eee Seow ae eee eS SEE THCTE Te eee te bee BOE SRS ee oe DTH E wes Beet se ee een freee ee ee Sew eeeee wa OE Hee Phe ee ee EEE ee ee eee ee PTE Pee eee SECT ETRE ET Se ee ee, pew ewe a? gow See eSH EH OF 8 s ¢teeew es? wees we Gareth ogee HOE See TERE EE i ee ee ee ee ee ee ee rf « A « sas tung e oe” * woot eon tear aeata se stents * er er ge * ee i ee See Ge BASE Hee a FC FSFE TES HH PeREERE 8 fee fees tag a ew .- ae ae Sugeaee sae @ sehen = & sa06 ‘ searaor' aeueers ene . ge erecseeeteee sewer é oe cnow & pene gee Ses 6 eS ee PS FE TT ae se ete Ee LY Beene np See ge gee ee ee CEP a ee et eget SUPT He ee eee eves eee Ss Pe STH T Thee SH SHE SES we METRE HE FER ew we oe . eatee* : ate ieee cceese Spence yin + i te eeeeaee © We aoe oo , . aeteee tt io ft Se eee eee gan ces 206 t88e8 rea cces cu mee ce tase eeesae 28 86 5 URE ON eae sen HOS RET TS RENT EE yee ss a see pas eee e sa etanet he SP beng ge Fe Toes aeKtt eeeve oe cer eese ese dns SoH Ee oe STEEN TEE Rete SSH TT EOF ERE HET HE ES EE EE habe . sou . 2 el eo fae ‘oe ee oe oo a F ee 4 eee . ab anepeeers a ghar ote gate eaareenee 2. ce eS on eee pee ee Pe Ree eee Ee ee i ee ee * ts a #eenr eae ab oem s Sart se fo oe a hs a i oe eT Te . ~ - amt L * P = re « = Me a ¢ ? « ™. “ ' fa 7 . . . . 7 . ‘ 5 "a * . 7 = = . ® +. - © a ® = a eee ett to - eens : was = i 7+ &, ‘ eRe teeny fe ™: éa a . ts . . ' "24 *. ® . a - te. Py « ae a, ew, =. . a a . . vt ae "s 2 - ao "ay . . = . = ™., Fey . ff §: x is . 2 5 * Tan Ts ™. 7 mm — -- » 3 « . 2 = . a eae REE a * a. 7 i re : . ten eee eth. 2 "se beatae a a* "6 er * * * “on . = . e. ss z =. Tas,” suey ™ 2 & . att ee eee * Sane Fe8 = aed? e . ee ge tt wet ""2s. .. "9 & . = . "ean ae — Wee =, "'F ze 2 oe Tee & Se. = >» s+ a "2 =ay a. . a5 toate a , tape = 4 vo 88S hen, PO ® Ganen , aes me oP ote = an ec ee . =. = —_ ot ae on - : 7 #8 basen see oe. TESST FSR e eee ae ay a ey ie oo Pt emer © mes + oss Semmes “tee08 . os aSoes TStaae es r * "4e7 4,5 . . - Peer Peet 2 eee S82 s8ase, eae a are ——— = = = - TEtae es 686 we oe 3 ‘ frtsan a= 7S OS 6 Se es oe ees Sonne 5 - a a5) 5 ees - = - 5 ene net th ataanag, eee Pree; ; _ n ceroe anaes i 2 "tees SOP w stem gee ts Ph epee meme ee ee Re eS SES Se Te = a as ==: —— 4 2 dot ai aresganee ene ® = . A - =" ae ate = aaneaet hs oes : tere 7 . oe? ' eat . haan 7 ed . en ee ant sere” . ' wen" seeee" T ll ert a +7 . - ween wast toon kl > agent = 2" . oF P, é 7 . — a + yee set -_ . as * aon’ 5 at Te gt a a as e* ee as aw went ae? eet att at 1 see" ro . . iL = . . , sant wees Pe ae a= eoat® uae? eae at? j ott .* s © § wee gah” on = eaoee™ eatt = as® ef st 5 me abe a? a 1 * 1 . . a 2 * _ | . .* | a” i a . =. a” wee aoe = an net =," | a . rh ® ? 6 at" gt 4 =i . < >. a ¥ +. mre seg et Cael ie " ~y— - . —_ — ~. e cee PF bd Po! weet r ete ah Wi LL ee Te er rr ee « see eerste 2 sie “ OF ey “me eee ennata . “sen ‘ Lh see * oe Pat eon Oe » eee ones ¢ * 4 © iy, aot ® * ° 4 Crt * «8 # oo oem he we ? 4 hanna vate + * ** TL) vat ved . a ot *" oe ate at ae arden avee qeeaeee . ‘Sta gnent” ,otedeguat ee eg he oo SP ied 3 hf 's aun é ‘. * ofa Pownce eee . ' eecenet = fe oe T TOtsass ss Pesos sss cae tT a = wr 7 “7 as Geeebe ee POS REST A Oe ees ee OE HP ee ee ee ew cee eee OS SET EER eg Pees eueee ee ee ee EEE ST pees ee ee FR ee RS eee ERE PR PRES es ee ee ee wete ttte poeee ee whe eee eee at fea -s oe C Pe me ee PP eee ee EE Pe eee EEE Oe ee ee ee ge tease aa . Ps s ont wa dee we eee he id ony -Feees aes tes i ec a + 4% ea ween fd 258" ase aeons?” ' Beguestewvn re ta St ee Ste eusute ee teen TEES Se . at ee eee eee eee . aan ee hea eftt@en wee aseeagtet ae seerrh er = aan Settee a a Sag ere ee ee Fee et ee aeuetrest . -coa# minnow oy 93 Teeth Pe peepee ee ee FOP eae ee “ F ” “ L gsee OEE HE eT Oe a ddr wil eua@ oe S850 2 errr fa Fe re, Ce i er ae Sees been ae aad feetf tee bea, er ee er ee ee | + # te wees pute & eeeuune® Settee e cca eunetn atee® os ete teat sete ae sae es wot 6 aesee se Pewee a a a0 sstrere se * So SS Bee Se ageawe- Fe EF wa? gee . we eae eee ‘ . eweanveteunt 4 oe eee ee es seay ts. hw oe ee Se ee eee reg eee eee pT TT TEES ee ee EEE TE ee wort ere ese ees i ee Obe GR poeta geet RFE E tee ee ee ge i: seeee ie aut Seen wa eee sues eo Pr eee eee ee Ee ee Ce ee ee eb 68 tree eee ee ee suawet eee reer es ants fete eS Se SS ERED Bey come EE Oe eee Os Pe See eee ee ee Hass eno oes SE SETS ess EwEe me eo eT ee ew a eee eee eee eee 2 66 SU USS ees eH SER ERS es See we eee etter ewe es PPM ee ee SSS wee ee See eetteee peewee eee ee eo we at Pe ee Ree eT hea Oe ee eee ee ee ee eC ee ee gen See us Dated San etee SF TTT ES e ete Se we ae FORE RPE ee ee ste © ett pggunun ee GOP Ee eee ee a & eaten ee rtee® . ,e ooo ; eens eon ee eeuere ea meets fee escetres ee eu et "SH m ewe eee eg SS tee ee Pe Ree ey eer etee tee . ee a a ee er es fa peste tees tater eencee se a2 gon oo ee guarsene estes see ue teehee tee ee eee ry seee wath eee oe PP eR ad wee gree he + FF teeny seep etut at eteeass i esnten ep aceteee ott PP eee ete a a ee i ee i ee ee ee ee Sec eeg © 2 eee wes Hew Be Sere ok ee ee ee ete © eer er is 6 eee gg a =55 fe Fe # gee es tee esas «5. A A z m anes P) fear! ts apex with teeth. ing 1 Fig. 1. Lomandra altior (male). A. habit of tuft with inflorescence. B. distal part of leaf show mature bud C—F from Foreman C. terminal portion of inflorescence (basal part of scape removed). D. cluster of flowers of various ages. E. with a short pedicel. F. flower spread open. A & B from Webb & Tracey 13444 (BRI, holotype) 1725 (BRI). Del. N. Crosswell. 9 128 cm long; flower clusters with branches 1—6 cm apart on the primary rachis. Unlike male inflorescences, female inflorescences not developing a third rachis (second branch). Bracts of inflorescences usually 2 or 3, long- to short-deltoid, 15-32 mm long, 3—5 mm wide at the widest point, with 1—S(—7) veins; bracts of branches and flower clusters usually 2—6, long- to short-deltoid, 1—5(—10) mim long, 0.6—2 mm wide at the widest point, with 1-3 veins, longest at the basal node of rachis, shorter upwards along primary rachis as well as on secondary and tertiary rachises, shorter and narrower distally. Female flowers usually in group of 2—6, similar ages within each cluster; each flower subtended by 1-3 cucullate bracteoles, 0.9-1.5 mm long, 1.1—2 mm wide, membranous, pale yellow with purple tinges in the middle, completely encircling the flower base (Fig. 2D); sessile or with a very short pedicel. Perianth segments 6; outer 3 tepals (Sepals) broadly ovate, 3.1—3.5 mm long, 1.5—1.9 mm wide, creamy to pale yellow with purple tinges at the apex, adnate at the base; inner 3 tepals (petals) ovate, 3.4— 3.5 mm long, 1.6—2 mm wide, adnate near base. Staminodes 6, whitish-transparent, 0.4— 0.5 mm, filaments 0.15—0.2 mm long, anthers vestigial, 3 inserted on lower middle part of inner tepals, 3 alternating with them on the margin of lower side of each inner tepal. Pistil conspicuous, styles short and fused with 3 stigmatic lobes; ovary urn-shaped, c. 1.1 X 1.8 mm, on a ciliolate stalk, c. 0.3 X 0.6 mm, locules 3; ovules | per loculus. Fruits sessile, usually in groups of 1-3 of similar ages. Fruiting styles 0.8—1 mm long. Capsules depressed globular, usually 4.5—6 mm long, 45-6 mm diameter, carpels irregularly wrinkled at maturity; carpels brownish yellow to bright yellow outside, whitish yellow inside; the 6 hardened perianth segments persistent, 2—3 mm long, 1.2—2 mm wide; the hardened bracts occasionally persistent, 1—1.5 mm long, 0.8—]1 mm wide (Fig. 2E). Seeds 1 per locule, ovoid, c. 4.2 mm long and 3.3 mm wide, 2-angled on inner face, rounded on outer face, smooth or slightly rough, translucent, whitish brown (Fig. 2F). Austrobaileya \1: 124-134 (2021) Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: NPR 164, Thornton Peak, Nov 1973, Hyland 7095 (BRI, CNS); ibid, Nov 1973, Hyland 7102 (CNS); Thornton Peak, Nov 1973, Hartley 14034 (BRI); ibid, Sep 1984, Irvine 22414 (CNS); SFR 143, North Mary LA, Nov 1978, Gray 1077 (CNS); Mt Lewis, c. 55 km NNE of Mareeba, Oct 1980, Henderson H2641 (BRI); Mt Lewis, 13 km from junction with Mareeba to Mossman Road, Oct 1987, Foreman 1725 (BRI, CNS, MEL); Mt Lewis, Jan 1988, Sankowsky 773 & Sankowsky (BRI); SFR 143, Riflemead, North Mary LA, Oct 1994, Gray 5823 (CNS); ibid, Nov 1995, Gray 6401, 6402 (CNS); SFR 143 Parish of Riflemead, North Mary LA, May 1996, Gray 6733 (BRI, CNS); Mt Spurgeon, Feb 2003, Cooper WWCISI3A & 1813, Jensen, Jago, Russell (BRI, CNS); Mt Lewis FR, Mt Lewis Road c. 100 m past CSIRO EP 118, Dec 2006, Ford AF4903 & Metcalfe (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Lomandra altior 1s endemic to north Queensland and is known only from a few mountain tops and high montane areas in the Wet Tropics bioregion from 1,000 m to 1,350 m altitude. It has been recorded from Thornton Peak in the north, Mt Spurgeon in the centre, and south to the Mt Lewis area (Map 1). The habitats are mainly _ tropical rainforests, 1.e., simple notophyll vine thicket/vine forest on soils of sandy loam or reddish gravelly soil derived from and overlying granite detritus or boulders. The common canopy species at Mt Lewis sites are: Sloanea macbrydei F.Muell., Halfordia kendack (Montrouz.) Guillaumin, Sphalmium racemosum (C.T.White) B.G.Briggs, B. Hyland & L.A.S.Johnson, Ackama_ australiensis (Schlitr.) C.T-White, Elaeocarpus — elliffii B.Hyland & Coode and Argyrodendron sp. (Mt Haig L.S.Smith+ 14307). The small tree and shrub species include: Chionanthus acuminiger F.Muell., Streblus glaber subsp. australianus (C.T.White) C.C.Berg, Ficus leptoclada Benth., Lenbrassia australiana (C.T. White) G.W.Gillett) var. australiana and Uromyrtus metrosideros (F.M.Bailey) A.J.Scott. Lomandra altior has also been recorded in montane herbland/heathland on exposed granite outcrops adjacent to these rainforests. Phenology: Male flowering was mainly recorded from September to November. It was also recorded in February. Female flowering was recorded in October and November. 129 Wang, Two new Lomandra species noe ett F cae we ce 6 se tw epte oenenee ng,t Bae q rae * *. Y "* « 1 a as . wa, ey ot te eet, . _ © 8 igan 88 *."« = a4 =: "note, Bi, le = e". *, # te ™ ". = seuprere Ly * ' eee Abts, ae 4 ate a werd IS sts P- Sesteten Sa, ' ee = aie 1: ra e feu a 2 . Satie poh eet ete an ant ® ee - # tne i "al se oe et 8 = * = ime et “eee, 77 a ® pty 3 nye a," ee ao spe™ tan ® a 7. * ane es a0 *n 68 a ttt oa Le Es =. - y te oo ee Prt tn See a, fa, r enane Cee ere ke ee 2 | eva 8 Pe Bw a reat opt ee eet oe ete os a a e.°* s © fn a, r mem tees *. . bi £ =, fe * . 7 . a, soe Pen He artes! woes oem ae eae :, . = ie . ft ee « @ F . . = my - Sa me waaeees e PUR SSHE EF Be weet a ee G nee. s "ee, Tee ten) ele =” ens fe een ee ee ee esas =~, % - ™s 4, ee 2, ten of a é aly es 2 Seema THe, © ne * kd i Te, saatanng Vigo: t,e2" « F T. ~~ =. ts a ". "= a of fo e® s * he +. = = m8 eat = +f - an “. 4, wee ™« *. fa « it ae oe 7 - = = Ps = - : . 1 . +, e se "Pes "te ® mas ° of a, Oe =f Seon, 5) 7 Pay *. ™. ee . e ® . a's * = . és «. z ek eee . bie | Hy = ee, * ty fag te fe, fe) ' « ecett ves, a, oa =a 5 © i i; as 2 re @ = = «* fe "fae, ee tae, is oP rae er ye a ait Pa 7 5 . eo, ry wey & = : a = & be . * =. - a ar > Stag Pe ete” +s « fed i ee = 7, . * oe Pa fe. "Fe "as a? ad * « mega, 7 te =* . + "es, Seay. a = aoe feat = ee . * "Gag TFS, "ema, oo" Mites” Mag ray wcphe o a on a Le 2 ‘ . Ca . ® 1d "aH, ". s = « « * rT, Be, es ” oom fa, "a5 *. eo ot we s a. ® "oe ts Pie ee iad = * ae tee al ftw eee eg = “7! . p * "tm. "Se fanaa eee e™ 7 . ® @e,. 8 al a. * "ete Fay Be. ®. "« * . on Hee Sarg, “te, ten tea fs e « “. . . ® ta. Te a oe a . os Steerer « Foe e ee 4 titees at OF be ane awe eis Pte en eee renee a ee lke te = a nae , ee ee owe ee "toes 28 ey -_ te ee. ee POS POSSE One OE nee on teens ae ot = we : . a Fa erase ae ee Petes « tes aauan, SSeS © etenee ey i ™ @ 8 "Seo Sa e. Te ms =e Bs Bee a b t. F us Sen 5 seam mes re ne a Te ee " § 8B eeae eR wee 7 Besa, = aay frenes * "8 ems "eee #1. # #reng, i” be on be tte Fee ee. ' oeme ee68 2 2 eee sn = = see oc. s2 = e2 8% = eae Bae s 2 s anqunte@e eg CFSE Se eT eee soso eee ms baee Fae et eR PE RE APES TSS eM ee hee ea aoe 7 2 e trues , oa * i. rr See ee ee ra, i ee aes e* u alin 7 © * stegehe on - "4 © See ne L es ae m -25e i ee aw tone or a ee “ es LE tS onan ee | 7 = S SS SSerns ft Oe chee Stee ee oe me & PS % hdtem i ee ae alee e8en tee "5 S goa . 7 7 es eee s * . eee eee ee ee ee ee | r A Sete oie feng ea 8 FP epee eee Ee ee a ee o feecee eee eee ee ee estate te nese Pe ee ee ee . eden ap enee CPPP eee g FETS ee ase eT STE OE Reet ees TPC Fee eae ees Pe Fee Be ee 2 oe wae ee a5 foes ee be oe este TERS BES ee ee ar ae = = . _ = i= efen steam et 574 Fee g be0ese gee eet te store eF Eb Re see esate etic see Bec eetee es F ean wie eeetine ogereteee oe eee ee ee pee SE Ee eg ee ee ee eee Pe See eee eee ee ‘ot © 848 ee . eeenre = ‘ + * . oe estes daw Ptpantoe t eteses Tae See Bas gee es Fee ee ee i ee ee ee e & ee fou eee ewe ee re Sete eee Say mae eee 66 Fee awe YT ee ee asene ae ee oot 8 SS eeaesaette Se ps FAS ee Peewee eee F ETT S SS s ae iii i ie ee ee) ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee. ee ee es ee 2 a«@ aenans Sethe 3 eee 8 ae ee ee ee L . — . see ~ = ¥ Fd ° patted POST CEE ee ceed Set See Tee eee THT Eee ee eet eae ee eeee ts Fhe Ts 6 fae ten coe eee ee ee ee re eee ee el 7 . 2 =_eo * stern ee oe pa P eee Bets as i506 Ghee wm wate be Ce ee eee ee ee ee rr = | a auaee ee ee ne e eaee \. eeerre? seat ao ae Gt pha . seen teae ee tee sa air “Haeneee Oe ar ae terre . . eee 8 =n . == anh dene hie ahee Mee neseeentitees ste sane tt eter OS ee “Somes. alt a PET. oe ee eee La oe a = tL or * YW eee han entne + ef ant? ot sated My 7 es 4 ba ~. i? e, & pa teta . Vin ewte i eS mae se rerer 6 hey ‘en we Pe , .* a = erat eve Be ees a ee A _ = te «© i ee Tat tees ve ae eet eee 7 aseeeeeer = 7 r L er eee - — ar = “of . ioe as Re cnc ee seen ee a ees eee ses eae es = F See teeta ezagetee nae ae oe 88 See TRE Se ee ee eee ee E eee Se feet ete se ee ge FE Fee ee et ee GF eee ee S¢eb sen ceeaetnsenee # os oon wep ee ete pe Fee ee | sun 2 @ shot se . ae@eteeesee # acnatew * goeee *eee Fe sa Hees ae cece Oe SOE TE Ce @eemat ee eee # tones ee ee ee ee Sees © Peeoeee ee oe Ft eon ee F Fee ee eR ES = oO Bat CS GE PRN SESE eS EE et Bees R ee ag eee tere Pete eee ee pas ee ee ee Gees de Cee eens OEE Rens Sates Bee g sees FETE Hae CET SATE wegen e 100 Og weten ss cteent SHE 6 Peet ete eee ee Cee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee a a seeacttea ste an © 298 fe eee So Sete ee eee ee PPS eieet es eee ffee tea : e5ann © eh eaees a # , ss geen tt Pees ee ates bee SS te eee sees i i et oe ee Bete se ete eee es eee ee eT PRP ee ee Ce ee ee ee ee | ¥ . aks wang tn awet a hs . ‘ -8erne eeete tea se te etS a & PEPER CRT RE ee Re TERETE EY CE eee eo et ee eee SEPP CRE Re age ee Pee ee a ee Pee Tee Bee ee eee eee ee « og Fan ee ee eee e as tcsegeeeeaeee eet ee ge wee eee Ce ETE Se eee Tee ee eg ew ee eg Eg et oe EE ee eee ee EE = e 2 Seareeut Teeete punane ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 2 ee 2 re Pe ee ee see Sete Eeee tl = = * s ‘ a = 7 " ome a o _ Ls 4 = *, he ee Oe 2°" iN TT hbhe TILT MEL 2 eo kL » ing its apex florescence. B. distal part of leaf show ing in it Fig. 2. Lomandra altior (female). A. habit of plant with fru lar ages. E. fruit with 1 with teeth. C. inflorescence (basal part of scape removed), fruiting. D. cluster of flowers of sim wrinkles and hardened persistent perianth. F. fruit with longitudinal cross-section, showing carpels of the tri-carpellate ovary. A & D from Henderson H264]1 (BRI) from Gray 6733 (CNS). Del. N. Crosswell. F 9 fruiting style and two B, C & E from Cooper WWCISI3A (BRI) 9 130 Mature fruit was mainly collected from December to February. It was also recorded in May. Affinities: Lomandra altior 1s _ putatively closely related to L. hystrix, from which it differs most obviously in the short inflorescence rachis, the significantly shorter bracts of flower branches and flower clusters, and the depressed globular fruit (pyramid- shaped fruit for L. hystrix). Notes: Lomandra altior 1s parapatric with L. hystrix; the latter species has a wide distributional range in eastern Australia from Cooktown in north Queensland to Coffs Harbour in the Central Coast District of New South Wales. In Queensland, L. hystrix is usually a common species mostly from rainforests near and along water courses. However, it is not known to occur from high altitudinal mountain tops of the Wet Tropics bioregion. Conservation status: Lomandra altior 1s only known within a narrow geographic range on higher mountain areas in north Queensland; however, it can be a common species where it occurs. It has been recorded from Daintree NP, Mount Spurgeon NP and Mount Lewis NP, and 1s not known to be at risk in the wild. Therefore, the species 1s not considered to be threatened and a Least Concern conservation status 1s recommended using the criteria by IUCN Standards and Petitions Committee (2019). Etymology: From the Latin altior meaning ‘higher’. This refers to the high altitude habitat where the species occurs. Lomandra breviscapa Jian Wang ter sp. nov. Resembling ZL. hystrix (R.Br.) L.R.Fraser & Vickery, but differing in the male and female inflorescences with shorter rachis, shorter bracts of flower branches and flower clusters, and globular ovoid fruit. It differs from L. altior Jian Wang ter by the significantly shorter scapes and shorter rachis of both male and female inflorescences, shorter bracts of female inflorescence, and depressed globular seed. Typus: Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Danbulla National Park, TERN Austrobaileya 11: 124-134 (2021) plot off Mt Edith Road, Robson Creek, 7 Nov 2015, A. Ford 6479 (holotype: CNS 142792.1; isotypes: BRI, NSW distribuendi). Plants forming tussocks from condensed ascending rhizomes, each tussock usually comprising numerous tufts, each tuft 2—3 cm in diameter at the base with leaves arranged irregularly or often distichously. Leaves glabrous, rather thin and upright, 40-100 cm long, 6-10 mm wide. Leaf sheath margins at first membranous or cartilaginous, fraying into strips or fibres up to 7 cm long, red or dark brown. Leaf blades flat adaxially, usually ereen, light green or whitish green, with 16— 26 parallel veins on both sides; the margins smooth and occasionally slightly rolled; leaf apex mostly acute usually with 2 lateral teeth well below apex, lateral teeth mostly under | mm long, but can reach to 9 mm long (Fig. 3D); the apex is rarely 3-toothed with the middle one the largest, 3-5 mm long by 2-3 mm wide. Both male and female inflorescences are paniculate, usually | per tuft, shorter than foliage. Male inflorescences 20—25 cm long (Fig. 3C & E); the scape flattened, longitudinally ribbed on each side and smooth, 0—5(—8) cm long, 0.3—0.5 cm broad, light to whitish brown; the primary rachis 4-angled, smooth, channelled or slightly to strongly longitudinally ribbed, 16-22 cm long, light to dark brown; bearing numerous branches and flower clusters; branches and flower clusters appearing whorled, opposite or near opposite at nodes, very rarely alternate; inflorescence branches 4-angled, smooth, rounded, channelled or slightly to strongly longitudinally ribbed, usually 1-12 cm long; flower clusters with branches 1-3 cm apart on the primary rachis, (0.5—)l— 2.5(—3.5) cm apart on the secondary rachis (first branch), inflorescences occasionally developing a tertiary rachis (second branch) 0.5—2 cm apart. Main subtending bracts of inflorescences usually 2 or 3, long- to short- deltoid, 10-21 mm long, 0.6—2.5 mm wide at the widest point, with 1—5 veins; bracts of branches and clusters usually 1-3, long- to short-deltoid, 1-5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide at the widest point, usually with single mid vein, longest at the lower nodes of rachis, shorter upwards along primary rachis as well as on Wang, Two new Lomandra species 131 Fig. 3. Lomandra breviscapa (male & female). A. habit of tuft with female inflorescence. B. fruiting inflorescence with short scape. C. habit of tuft with male inflorescence. D. distal part of leaf from a male plant showing the apical teeth. E. male inflorescence with flower buds and mature flowers. A from Gray 8304 (CANB). B from Gray 6740 (CNS). C from Ford 6479 (CNS, holotype). D from Jessup, Guymer & McDonald GJM5131 (BRI). E from Skull & Power s.n. (JCT S-04552). Del. N. Crosswell. 132 secondary and tertiary rachis. Male flowers in groups of 2—5; similar ages within each cluster, bracteoles 3, cucullate, c. | mm long and 1.1 mm broad, membranous, completely or nearly so, encircling each flower. Flowers sessile, rarely shortly pedicellate, the pedicels when mature c. 0.2 mm long X 0.1 mm wide, terete, pale yellow. Flower buds ellipsoid, pale yellow, becoming obovoid at anthesis. Perianth segments 6 with distinct outer and inner whorls; outer tepals (Sepals) 3, elliptical to broadly elliptical, thin, free except at the very base, uniform in size, 1.3—1.8 mm long, 1.2-1.6 mm wide, pale yellow; inner tepals (petals) 3, elliptical, free except on the basal 1/6—1/5, uniform in size, 1.6—2.4 mm long, 1—1.2 mm wide, outer surface mostly brown to dark brown except brighter yellow or creamy yellow margin, inner surface brown to light brown. Stamens 6, 3 adnate basally to the inner tepals, the filament 0.4—1 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter; 3 alternating with them and adnate basally to outer tepals, the filament 0.4—0.6 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter; anthers all similar, versatile, 0.3—0.4 mm long, 0.2- 0.3 mm wide, creamy yellow to bright yellow. Pistillode poorly formed, c. 0.3 mm long and 0.2 mm diameter, hyaline or pale yellow. Female inflorescences 10—15 cm long (Fig. 3A); the scape flattened, pale to whitish brown, Q—5 cm long, 0.25—0.5 cm broad; the primary rachis 4-angled or irregularly so, or channelled or slightly to strongly longitudinally ribbed, smooth, 3-9 cm long, bearing numerous branches and flower clusters; branches and flower clusters appearing whorled or opposite at nodes, very rarely alternate; inflorescence branches 4-angled or irregularly so, smooth, l—4 cm long; flower clusters with primary branches 0.5—2 cm apart on the rachis. Unlike male inflorescences, female inflorescences not developing a secondary branch. Main subtending bracts of inflorescences 2, usually with single vein, long- to short-deltoid, 5—12 mim long, 2.5—3 mm wide at the base with 1-3 veins; bracts of branches and clusters usually 1-3, long- to short-deltoid, up to 5 mm long, 2—3 mm wide at the base, often largest at the basal node of primary rachis, shorter and narrower distally. Female flowers in group of 1-4, similar ages within each cluster; Austrobaileya 11: 124-134 (2021) each flower subtended by 1-3 cucullate bracteoles, 1-1.5 mm long, 1.1-1.8 mm wide, membranous, pale yellow, completely encircling the flower base; female flowers with a pedicel c. 0.6 mm long X 0.5 mm wide, outer 3 tepals (Sepals) broadly ovate, c. 2mm long <X 1.5 mm wide, creamy to pale yellow with purple tinges at the apex, adnate at the base; inner 3 tepals (petals) ovate, c. 1.9 mm long X 1.4 mm wide, adnate near base. Staminodes 6, whitish-transparent, c. 0.2 mm long, filaments c. 0.1 mm, anthers vestigial, 3 inserted on lower middle part of inner tepals, 3 alternating with them on the margin of lower side of each inner tepal. Pistil conspicuous, styles short and fused, with 3 stigmatic lobes; ovary urn-shaped, c. 0.9 X 0.6 mm. Fruits sessile, usually in groups of 1 or 2 of simular ages. Fruiting styles 0.3—0.5 mm long. Capsules globular ovoid, usually 6—8 mm long, 5—6 mm diameter, carpels irregularly wrinkled at maturity (Fig. 3B); carpels brownish yellow to bright yellow outside, whitish yellow inside; the 6 hardened perianth segments persistent, 2—2.5 mm long, 1.3-1.8 mm wide; the hardened bracts occasionally persistent. Seeds | per locule, usually 1 or 2 fully developed per fruit, depressed globular, 3.5—5.5 mm diameter, smooth or slightly rough, translucent, whitish to dark brown. Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Chalumin-Worree 275kV ‘Transmission Line, near Copper Lode Falls Dam, Lamb Range, SW of Cairns, Oct 1994, Skull & Power s.n. (JCT S-04552); SFR 185, Danbulla, Mt Edith, Nov 1995, Gray 6382 (CNS); Summit of Bellenden Ker Centre Peak, Jul 1962, Webb & Tracey 7010 (BRI); TR 1230 Boonjee LA, SE of Butchers Creek township, Oct 1988, Jessup, Guymer & McDonald GJM5131 (BRI); Summit of Bellenden Ker, near radio transmitter building, Aug 1989, Bostock 0997 & Guymer (BRI). Mt Bartle Frere, May 1996, Gray 6740 (CNS); Summit Mt Bellenden Ker, Sep 2002, Gray 8304 (CANB). Distribution and habitat: —©Lomandra breviscapa 1s endemic to north Queensland and restricted to a few mountain tops and montane localities in the Wet Tropics bioregion. The altitudes range from 622 m to 1,622 m. The species has been recorded from SE of Mareeba and Mt Edith in the north, south to Mt Bartle Frere in the Bellenden Ker Range (Map 1). Wang, Two new Lomandra species The habitats are mountainous notophyll rainforest on summit plateaus of sandy soils derived from granite or clay soil derived from metasediments. The common canopy and/ or subcanopy species at Mt Edith sites are: Flindersia bourjotiana F.Muell., Cardwellia sublimis F.Muell., Alphitonia petriei Braid & CTWhite, Litsea bindoniana (F.Muell.) F.Muell. and Blepharocarya_ involucrigera F.Muell. The small tree and shrub species include: Polyscias australiana (F.Muell.) Philipson, Medicosma fareana (F.Muell.) T.G.Hartley, Daphnandra repandula (F.Muell.) F-Muell. and Steganthera laxiflora (Benth.) Whiffin & Foreman subsp. laxiflora. The associated species at Bellenden Ker Range included: Cinnamomum propinquum F.M.Bailey, Rockinghamia_ brevipes Airy Shaw and Gahnia sieberiana Kunth. Phenology: Male flowering has _ been most commonly recorded in October and November. It has also been recorded as early as June. Female flowering has only been recorded in September, but 1s not thought to be different to that of the males. Mature fruit was collected from May and August. Affinities: Lomandra breviscapa 1s allied to L. hystrix but differs by the male and female inflorescences with shorter rachises, shorter bracts of flower branches and flower clusters and globular ovoid fruit. It 1s also putatively closely related to L. altior, but is distinguished by the male and female inflorescences with significantly shorter scapes (O—8 cm long, 21-— 80 cm long for L. altior), shorter rachises (5—8 cm long, 12—21 cm long for L. altior), shorter bracts of female inflorescence (S—12 mm long, 15—32 mm long for L. altior), and different seed shapes (depressed globular, 3.5—5.5 mm diameter; ovoid c. 4.2 X 3.3 mm for L. altior). Notes: Although Lomandra breviscapa has short inflorescence scapes usually 0-8 cm long, they can grow longer in cultivation under favourable gardening conditions. A single specimen sheet (BRI [AQ663055]) of a male plant with 20 cm long scape was collected in the garden of D & O Hockings at Maleny, south-eastern Queensland. This plant was originally collected from the summit of Mt Bartle Frere in October 1998. 133 Conservation status: Lomandra breviscapa is a frequent species where it occurs. It has been recorded from Dinden NP, Danbulla NP, Gadgarra NP and Wooroonooran NP and is not known to be at risk in the wild. Therefore, it is not considered to be threatened and a Least Concern conservation status is recommended using the criteria by IUCN Standards and Petitions Committee (2019). Etymology: From the Latin brevis (short) and scapus (peduncle), in reference to the short stalk (scape) of both male and female inflorescences. Acknowledgements I am grateful to the following staff at the Queensland Herbarium who helped in the preparation of this manuscript: Ms Nicole Crosswell for the illustrations; Mr Luke Hogan for the distribution map; Dr Paul Forster for constructive comments. I also wish to thank the Directors of CANB, CNS, DNA, JCT, MEL, NSW and NT for providing specimens on loan. References BARRETT, M.D. (2018). Three new species of Asparagales from the Kimberley region of Western Australia. Telopea 21: 25-37. BricGs, B. (1986). Chromosome numbers in Lomandra (Dasypogonaceae). Telopea 2: 741-744. Brown, R. (1810). Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae Van-Diemen. R. Taylor et soc.: Londini. BRYANT, L.M. & KRoscu, M.N. (2016). Lines in the land: a review of evidence for eastern Australia’s major biogeographical barriers to closed forest taxa. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 119: 238-264. (2020). Australian Plant Census. http:// biodiversity.org.au/nsl/servicers/apc, accessed 5 August 2021. CHASE, M.W. & STEVENS, P.F. (1998). An _ ordinal classification for the families of flowering plants. Annnals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 85: 531-553. CHASE, M., DUVAL, M.H., HILLs, H.G., CONRAN, J.G., Cox, A.V., EGUIARTE, L.E., HARTWELL, J., FAY, M.F., CADDICK, L., CAMERON, K. & Hoot, S. (1995). Molecular phylogenetics of Lilianae. In P.J. Rudall et al (eds.), Monocotyledons: Systematics and Evolution, pp. 109-137. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: London. CHAH 134 GOVAERTS, R., ZONNEVELD, B.J.M. & ZONA, S.A. (2021). World Checklist of Asparagaceae. Facilitated by the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. http:// wcsp.science.kew.org/ accessed 25 August 2021. GUNN, B.F., MURPHY, D.J., WALSH, N.G., CONRAN, J.G., Pires, J.C., MACFARLANE, T.D. & Bircu, J.L. (2020). Evolution of Lomandroideae: Multiple origins of polyploidy and biome occupancy in Australia. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 149 (106836): 1—16. IUCN STANDARDS AND PETITIONS COMMITTEE (2019). Guidelines for Using the IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria. Version 14. Prepared by the Standards and Petitions Committee. http://www.iucnredlist.org/documents/ RedListGuidelines.pdf. Einasleigh Uplands Map 1. Distribution of Lomandra altior and L. breviscapa. Austrobaileya 11: 124—134 (2021) Lege, A.T. (1962). Notes on Lomandra in New South Wales. Contributions from the New South Wales National Herbarium 3: 151-164. Lee, A.T. & MACFARLANE, T.D. (1986). Lomandra. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 46: 100-141. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. WANG, J. (2018). Lomandra ramosissima Jian Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae), a new species from southern central Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 266— 272. — (2021). Lomandra phillipsiorum Jian Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae), a new species from south- eastern Queensland. Austrobaileya 11: 19-25. WANG, J. & BEAN, A.R. (2017). Lomandra decomposita (R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & #£A.R.Bean (Laxmanniaceae), a new _ species _ for Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 59-63. A 0 10 2 Kilometres 7 16°S Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa E.J.Thomps. (Poaceae: Panicoideae), a new species from central Queensland E.J. Thompson Summary Thompson, E.J. (2021). Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa E.J.Thomps. (Poaceae: Panicoideae), a new species from central Queensland. Austrobaileya 11: 135-154. A new species, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa E.J.Thomps., endemic to central Queensland is described and illustrated, both for general morphology and for anatomy and surface micromorphology of the leaf and inflorescence culm. It is distinguishable from the other three species of Calyptochloa by characters including the cleistogamous axillary racemes consisting of three to four spherical spikelets with scabrid upper glume and lower lemma, spherical caryopsis and glabrous culm internodes. Key Words: Poaceae; Panicoideae; Calyptochloa; Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa; Australia flora; Queensland flora; new species; species taxonomy; identification key; anatomy; micromorphology E.J. Thompson, c/o Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: john.thompson@ des.qid.gov.au Introduction Calyptochloa C.E.Hubb. is a genus of three endemic species of Australian grasses, allied to Cleistochloa C.E.Hubb. and DimorphochloaS.1.Blake and to be included in a new Subtribe as circumscribed in Thompson (accepted). The subtribe is defined by having reproductive dimorphism with amphigamous inflorescences and corresponding dimorphic spikelets (Hubbard 1933; Thompson & Simon 2012; Thompson accepted; Thompson & Fabillo 2021; Fig. 1). Calyptochloa 1s characterised by having a_ stoloniferous erowth habit and dimorphic reproductive system with terminal inflorescences. These consist of spike-like panicles comprising chasmogamous (CH: flowers open to release stigmas and anthers with the potential of cross-pollination) spikelets and axillary racemes with obligate cleistogamous (CL: self-pollination within a closed flower that never opens) spikelets completely or partially hidden by the enveloping leaf sheath. Calyptochloa differs from Cleistochloa by several characters including the rhizomatous, tufted, growth habit and CL spikelets with an elaiosome (Thompson accepted). The three species of Calyptochloa are consistently grouped with Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa K.B.Addison 42) in various topologies generated from analyses using multiple algorithms and data sets (Thompson accepted; Thompson & Fabillo 2021). This close affinity suggests Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa K.B.Addison 42) should be transferred to Calyptochloa. The purpose of this paper is to formally describe the new _ species, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa E.J.Thomps., with the phrase name entity Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa K.B.Addison 42) referred to its synonymy. Materials and methods This paper is based primarily on_ plant material held at the Queensland Herbarium (BRI), field collections by the author and material observed in cultivation in Brisbane. Accepted for publication 19 November 2021, published online 22 December 2021 © Queensland Herbarium 2021. ISSN 2653-0139 (Online) 136 Inflorescence culm if Axillary inflorescence - if} partially exposed / | raceme composed of | obligately cleistogamous || spikelets different from the 1] terminal spikelets Austrobaileya 11: 135—154 (2021) Terminal inflorescence - reduced spike-like panicle consisting of chasmogamous spikelets Amphigamy: more than one type of inflorescence in different parts of the same plant Cleistogamy: self-pollination within a closed flower that never opens Spikelet dimorphism: spikelets in terminal inflorescences morphologically differentiated from spikelets in axillary or basal inflorescences Spikelet: an inflorescence spike consisting of one or more flowers each enveloped by one or two bracts (= florets) along an axis and the clus- ter of florets subtended by one or two bracts (glumes) Fig. 1. Glossary of inflorescence components. Del. E.J. Thompson. Leaf, culm and spikelet materials were obtained from herbarium specimens and fresh material was taken from cultivated plants of the four species of Calyptochloa. Nursery stock was initially grown from ex situ plants and additional stock was propagated from caryopses and stolons that readily root at the nodes during humid weather in summer. Plants of all species of Calyptochloa were cultivated in pots under nursery conditions at latitude 27.5° S, from 2013-2020. Data used for circumscriptions provided in this paper were obtained from the l6l-character list and data matrix provided by Thompson (accepted). Measurements are inclusive, 1.e. 1.0—2.7 1s given as 1—2.7. Nomenclature and terminology Botanical nomenclature follows Thompson (202 1a). General botanical terminology follows Harris & Harris (1994) and Beentje (2010) with additional terminology provided in Fig. 1. Terminology relating to inflorescences and spikelets follows Tothill & Hacker (1983), Jacobs et al. (2008), Gibson (2009) and Thompson (2021b, accepted). The spikelet equates to a spike in the broader context of inflorescences (Kellogg 2006; Endress 2010). Terminology relating to grass anatomy and micromorphology follows Ellis (1976, 1979), Watson & Dallwitz (1992) and Dengler et al. (1994). Imagery Photographs were taken using two light microscopes, firstly using a Nikon SMZ25 binocular microscope with Nikon DS- Ril camera and images viewed with NIS- Elements BR (ver. BR 5.11.000 64-bit, USA; Laboratory Imaging (http://www.lim.cz, accessed 15 December 2019), and secondly leaves were examined using a Leica DMLB compound binocular microscope with an industrial digital camera and images viewed using ToupView (ver. x64 4.7.14326.20190401, China; Touptek (http://wwwtouptek.com, accessed 20 September 2019). Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa Scanning electron micrographs (SEMs) were obtained without sputter coating using a Phenom G2 5kev SEM with backscatter detector. Magnifications in Figs. 6, 9-14 are those at which the images were taken. Leaf and inflorescence culm anatomy and surface micromorphology Transverse sections of leaves and inflorescence culms were obtained using the freehand sectioning method described by Thompson (2017) and modified from Frohlich (1984). Several sections of both leaves and culms were made using fresh material from the cultivated plants. Leaf surface micromorphology of the abaxial surface was examined using replicas from fresh leaves following the method described by Hilu & Randall (1984). Observations of leaf and culm anatomy and micromorphology including stomata, silica bodies and microhairs were recorded following descriptions and _ classifications used by other authors including De Wet (1960), Metcalfe (1960), Twiss et al. (1969), Ellis (1979), Renvoize (1987), Watson & Dallwitz (1992), Siqueiros-Delgado & Herrera-Arrieta (1996), Piperno & Pearsall (1998), Krishnan et al. (2000), Siqueiros-Delgado (2007), Lu ef al. (2009) and Jattisha & Sabu (2015). Spikelet morphology Observations of micromorphology were made from SEM micrographs of lower and upper lemmas and upper paleas to classify silica bodies, stomata, epidermal long cell walls, microhairs and macrohairs as recorded by Thompson accepted following established descriptions and classifications (Hsu 1965; Jirasek & Jozifova 1968; Ellis 1979; Valdes- Reyna & Hatch 1991; Snow 1996; Acedo & Llamas 2001; Liu et al. 2010; Mashau et al. 2015; Olonova ef al. 2016; Neumann ef al. 2017). Images of fresh lodicules and stigmas were obtained using light microscopy. Lodicules were Classified as plicate or non-plicate (Hsu 1965; Jirasek & Jozifova 1968; Guedes & Dupuy 1976). Stigma macromorphology was classified by the position of emergence from [37 the spikelet, overall shape outline and colour, and micromorphology by characteristics of the lobes including shape of apex, relative length and tilt (Thiele et al. 1996). Caryopsis and embryo morphology including characters relating to hilum, scutellum, epiblast, embryo spermaderm and stylopodium were recorded and classified using established categories (Kennedy 1899; Reeder 1957; Brown 1959, 1960; Watson & Dallwitz 1992; Klak 1994; Kosina 1995; Snow 1998; Liu et al. 2005; Liu et al. 2015). Results The major differences in morphology of the species of Calyptochloa are listed in Table 1. Dimorphisms in the CH and CL inflorescences and spikelets vary among the four species, with Calyptochloa Johnsoniana E.J.Thomps. & B.K.Simon and C’. sphaerocarpa having closer morphological affinities than C. gracillima C.E.Hubb. and C. cylindrosperma. Calyptochloa johnsoniana and C.. sphaerocarpa share axillary racemes composed of one or two or as many as four spikelets respectively, with at least the apical one exposed at maturity, while the others are enveloped by the leaf sheath. C. sphaerocarpa also differs by the presence of a third type of inflorescence, reduced spike- like panicles apical on subordinate branches, and comprises CL spikelets that are similar but smaller than the spikelets in the terminal inflorescences (Figs. 2—4). CH and CL spikelets in C. sphaerocarpa also have micromorphological differences in the stigmas and surface pattern on the upper florets. The stigmas differ by size and the shape of the apices of the lobes (Fig. 5). Surface pattern on the upper lemmas and paleas differs by the texture of the longitudinal ridges being coarser in the CL upper florets (Fig. 6). The lodicules of C. sphaerocarpa have asymmetric shape similar to other taxa in Cleistochloinae and are broadly similar to C. Johnsoniana (Fig. 7). 138 Austrobaileya 11: 135-154 (2021) Queensland Herbarium (BRI) QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI) Australia: Queensland Leichhardt Brisbane Australia Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa K.B.Addison 42) Coll. no.: EJT817 Lat.: 24° 9' 53.000"S Long.: 149° 39’ 1.000"E Datum: GDAS4 17.3km W of Baralaba on edge of road. Woodland of Acacia shirleyi with ground layer dominated by Calyptochloa gracillima and Cleistochloa sp, (Duaringa) on red lateritic soil on crest of range. Perennial stonloniferous grass ascending to 60cm tall. Common. > 2 Coll.: Thompson, E.J.; Simon, BK. 24 Apr 2012 AQ \© 7 2. O Det.; Thompson, E.J., May 2012 Dup.: 359.0 Poaceae NNN Prep at BRI: Sheet pe/uesse }yuBuUAdOD Fig. 2a. Holotype of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa (Thompson EJT817 & Simon, BRI). Sheet 1, showing terminal chasmogamous and axillary cleistogamous inflorescences. Photo: Queensland Herbarium. Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa peAsesas jUHuUAdOS OL a S L 0 =a G c —_* | oO 9 Queensland Herbarium (BRI) Australia: Queensland Leichharat Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa K.B.Addison 42) Coll.: Thompson, E.J.; Simon, B.K. 24 Apr 2012 Coll. no.: EJT817 Lat.: 24° 9' 53.000"S Long.: 149° 39° 1.000"E Datum: GDA94 17.3km W of Baralaba on edge of road. Woodland of Acacia shirleyi with ground layer dominated by Calyptochloa gracillima and Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa) on red lateritic soil on crest of range. Perennial stonloniferous grass ascending to 80cm tall. Common, Det.: Thompson, E.J,, May 2012 Dup..: -AQ101 359.0 Poaceae vn Prep at BRI: Sheet 139 QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI) Brisbane Australia AQ (ol742z0 Fig. 2b. Holotype of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa (Thompson EJTS&17 & Simon, BRI). Sheet 2, showing terminal cleistogamous inflorescences. Photo: Queensland Herbarium. 140 Taxonomy Austrobaileya 11: 135-154 (2021) Key to the species of Calyptochloa 1 Leaf sheath woody and enveloping a single cleistogamous spikelet; fertile Culinis-disarticulating at NOdES- . 6 -. 0. Eins ao Sd ee ee Se, Re Be Ha Be eG 2 1. Leaf sheath with a chartaceous margin, racemes more than 1|-flowered, apical spikelet exposed; fertile culms not disarticulating atnodes............. 3 2 ‘Terminal spikelets 3—4.6 mm long; axillary spikelets 3.5—5.5 mm long. . . . C. gracillima 2. Terminal spikelets 5—6 mm long; axillary spikelets 6—7.5 mm long. . . C. cylindrosperma 3 Axillary racemes 3 or 4-flowered; spikelets broadly elliptical with short stiff tuberculate-based trichomes. ... . rece fee ES ee es CO eS, C. sphaerocarpa 3. Axillary racemes | or 2-flowered; spikelets lanceolate, glabrous ...... C. johnsoniana Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa E.J.Thomps., Sp. nov. Similar to C. johnsoniana E.J.Thomps. & B.K.Simon but differing by the axillary racemes comprising 3 or 4 scabrid spikelets that are broadly elliptical. Typus: Queensland. LEICHHARDT District: 17.3 km west of Baralaba, 24 April 2012, E./. Thompson EJTS17 & B.K. Simon (holo: BRI [AQ1017420 comprising 2 sheets]). Calyptochloa sp. (Duaringa K.P.Addison 42): Thompson & Simon (2012); Simon & Thompson (2013). Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa K.P.Addison 42): Thompson (2016); Thompson (2019); Thompson & Fabillo (2021); Thompson (2021a & b). Illustration: Thompson (2021b: Fig. 1) Stoloniferous perennial to c. 50 cm _ tall, rooting at the nodes and with stolons to 6 m long; vegetative culms c. 2 mm wide and up to 4 m long, copiously branched, nodes 6-many. Culm internodes smooth to scabrid. Ligule a fringe of hairs 0.3—0.4 mm long; contraligule c. 0.1 mm long. Leaf sheaths glabrous to hirsute, one margin pilose the other glabrous, margins chartaceous. Leaf blades at mid-culm 3-11 cm long, 3.5—8 mm wide, ultimately disarticulating; glabrous to occasionally hispid, hairs to c. 1.5 mm long; base truncate, apex mucronate; margins undulate on one side, minutely scabrid, thickened, white. Inflorescences of three types with dimorphic spikelets in separate parts of the plant. Inflorescence type 1 comprising a terminal inflorescence with a reduced panicle, axes 4-9 cm long, 14-30 flowered, on taller culms; branched near base, branches to c. 1.5 cm long, 2—3-flowered. Spikelets overlapping, appressed to rachis, elliptic, adaxial, heteromorphic, largest at apex, 4.8—6.5 mm long (without awn), 1.3—1.6 mm wide; lateral pedicels 0.5—1 mm long, apical pedicels 3—6 mm long. Lower glume lunate, 0.1—0.5 mm long, membranous, apex truncate, hairy. Upper glume elliptic, 4.8-— 6.5 mm long, margin hyaline, chartaceous, 7-veined, hispid with moderately dense tubercle-based trichomes to 0.5 mm long over body and to | mm on margins, apex obtuse. Lower floret sterile; lemma lanceolate, 4—4.8 mm long, margins hyaline, chartaceous, 7-veined, pubescent with scattered tubercle- based trichomes to 1 mm long over body and margins, apex acute to attenuate; palea absent. Upper florets mostly bisexual, some female, chasmogamous; lodicules fan- shaped, 0.3-—0.5 mm long. Upper lemma body lanceolate, 2.9—4 mm long, margin flat hyaline, cartilaginous, 3-veined, awn 1.2-3 mm long; palea elliptic, 2.9-3.5 mm long, cartilaginous, obscurely 2-veined, apex acute. Anthers 3, equal, chasmogamous 2.5—3.7 mm long. Caryopses 1.6—2.2 mm long x 1—].2 mm wide. Inflorescence type 2 comprising apical racemes on subordinate culms separate from the terminal spike-like panicles, axes 1.8—2.5 cm long, 8—12-flowered (occasionally with 2-flowered branch at base). Spikelets mostly partly overlapping, appressed to rachis, lanceolate, adaxial, heteromorphic, largest at Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa 141 lcm Fig. 3. Types of inflorescences of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa. A. terminal spike-like panicle comprising chasmogamous spikelets. B. reduced spike-like panicle comprising cleistogamous spikelets terminal on subordinate culms. C. axillary racemes with cleistogamous spikelets. Scales as shown. All from Thompson EJT301 et al. (BRI). Del. E.J. Thompson. 142 Austrobaileya 11: 135-154 (2021) Fig. 4. Three kinds of spikelets of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa. A—G. chasmogamous spikelet from terminal spike-like panicle. A. adaxial view of spikelet showing small lower glume and lower lemma. B. dorsal view of upper glume. C. dorsal view of upper lemma. D. ventral view of upper lemma. E. ventral view of upper palea. F & G. dorsal and ventral views of caryopsis. H—N. cleistogamous spikelet from axillary raceme. H. adaxial view of spikelet showing small lower glume and lower lemma. I. dorsal view of upper glume. J. dorsal view of upper lemma. K. ventral view of upper lemma. L. ventral view of upper palea. M—N dorsal and ventral views of caryopsis. O—U. cleistogamous spikelet from apical raceme on subordinate culm. O. adaxial view of spikelet showing small lower glume and lower lemma. P. dorsal view of upper glume. Q. dorsal view of upper lemma. R. ventral view of upper lemma. S. ventral view of upper palea. T & U. ventral and dorsal views of caryopsis. Scales as shown. All from Thompson EJT30/ et al. (BRI). Del. E.J. Thompson. Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa 143 Fig. 5. Chasmogamous and cleistogamous stigmas of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa. A. stigma from spikelet from terminal spike-like panicle. B. rehydrated entangled stigmas from cleistogamous spikelet from axillary raceme. C. branch of stigma from terminal spikelet. D. branch of stigma from axillary cleistogamous spikelet. E. caryopsis from cleistogamous spikelet from apical raceme on subordinate culm showing anthers of two sizes (al & a2) and stigmas (s). F. caryopsis from cleistogamous spikelet from axillary raceme showing much reduced stigmas (s) anthers (a). G. terminal spike-like panicle from cultivated plant. Scales as shown. All from Thompson EJT301/ et al. (BRI). Photos: E.J. Thompson. Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa apex, 2.9-3.8 mm long (without awn), |.2—1.5 mm wide; lateral pedicels 0.5—1.5 mm long, terminal pedicels included on branches 2—5 mm long. Lower glume lunate, 0.1—0.4 mm long, membranous, apex truncate, hairy. Upper glume elliptic, 3.2—4.8 mm long, chartaceous, 7-veined, pubescent with tubercle-based trichomes 0.5 mm long, apex truncate. Lower floret sterile; lemma lanceolate, 2.7—3.6 mm long, chartaceous, 7-veined, pubescent with tubercle-based trichomes to 1 mm long, apex obtuse, revolute; palea absent. Upper florets bisexual, cleistogamous or partially autogamous (anthers enclosed and stigmas exserted); lodicules 2, linear, c. 0.2 mm long. Upper lemma body elliptic, 2.5—3 mm long, cartilaginous, 3-veined, apex revolute, truncate with awn 0.5—1 mm long; palea elliptic, 2.4-3 mm _ long, cartilaginous, margin hyaline, obscurely 2-veined, apex revolute, acute. Anthers 3, cleistogamous, unequal, 2 at 0.7—0.9 mm long, | shorter 1.1- 1.7 mm long; partially autogamous (stigmas exserted), equal, 1.6—2 mm long. Caryopses 1.8—2 mm long, c. | mm wide. Inflorescence type 3 comprising axillary racemes, axes 1-3 cm long, 2—4-flowered, lor 2 exserted from leaf sheath. Basal spikelets sessile, others with pedicels 0.5-—4 mm long. Spikelets 4.5—4.8 mm long (without awn), 2-3 mm wide, adaxial. Lower glume lunate, 0.1—0.2 mm long, cartilaginous, apex truncate, minutely pubescent. Upper glume ovate, 3.5—4 mm long, margin hyaline, woody, apex truncate, involute, scabrid with tubercle- based trichomes. Lower floret sterile; lemma lanceolate, 4—4.8 mm long, 1.4—1.6 mm wide, margin hyaline, woody, 7—9-veined, involute, hispid, apex truncate; palea absent. Upper floret fertile; lemma body ovate, 3.5—4 mm long, indurated, papillate, apex convolute, glabrous, margin flat hyaline, 3-veined, awn 0.5—2.6 mm long; palea elliptic, convolute, c. 3 mm long, indurated, glabrous, striate, obscurely 2-veined. Anthers 3, equal, c. 0.3 mm long. Caryopsis pale, 1.6—2.5 mm long, 1.1—1.5 mm wide, ovoid. Figs. 2-7. Additional specimens examined: Queensland. LEICHHARDT District: Gainaford, Duaringa, Apr 1964, Addison 42 (BRI); 3 miles [5km] E of Duaringa, Apr 1971, Munroe 1/5 (BRI); South Blackwater Mine, Laleham, Jan 1986, Thompson s.n. (BRI [AQ0399041]); 145 3 km NW of River View Station, Dec 1998, Ryan 1394 (BRI); Duaringa SF — 15 km NW of Duaringa, Mar 2009, Naske 03/09 (BRI); Blackwater—Rolleston Road, c. 44 km S (by road) from Railway Street, Blackwater, Jul 2011, Menkins ILM 0501 (BRI); Duaringa SF, 8 km W of Duaringa, Dec 2011, Thompson EJT503 (BRI); 16 km W of Baralaba on edge of road, Dec 2011, Thompson EJT510 (BRI); ibid, Dec 2011, Thompson EJT511 (BRI); 35.5 km SSW of Duaringa, Dec 2011, Thompson EJT506 (BRI); Edge of highway, 53 km NW of Clermont, May 2012, Thompson EJT&79 & Simon (BRI);